VOL. 88 DECEMBER, 1964
TRANSACTIONS OF THE ROYAL SOCIETY OF SOUTH AUSTRALIA
INCORPORATED
ADELAIDE
PUBLISHED AND SOLD AT THE SOCIETY'S ROOMS KINTORE AVENUE, ADELAIDE
Price: Three Pounds Three Shillings
CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE FLORA OF SOUTH AUSTRALIA
BY D. E. SYMON
Summary
In this paper nineteen species of plants are described as new to the State. Details are given of the extended distribution of an additional eighteen species.
CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE FLORA OF SOUTH AUSTRALIA
by D. E. Symon® (Communicated by C. M. Eardley)
[Read 9 May 1963] SUMMARY
In this paper nineteen. species of planls are described as new to the State, Details are given of the extended distribution of an additional eighteen species.
INTRODUCTION
The first part of this paper consists of an alphabetical list of plant species considered new to South Australia, Of these, thirteen aré exotics now regarded as established here, the remaining six are native species previously recorded near the South Australian borders.
The second part of the paper consists of an alphabetical list of plant species previously recorded here from restricted or widely differing localities, and the list gives extended occurrences of nine exotic and nine native species.
Specimens of all the species listed are lodged in the Herbarium of the Waite Agricultural Research Institate (ADW).
RECORD OF NEW PLANT SPECIES
Arum lL, (Araceae)
Perennial herbs with tuberous rootstocks. Leaves net veined, petioles sheath- ing at the base. Inflorescence a dense flowered simple spadix supported at its base by a leaf-like or coloured bract, the spathe, the upper part of the spadix withont flowers, the flowers all unisexual female below, the upper ones sterile; male above, the upper sterile. Perianth segments absent, Ovary 1-celled. stigmas sessile.
Arum italtcum Mill., Gard. Dict. ed. VILL 2 (1765).
An erect glabrous perennial, 50 cm, tuber depressed globular 3-4 am diam. Autumn leaves small, hastate uniform green, later leaves long pctioled, sagitate, while patterned above the larger veins, about 15 cm long. Spathe 20-30 cm erect, pale greenish yellow. Fruit L em fleshy, scarlet, the fruiting spike standing naked and showy after the leaves have withered. Flowering in November-December. A native of southern Europe and a garden escape here.
Fistablished at Mylor and Williarnstown.
Avena ludoviciana Durien in Bull. Soe. Linn. Bord, 20 (1835) 41; Malzew, Bull, Appl. Bot. Genet. Supp. 38 (1930) 363; Clapham, Tutin and Warburg, Fl. Brit. Isl. (1952) 1469; Hubbard, Grasses (1954) 215; Thurston, J. Agric. Se. 49 (1957) 259.
Annual, to 1 m tall; culms few or many, stout; leaves and sheaths ¢labrons or with a tew ciliate hairs, coarse, 10-13 mm broad 40 em long, ligule mem-
branons, 7 mm, panicles pyramidal, Joose, 15-45 cm long; spikelets 25-30 mm
* Waite Agricultural Research Institute,
Trans. Roy. Soc, $, Aust, (1964), Vol. 88.
G Db. E. SYMON
long, gaping when mature, 2-3 Howered, breaking above the glumes but not between the florets which fall together when ripe; florets pale or dark when ripe, and sparsely or densely covered with long hairs; lemma 15-20 mm Jong, the upper Horets smaller, lower foret awned, the upper florets with or without awns, awn stout, 5 cm long, almost black,
A weed of cereal crop now widespread but nowhere as common as A. faiuit, the common Wild Oat, from which it is readily separated by the spikelets falling as a group and not readily separating. In England at least A. Iudoviciana is a seriuus weed of cereals on heavy soils in the southern counties, and in South Australia it has been collected from the better rainfall areas of the wheat belt,
Now established at Kybybolite, Melrose, Roseworthy, Turretfeld, Yongala and in the Adelaide suburbs.
Culylrix longiflora F.. Muell,, Fragm, 1 (1855) 12; Beuth., Fl. Aust. 3 (1867) 49:
Black, Fl, S.A. ed. 1 (1926) 426,
An intricate shrub, the young branches pale with white leaf bases, the older branches grey; the leaves 28-3 mm long, 1-14 mm broad trigonous in section, the leaf edges and keel finely ciliate; flowers subsessile in the upper axils, solitary or mre often forming terminal heads of 3-6 Howers; bractecles 2, seariaus, keeled, 9 mm long including a mucro of 1 mm, scarcely united; receptable 12 mm of which 7 mm is adnate to the ovary and the upper 3 mm is free and hollow; sepals avate 5 x 22 mm and terminated by an awn Y mm long, petals 7 min, acute, bright pink; stamens 30-40,
lt may be separated trom C. tetragena by the receptuble above the Ovary being hollow and by the shorter leaves, and from C. imeolucrata by the absenve vf an involucre of bracts surrounding the fluwers.
Although mentioned in the first edition of the Flora of South Atistralia as likely to veeur in this State, no account was given in the second edition, The species has now been collected from several localities in the far north, Mt. Moulden, between Mt. Moulden and the Blyth Range and at Mt. Vivian.
Cassia glutingsa DC., Prod, 11 (1825) 495; Benth., Fl, Aust, 2 (1864) 286; Black,
F). S.A. ed. 2 (1948) 430.
Glabrous shrub with yiseid branchlets and pods. Leaves with 5-6 pairs of oblong leaflets 8-15 mm ling and 2-3 mm wide, often with a short gland between each of the lowest pairs of leaflets, Flowers 2-6 in an umbel, bright orange yellow, relatively large, the petals 10-15 mm Jong. Pads with a varnished appear- alice When fresh, 3-6 em Jong and 1 cm broad,
This species is listed and briefly described in the Flora of S.A. as likely io decur in our far north. It is widely spread hut not common in northern Aus- tralia, and has been collected from near the nickel mine at Mt. Davies, Tomkinstn Range,
Cyperus arenarius Retz. Obs. 4 (1786) 9.
A perennial 15-30 em high with extensive, somewhat brittle, horizontal thizames, covered with fibrous sheaths, no tubers are formed; from the rhizomes arise vertical leafy shoots; leaves grass-like, distinetly grey-green in colour, chan- nelled abave but not keeled below, the iargins often ineurved, 2 mm wide and 10-20 em lang with loose sheaths; stems erect, terete, longer than the leaves. the inflorescence subtended by about 3 leaf-like bracts the shortest of which is 1-2 em Jang and the longest 7 em; inflorescence a compact umbel 10-15 mm in diameter of about 12-14 spikelets; the spikelets 5-6 mm long and consisting
CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE FLORA OF SOUTH AUSTRALIA 7
of 10-12 flowers, the flowering ghimce 3 mm long speckled brown; style 3 branched, stamens 3; nut abovoid, planoconves, 1 mm Jong,
This species is firmly established and is proving a difficult weed in a garden on red sand at Port Augusta. It was reputedly brought in with soil filling, but other established areas have not yet been found. It would appear to be a new record for Australia.
Datura
The nomenclature of the genus Datura has been confused in South Australia. Datura tatula may be considered y variety or calour form only of D. stramoninm and. it is not usually maintained as a species. It should at least be reduced. in rank from that of a species. Almost all specimens previously identified as D. metel are in fact D. inoxia which has not previously been recorded for South Australia. The only authentic specimen of D. mete! seen so far has been a double flowered purple form, grown as an ornamental plant in a suburban garden, It is doubttul whether D. mefel is in taut naturalised in South Australia.
Datura ferox L. is naturalised and should be added to the flora.
Most species of Datura contain powerful alkaloids and all the intraduced species are declared noxious weeds.
The following key to the species in South Australia is offered. Key lo the species of Datura in South Australia A, Ernits deflexed. B, Leaves green and glabrous.
GC. Flowers relatively small, 5 cm, white, the only native species D. letehhardtii. CC. Flowers large, 10-15 cm, white or violet, frnit with tubercles or
short spines _ a -_ = _ = D, metel BB. Leaves greyish green, downy, fowers large, 10-15 cin, white or violet, fruit with long spines + 5 min DC ant ie D. inoxta
AA, Fruits crect,
D. Spines inurkedly unequal, the basal ones smaller, the upper spines stout and long (to 2. em) corolla white, relatively short. 4-6 cm.
D. ferox DD. Spines more or less equal, numerous. somewhat slender, corolla white or lavender, Jonger 6-LO cm. ‘3 7 wae D. stramonium
Datura ferax T.., Diss. Dem. Pl in Amoon, Acad. 3 (1756) 403; Gardner and Bennetts, J. Dept; Agric, W.A., 2 (1953) 217; De Woll, Baileya 4 (1956) 13; Averv. Satina, Rietsema, Blakeslee the Genns Datura (1959) 21.
A coarse annual herb, 15-30 em tall, Leaves almost glabrous, ovate triangular, sinuate toothed, Flowers erect on short stout pedicels about 1 cm long, corolla white 3-6 cm Jong, Capsule erect, large, spincs markedly unequal the basal ones smaller, the upper spines stout and long, to 2 em; seeds reniform, dark, pitted, 4 mm lang.
Native to Asia but now widely distributed, it has been reported in both
Eastern and Weslem Australia and has been collected from Craddock, Kilburn, Meadows, Pygery, Lochiel and Koonamore in South Australia.
8 1). E. SYMON
Datura inoxia Mul, Gard. Dict, ed. 4 1768.
A coarse ill-smelling annual or perennial herb up to a metre tall, Leaves large ovate, 12 cm long asymmetrical at the base, almost entire, greyish pubescent, not green and glabrous. Flowers erect, calyx balf the length of the corolla, corolla white or faintly tinged with violet, trumpet-shaped to 17 em long, Capsule glabuse, deflexed, fo 4 cm diameter including the spines, which are numerous. slender, and about 5 mm long, Seeds pale buff colour, sub-reniform, 5 mm Jong,
Native to Mexico and the south-west portion of the United States, now widely distributed as a weed mostly in the drier parts of the State, Hawker, Stirling North, Mannum, Saltia and Adelaide suburbs.
ehium. vulgare L., Sp, Pl. (1753) 139; Clapham, Tutin, Warburg, Fl. Brit. Isl.
(1952) 846.
An erect, very rough hispid, annual or biennial, 15-50 cm; the radical leaves lanceolate, to 15 cm, petioled, with a prominent midrib and no apparent lateral veins, stem leaves sessile; lowers subsessile, cymes short, dense and arranged ut the beginning of flowering in a long narrow panicle which broadens with maturity; corolla 15-20 mm, bright blue, four stamens lon exserted.
The three species now in South Australia may be sepurated by the follow- ing summary of their characters:
E, lycopsis (E. plantagineum): two stamens exserted, flowers purple blue, leaves with obvious lateral veins.
E. vulyare: four stamens exserted, flowers bright bluc, leaves with no apparent lateral veins.
EF. italicumt: five stamens exserted, flowers pink, Jateral veins of the leaves almost obscured by the dense hispid hair covering.
Echium vulgare has been collected in South Australia at Clare and MU. Gambier,
Eleocharis atricha R. Br. Prod. (1810) 225,
A specimen identified as such by Dr. S. T, Bluke has been collected. The following condensed description is from the Monograph on the genus Eleocharis in Australia by Dr. S, T, Blake, Proc. Roy. Soe, Qid., 50 (1938) $8-132.
Stoloniferous, bearing ovoid tunicated tubers, 4 x 2-5 mm. Culms tufted, angular-sulcate 3-4 cm long, 0-5-0-7 mm wide, leaf sheaths membranous, oblique and somewhat scarious at the apex. Spikelets lanceolate to linear, acute, chest- nut brown, often proliferous, 10-20 mm long, 2-3. mm wide, glumes oblong or ovate oblong, obtuse, membranous narrowly keeled, sides stained reddish-brown utd streaked with linear red-brown glands, 3-5-5 mm long, style 3-fid. slender; stamens 3, Nut white ta pallid straw coloured, shining, narrowly obovate or oblong 1-3-1-5 mim long, 0-6-0-7 mm wide, constricted immediately below the apex to a short neck abiut 2/3 as wide, trigonous, sides convex, prominently vertically ribbed and transversely trabeculate; style base with a rather prominent annulus, pyramidal deltoid or somewhat depressed, the base as wide as ¥-4 ant and 8-% as long as wide, bristles constantly absent,
This species has been collected below the Barrage at Goolwa. Eleusine indica (.) Gaertn,, Fruct. et Sem. 1 (1788) 8; Hitchcock, Mun, Grasses
of the U.S.A, (7951) 499; Gard, FJ. W.A, 1 (1952) 207; Bor, Grasses India, Burma, Ceylon, Pakistan, (1960) 493.
CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE FLORA OF SOUTH AUSTRALIA 9
This species could be added to the Flora as of limited occurrence in Suuth Australia,
Prostrate or ascending annual, smooth, with long hairs near the ligule, Spikes mostly 2-6 (5-6 in our specimens) flat, 4-9 cm long and 3-5 mm wide. It is readily separated from Eleusine tristachya which has fewer (1-3), shorter {1-2-5 cm). broader (5-10 mm) spikes, and is often purplish in colour. It is now sparingly established at Whyalla.
Elymus capul-medusue L,, Sp. Pl. (1753) 4, Uitchcock, Man. Grasses of the
U.S.A. (1951) 950: Munz, Calif. Fl. (1959) 1504.
Annual, culms ascending from a branched decumbent base, 13-30 em tall. Leafblades flat, 15 cm long, 2-4 mm wide, sparsely hirsute on the upper surface. Spike 2-4 em long without the awns, glumes subulate, smooth indurated, tapering, to an awn 1-2 cm long. Lemma lanceolate, 3 nerved, very scabrous, with a flat awn 5-10 cm long.
A native to Europe, this grass has become a bad weed on the range country uf California and is a potentially bad weed here. The sparse foliage and very long harsh awns make it of very little use as a pasture plant. It does not appear to have been recorded for Australia before and was well established at Black Springs, 10 miles south of Burra.
Eragrostis mexicana (Hornem,) Link,, Hort. Berol. 1 (1827) 190; Hitchcock, Man. of the Grasses of the U.S.A. (1951) 158.
A stimmer growing annual, culms to 50 cm, spreading, Jeaves glabrous exdept for same hairs at the throat of the sheath, the blades flat 15 em x 5 mm ow less. Panicle to 30 cm long, open, the branches spreading and sometimes containing a few hairs in their axils, the pedicels slender, mostly as long or longer than the spikelets. The spikelets ovate to oblong, 5-8 flowered, 4-6 mm x 21mm, lemmas about 14 mm long, mature grain dark, almost yvlobular, less than 1 mm diameter, the outer glumes und grain readily shed at maturity leaving the spikelet rachilla and palea intuct.
Native to southern portions of North America, established in N.S.W, and about Adelaide suburbs.
Erodium malacoides (L.) Willd. Phyt. 1 (1794) 10; Carolin, Proc. Linn. Suc. NSW 83 (1958) 100; Munz, Calif, F), (1959) 144.
A sprawling or ascending annual, stems to 50 em Jong. leaf blades cordate avate, pilose, 2-5 cm long, shallowly Iobed, crenate to dentate; stipules broad membranous, peduncle 5-5 em, 4-S flowered, very glandular pilose, sepals 4-5 mm, petuls 4-6 mm, mature style columm 2-3 cm lung, carpel body 4-3 mm. column of the awn much twisted, bristle curved, about 10 mm. Native ta the Mediterranean region but now naturalised in America and Australia.
it can be distinguished from the other Erodium species in S.A. hy the cordate ovate leayes, and the relatively short awns to the fruits, and is estub- lished at Kadina.
Geranium dissectum L., Cent. 1 (1755) 21; Clapham, Tutin, Warburg, I'l. Brit. Isl. 387 (1952). Branching annual 10-40 cm, stems rctrorscly pubescent; leaves 2-5 om broad, deeply dissected into 5 lobes which are divided into 3-6 broadly lincar lohes, stiffly pubescent on the underside; lower petioles lung and slender 615 em;
10) D, i, SYMON
peduncles abont 3. cm lang, 2-flawered: pedicels 1 cm glandular pubescent: sepals 3 mm with a linear point, petals dark rose purple abont as long as the sepals, mature style column 10-15 mm carpel bodies 2-3 mm long, hispid; seed sub-glabose, brawn, strongly reticulate.
A native of Europe now widely spread in the temperate regions of the world, it is now established at National Park, Belair.
Distinguished trom G. molle hy the very much more dissected leaves and the stronyly reticulate seeds.
Glycyrrhiza glabra L., Sp. Pl. (1753) 742.
Subshrubby perennial herb with 4 strongly developed woody rool system, Annual growth about 50 em high. Leaves imparipinnate 10 cm Jong, Jeaflets 4-6 pairs, oval 15-25 mm long and 5-15 mm wide, glabrous and slightly glutinous. Flowers in axillary racernes, pods reddish brown 10-15 mm lig, 1-2 seeded.
A garden escape originally from Eurasia and now well established as lurge colonial patches, in many localities, but particularly in old market gardening ureus along the River Torrens. The two species of Glycyrrhiza in South Aus- tralia may be separated by the following key.
Pods glabrous, leaflets oval mt _ — G, ehabra.
Pods burr-like, with huoked prickles, leaflets lanceolate G. acanthovarpa. Glycyrthiza glabra has heen collected from Angaston, Roseworthy and Payvacham,
Homoglossim watsoniun (Thunb.) N-E, Br. Trans. Ruy, Soc, §. Afric, 20 (1932) 278; Adamson and Salter, Fl. Cap. Penin, (1950) 263.
Rootstock « globose corm about L em in diameter, surrounded by a louse tunic of Hat, partly pmited fibres. A 104 cormils 6 mm or less in length, were counted from one corm, the cumils have a markedly pitted tunic. Stem un- branched, slender, to 73 em, the leaves about 4, glabrous, the lowest green, bul largely sheathing. the second well developed to 75 cm x 6 mm with prominent marginal veins and midrib, upper leaves much shorter, mostly sheathing and without the very prominent yeins. The spike 4-6 flowered, the bracts green, tapering, 5-6 cm, Howers red, the tube narrow for 2 em then expanded for 2 cm, perianth lobes 2-3 em Jong the ippernost broad, 18 mm, the lower ones nat- rower 7-10 mm, stamens 3, arched with the shortly 3-hranched style under tie upper perianth lobe, Capsule not seen,
Native to South Africa and sparingly established along the road betwee McLaren Flat and Meadows above Wickham Uill. lt has heen present there for at least 37 years.
Nothoscordum inodorum (Ait) Asch. et Gr., Syn. 3 (1905) 167; Ewart, Fl. Vict. (1930) 281; James, Herbertia § (1941) 156; Traub, Herbertia 10 (1954) 123, syn. Allium inodorum Ait., Allium fragrans Vent., Allium fragrans Kunth. False Garlic, Wild Onion.
Bulb globose, white 2-3 cm diam. producing a large number of bulbils 3-6 tru long about its base, leaves basal, linear, 30 cm x 5-10 ini, scape 15-40 cm, spathe two valved, many flowered, pedicely 2 em perianth white or very faintly pinkish 10 mm., sweetly scented.
The plant lacks completely the odov of Onions, It is established in a number of suburhan gardens and can be difficult to eradicate due largely to the
CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE FLORA OF SOUTH AUSTRALIA it
very numerous small bulbils produced, Most specimens collected have: carlicr heen identified as N, fragrans Kunth,
A itative of South America but now Widely distributed in disturhed sites and as w garden escape in Adelaide suburbs,
Distinguished from Allium by tbe lack of the usual onivw smell, the periaoth sepments joined at the hase into a short tuhe and the ovules 4-12 in each cell,
Ornithogalum umbellaium L., Sp. Pl, (1753) 307, Hegi, Fl Mittel-Europe 2 (1809) 252: Muenscher, Poison Plants U.S.A, (1939) 32; Clapham, Tutin, Warburg, FI. Brit. Isl. (1952) 1226; Tackholm, Drar, Fl. Egypt 3 (1954) 168. The bulb ovate, 2:5 cm wide and up to 4 em long, often with 2-3 bulbils
developing about it, the tunic pale and membranous, Leayes up to 6 in number,
linear 15-20 cm x 6mm, glabrous, grooved, with a white stripe down the mid-
rib, the stripe fading late in the growing season. Scape 20 cm., the inHorescence
wt first a corymbose raceme but lengthening with maturity, 6-12 Howered, the pedicels ascending, the lower ones 3-4 cm long, the upper ones shorter; bracts thin and membranous 2-3 cm, linear laneeolate, acuminate. Perianth segments
12-17 mm, white, Janccolate-oblong, with a broad green band an the back.
Stamens half as long as the perianth. Capsule not seen but described efse-
where as 1-1-5 em, obovoid, 6 angled.
Native to the Mediterranean region and Europe. Well established near
Monarto South where it has been present for at least 23 years, Lt has also been
collected at Balhannah, and Petersville near Maitland,
Solanum lasiophyllum Dun, in Poir., Ene, Meth. Bot. Suppl. 3 (1814) 764; Dun. in DC Prodr, 13 (1852) 705; Benth. Fl. Aust, 4 (1868) 463.
A stont shrub, the branches, leaves and inflorescence very densely, softhy, stellate tomentose; prickles slender 5-10 mm Jong on the stem, underside of the leaves and on the ealys; petioles short 3 mm, leaves uvate, blunt, 6 x 4.cm, entire or slightly undulate; peduncle 15-30 mm, few flowered: corolla densely tomentose outside and on the lohes inside; calyx 5-7 mm long in flower but greatly enlarged tu cover the entire fruit at maturity and then up to 25 mm in diameter,
This species which is mainly western in its distribution has now been collected several times in South Australia. It may be distinguished from other species of Solanum in S.A. by the very dense, thick, tomentum on the leaves, the enlarged calyxes and the large fruits, Lt has been collected in the Tomkin- son Range and on Mulgathing Station west of Tarcoola,
Ufricularia sp. (U, flexuosa) Valil,, Enum, 1 (1804) 198; Benth, Fl. Aust. 4
{ieee 525; Tate, Fl. Extra trop. S.A, (1890) 252; Ewart, FI, Viet. (19305
2
Although this species was recorded by Tate for the Mt, Gambier district, it was not included in either edition of the Flora of South Australia by J. M. Black, Nor does it appear to have been collected in South Australia in recent years. Vegetative materia] provisionally identified as LU’. flexuosa has now heen col- lected from the Wilpena Pound Creek, flowering specimens have not been available.
U. jlexvosa differs fom the other species of Utricularia in South Australia, in having long submerged stems, dissected leaves and yellow dowers. A winter bul of reduced hardened leaves appears ta he formed,
12 D, E. SYMON EXTENDED RECORD OF PLANT SPECIES
The following species are established in South Australia and new or extended localities are recorded.
Amphipogon caricinus F, Muell., Linnaea 25 (1852) 445; J. Vickery, Contrib, N.S.W. Nat. Herb. 1 (1950) 289. Further localities for this widely distributed but sornewhat rare grass are as follows; Caralue, Lipson and between Lake Everard and Lake Gairdner on Eyre Peninsula and between the Musgrave and Mann Ranges.
Bifora testiculuta (L.) DC., Prodr. 4 (1830) 249; Black, Fl. S.A., ed. 2 (1952) 536,
This weed was first reported in South Australia in 1936 from Riverton, A specimen has now been received from Maitland.
Brachiaria notochthona (Domin,) Stapf. im Prain Fl. Trop. Afr. 9 (1920) 597;
Black FI. S.A, ed. 2 (1948) 70.
This grass usually found much further north has been collected near Rose- worthy and Gawler.
Carex chlorantha R. Br, Prode. (1810) 242; Black, FI. S.A. ed. [ (1922) 98; Blake,
Trans. Roy. Soc. S.A. 67 (1943) 42-61.
This species was included in the first edition of the Flora of South Aus- tralia, but not in the second edition. The species was originally reported from Lake Edward in the south-east of South Australia. A specimen has now been rcecived from near Adelaide at South Henley,
Chloris virgata Swartz F). Ind. occ. 1 (1797) 203; Black, FI. S.A. ed. 2 (1948) 132, This weedy annual Chloris is common in northern Australia. Two new localities much further south are Mt, Lyndhurst Station und Port Angusta.
Chrysanthemum anethifolium (Willd.) Brouss, Enum. Hort. Berol. 804 (1809);
Black, Fl. S.A, ed. 2 (1957) 878.
This aromatic shrub is now more widely spread, It is well cstablished along the sea front at Tumby Bay and on the low cliffs along the river bank at Mannum.
Citrullus colocynthis (1..) Schrad. Linnaea 12 (1838) 414; Black, Fl, S.A. ed. 2
(1957) 806. |
This weedy melon is much more widespread than is indicated in the Flora, It new occurs as far north as Anna Creek Station and westward to Tarcoola. The vccurrences are sporadic und ure usually found along creek lines and in sandy washes,
Cuctimis chate Hasselq. Iter Palaest. (1957) 491; Black, Fl. S.A.. ed. 2 (19357) 807.
This melon recorded for the far north of South Australia lias now been collected further south near Mt. Lyndhurst.
Eleusine tristachya (Lam.) Lam, ‘Tabl. Eneyl, 1 (1792) 203; Williams, Trans. Roy. Soc. S.A, 76 (1953) 53. Further localities for this grass first recorded hy S.A. by L. D. Williams are as follows: Meningie, Myponga, and several Adelaide suburbs.
CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE FLORA OF SOUTH AUSTRALIA 18
Grevillea eriostachya Lindl., Swan Riv. App. (1840) 36; Black, Fl. S.A. ed, 2 (1948) 269, This species which was listed in the Flora of South Australia and briefly described has now been collected in the far north-west of the State, south-west of Mt, Hardy in the Deering Hills.
Lepidium strongylophyllum F. Muell ex. Benth. Il. Aust. 1 (1863) 84; Tate, F}, Extrat., S.A. (1890) 18 and 207; Ising, Trans. Roy. Soc. $.A. 78 (1953) 113.
This rare shrub was collected by Mueller and recorded by Bentham and Tate for Central Australia, but was not included in either editions of the Flora of Sonth Australia. In recent years two specimens have been collected in South Australia, The first near Oodnadatta and a second one further south at Balt Baltana S.E. of Coober Pedy.
Mentha pulegium L., Sp. Pl. (1753) 577; Black, Fl. S.A, ed. 2 (1957) 781.
This Mint has now beer collected from Kangaroo Island. It can be aggres- sive and weedy under some conditions and has been declared noxious in parts of W, Australia.
Neurachne munroi F, Mucll, Fragm. 8 (1874) 200; 508; Black, Fl S.A. ed, 2
(1948) 66,
This grass has now been collected in the Flinders Ranges at Copley Gorge. Perotis rara R. Br. Prodr. (1810) 172; Black, Fl, $.A,, ed, 2 (1948) 66.
It bas now been collected in the far north of S.A. al Everard Park Station, Senecio pterophorus DC Prodr. IV (1837) 389; Black, Fl. S.A., ed. 2 (1957) 885.
This weedy shrub, now declared noxious in South Australia, has spread to Kangaroo Island where efforts to eradicate it are being made, It is continuing ta spread in the Adelaide Hills where it has increased greatly in recent years,
Sida leprosa (Ort.) K. Schum, in Mart. Fl, Brasil 12/3 (1886) 314; Clement. Contr. Gray Herb. 180 (1957) 50.
Sida hederacea was reduced by Schuman to varietal rank and included in S. leprasa.
It has been accepted in this position hy Clement in his recent revision, The specics contains four varicties, two of which occur in South Australia.
Sidw leprosa var. Jeprosa. R. M. Kain 7-5 1948 (ADW 6076) Kadina: H. E. Orehard Oct, 1950 (ADW 21770) Wallaroo.
Sida leprosa var. hederacea (Dougl.) K, Schum, in Mart., Fl, Brasil 12/3 (1886) 342; L. Fry 15.12.1959 (ADW 21769) Riverton.
Trifolium cernuun Brot., Phyt. Lusit 1 (1816) 150; Black, Fl. S.A., ed. 2 (1948) 453.
This species has heen recorded from the Adelaide Hills in addition to the south-east of the State.
THE COCCOIDEA (HOMOPTERA) NATURALIZED IN SOUTH AUSTRALIA: A SECOND ANNOTATED LIST
BY HELEN M. BROOKES
Summary
This paper lists nine species of scale insects, naturalized in South Australia, that have not previously been recorded as occurring in the State. All have been identified by the author since 1956. Of these, Trionymus diminutus (Leon), Rhizoecus falcifer Kunckel d’Herculais, Phenucoccus graminosus McKenzie and Quadraspidiotus lenticularis (Lind.) are reported from Australia for the first time. In addition, three species new to Australian records have been identified from material submitted from the other States.
THE COCCOIDEA (HOMOPTERA) NATURALIZED IN SOUTH AUSTRALIA: A SECOND ANNOTATED LIST
by Heten M. Broonrs*
[Read 14 November 1963]
SUMMARY
This paper lists nine species of scale inseets, naturalized in South Australia, thal have not previously been recorded as occurring in the State. All have been identified by the author since 1956, Of these, Trionymus diminutus (Leon), Rhizoecus atelier Kiinekel d’Herculais. Phenacoccus graminosus \icKenzie and Quadrasmidiotus lenticularis (Lind.) are reported from Australia for the first time, In addition, three species new to Australian records have heen identified from material submitted from the other Status,
INTRODUCTION
Since an carlier record (Brookes, 1957) several specics of scale insects (Coecoidea) that have become naturalized in South Australia, have been recog-
nized. These include tour that have not been reported previously from Australian records,
A complete synonymy for each species has not been attempted; it has been selected to give the following citations, if available: the original description; the first recorded occurrence in Australia; the synonyms used in the Australian literature and the currently accepted reference to the genus.
Specimens were examined after being treated by either of two methods: the first involved partial maceration in 10 per cent aqueous potassium liydroxide, staining with acid or basic fuchsin, and mounting in a synthetic neutral medium, such as “Sire”; the second, clearing in lacto-alcohol and mounting i Berlese’s
fluid. Family PSEUDOCOCCIDAE
Maconellicoccus hirsutus (Green)
Phenatoceus hirsutus Green, 1908. Mem. Dep. Agric. India, 2 (2). p. 23, When revording type localities of this tropical species Greeu says “weso occurs in Tasmania’ (sie).
Pseudocoreus hibiset Hall, 1921, Bull. Soe. ent. Exypt, 4, p 1.
Maconellicovcus hirsulus (Green), 1958. Ezzat, Y. M., 1958 Bull. Sac, ont. Byypte, 42, pp. 377-383. In this paper the nomenclatorial stalus of the species has heen clarified.
Hibiscus mealy bug.
Host-plants; On stems and leaves of Gossypium (cotton), and causing a bunching of new growth of leaves of Citrus medica var, acida (lime) at Kimber- ley Research Station, near Wyndham, Western Australia. This is the first record, apart from Green's reference to Tasmanian material, of this species for Australia.
° Waite Agricultural Research Institute, University of Adelaide,
Trans. Roy. Soc, S. Aust, (194), Vol, 5S.
16 HELEN M. BROOKES
Phenacoccus graminosus McKenzie Phenacoccus uraminosus MeKeirzic, 1960. Hilgardia, 29 (15), p. 717. Rye-grass mealy bug.
Host-plants: This species lives principally on members of the Gramineae, usually clustered along the sheathing leaf-bases and in the crown at ground level, but occasionally in cvlonies among the spikelets.
P. graminosys has been collected at the Waite Institute on Medicago sativa L. (lucerne), Hordeum vulgare 1. (barley), and Trifolium repens L. (white clover) grown in pot-culture experimeuts in glasshouses, and on Trifolium fragiferum L. (strawberry clover) growing in the open in demonstration plots of various pasture plants, including grasses,
In the field, it has been recorded on barley at Brinkworth, Kybunga and Port Noarlunga; on Triticum aestivum L, (wheat) at Redbanks; on Phalaris tuberosa L, (phalaris) at Auburn, It is considered of no economic import- ance, Specimens collected from some of the localities shown aboye have been designated by McKenzie (1960) as mctatypes. This is the first record of Phenacoccus graminosus for Australia,
Rhizoecus falcifer Kiinckel d'Herculais
Rhizoeous faletfer Kiinckel, 1878, Ann, Soc, ent. France, (3) 8. p, 16d,
Ripersia terrestris Newstead, 1895. Ent, Mon. Mag., 31. pp. 213-236.
Rhizoecus terrestris (Newstead), Fernald, 1903. Coccidae of the World, p, 114.
Rhizoecus. terrestris. Anon, 1952. Insect Pest Survey (Dep. Agric., N.S-W.). Heavily infest- ing plots of parsnips in the metropolitan area of New South Wales. No common name.
Host-plants: On the roots of Salvia, Petunta, Schotia, Polygonum and other cultivated plants in home gardens in Adelaide. If present in large numbers this mealy bug may kill the host-plant,
Ripersiella rumicis (Maskell)
Ripersia rumiciy Maskell, 1891. Trans. N.Z. Inst, 24, pp. 1-64.
Ripersiella rumicus (Maskell), ‘Cockerell, T. D, A,, 1901. Proc, Biol, Soc. Wash,, 14, p. 165; Morrison and Marrison, 1922. Proc. US. Nat. Mus., 60 (12), p. 34,
Ripersiellg Tinsley, 1899. Hambledon, E. J., 1946. Rey. Ent., Rio de J., 17, p. 59. No common name.
Host-plants: Heavily infesting roots of grasses in a lawn, Adelaide, This occurrence represents the first record for Australia.
Trionymus diminutus (Leonardi)
Dactylopaie fhlesalaring Maskell, 1879. Trans. N,Z. Inst., 11, pp. 187-228 (us a misidenti-
iwalion,).
Pseudovoccus diminutus Leonardi, Leonardi, G., 1918. Bull. Lab. Zool. Se. Agr. Portici, 12, p. 198.
Pseudococcus (ealecolariae Maskell? ), Jarvis, E., 1916, Div. Ent. Sug, Exp. Sta. Od., Bull. 3, p. 323. A mealy bug “thought to be identical with P. caleeoluriae of Maskell” extremely prolific on sugar-cane im Queensland.
COCCOIDEA (HOM.) NATURALIZED IN SOUTH AUSTRALIA 17
Trionymus diminutus (Leonardi). Morrison, H., 1925. J, agrie. Res., 81 (5), pp, 485-500, After examining specimens labelled “Dactylapius calceolariae’ from the Maskell collec- tion Morrison re-assizned them to several other genera, including Trionymus; the speci- mens collected on Phormium tenux Forst. (New Zealand flax) he identified as Trionymus diminutus (Leonardi),
Trionymus Bergroth, 1899. Ferris, C. F., 1950. Atlas of the Scale Inscats of North America,
5, p. 251. No common name.
Host-plant: On leaves of Phormium tenax Forst. (New Zealand flax) grow- ing in a home garden in Adelaide. This is the first record of this species in Australia.
Family COCCIDAE
Coccus elongatus (Signoret)
Lecanium elongetum Signoret. Signoret, V., 1873. Soc. Ent. de France Ann, (5) 3, p, 404, Lecanium longultan. Douglas, J. W., 1887, ‘Ent. Mon. Mag., 24, p. 97. Lecanium fieus Maskell, 1897. Ent. Mon. Mag., 33, p. 243. Ouéeus elongatus (Signoret). Sanders, J. G., 1909. J. econ, Ent, 2, p. 438, Lecanium longulum Douglas. Froggatt, W. W., 1921. Agnc. Gaz. N.S.W., 26 (7), pp. 603-615. On Anon reticulata (custard apple) at Darwin. Long, soft scale.
Host-plant; On Ceratonia siliqua L. (carob trce) growing as a hedge in a home garden in Adclaide. This is the only occurrence observed by the author.
Pulyinaria hydrangeae Stcinweden
Coccus. floecifera Westwood, 1870. Gard. Chron., p. 308 (amisidentifieation ).
Pulvinaria floccifera (Westwvod), Essig. E. O., 1916. Calif. State Comm. Hort. Monthly Bull, 5, pp, 112-197.
Pulcingene, Lovetiqts (Westwood). Froggatt, W. W,, 1915, Agric. Gaz. N.S.W), 26, pp, 4 23.
Pulvinaria Aydrangeae Steinwedeu. Steinweden, J. B,, 1946, Microentomalogy, 11 (1), pp. 1-28. A crilical study of North American species of Pulvineria including P. hydtangeae n.sp.
Hydrangea “mealy bug”.
Host-plant: A common pest on stems and Jeaves of Hydrangea hortensis in suburban gardens in Syduey.
Froggatt (1915) recorded Pulvinaria floccifera (Westwood) as being a very cOmmon insect on many garden shrubs, such as Camellia, Euonymus, etc., in Sydney.
Steinweden (1946) in describing the species P. hydrangeae stated that this insect has frequently been misidentified in the past as P. floccifera (Westwood), from which it is clearly distinct. Since none of the specimens identified by Froggatt is now available for re-examination, it is possible that they too were misidentified. Specirnens submitted for identification by the Department of Agriculture of New South Wales were identified in 1960 by the author as P. hydrangeae.
18 HELEN M. BROOKES Family DIASPIDIDAE
Hemiberlesia rapax (Comstock)
Hanes camelliae Signoret (non Boisd.). Signoret, V.. 1869. Soe. Ent. de France, Ann. 4), 9, p. 117.
Aspidiotus rapax Comstock. Comstock, J. H., 1861. Report of the Entomologist for 1880. In: U.S, Dep. Agr., Comm, Agr. Re spt., pp. 245-373.
Aspidiotus camelliue Boisd, Maskell, W. M., 1894. Trans. N.Z. Inst., 27, pp. 35-75. On Melaleuca nodosa in Sydney.
Aspidiotus rapax Comstock, Fuller, C., 1899. Trans. ent. Sov. Lond., 1899, pt..4, pp. 435- aie. “This is a very common species, and oecurs upon a large variety of indigenous plants.”
Beinibedents Cockerell, Ferris, G. F., 1938. Atlas of the Scale Insects of North America. S11-23% The greedy scale.
Host-plants: This cosmopolitan species was found for the first time in South Australia at Mypolonga on twigs of Malus sylvestris Mill. (apple) and P. com- munis L. (pear). It is of no economic importance.
Pinnaspis aspidistrae (Signoret)
Chionaspis aspidistrae Signoret. Signoret, V., 1869. Soc. Ent. de France, Ann. (4), 9, p. 443.
Chionaspis brasiliensis Signorct, Maskell, W. M., 1893. ‘Trans. N.7. Inst, 25, pp, 201-252, On Orchid sp., Tweed River, N.S.W. Maskell, W. M,, 1896. Ent. Month, Mag., 32, pp. 229-226. Maskell considered that C. brasiliensis was a variety of C, aypidistrae,
Hemichtonaspis aspidistrae (Signoret). Cooley, R. A., 1897. Mass. Agr. Exp, Sin. Spee. Bull, [mot seen).
Pinnaspis aspidistrae (Signoret), Kuwana, LE, 1926. The Diaspine Coccidae of Japan, IV. Dept. Finance, Imp, Plant. Quar. Sery. Tech. Bull., 4, p. 36.
Pinnasjis Cockerell, Ferris, G, F., 1937, Atlas of the Scale Tnsects of North America, 51-96. Fern scale,
Host-plants; On stem and leaves af Adiantum in Adelaide. This represents the first record of this species for South Australia.
Pinnaspis stracheni (Cuoley) Hemichionaspis miner strachent Cooley, Covley, BR. A,, Mass Ag, Exp, Sta., Spee. Bull. p, 54 [not seen],
Hemichionaspis minor Maskell, Hill, G, F., 1915. Bull, Northern Territory of Australia No, 13 of the Dep. External Affairs. On Agave sisulena Perrine (sisal hemp).
Pinnuspis Covkerell, Ferris, G. ¥., and Rao, V. P., 1947. The Genus Pinnaspis Cuockerell (Homoptera : Coccoides : Dinspididac ). Microentomalogy, 12 (2), pp. 25-48.
Hibiscus snow-scale,
On the stems of Passiflora edulis Sims (passion fruit) at Kimberley Research Station, Western Australia,
Quadraspidiotus lenticularis (Lindinger)
peel fotias lenticuluris Lindinger. Lindinger, L., 1912. Die Sehildlatise. (Coceidee) Europas, Nordafrikas und Vorderasiens, einychliesslich der Azoren, der Kanaren und Madeiras. Stuttgart, Uhnen., pp. 149 and 230,
COCCOIDEA (HOM.) NATURALIZED IN SOUTH AUSTRALIA 19
Targionidea lenticuluris (Lindinger). MuaeGillivray, A. D., 1920. The Cacreidae, p. 449, Searab Co,, Urbina, Ilinois,
Aapidiotus lenticularis var. marocanus Green. Green, E. E., 1928, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (10) 1, pp. 3744376. On a racial form of Aspidivtus lenticularis Lindyr. with some re- marks upon the Leonardi classification of the Aspidioti,
Qnadraspidiotus lenticulariy (Lindingur). Balachowsky, A. 1950. Les Cochenilles de France, d’Eurupe, du Nord de J'Afriqne et du Bassin méditerranéen, 5. Aspidiotini. Actualités Sci. et Indus, Ent. Appl., L087, p. 433.
No common name,
Quadraspidiotus lenticularis was identified for the first time in Australia in November, 1958, It ueeurred as a Jight infestation on young wood and also oa older, lichen-encrusted wood on Pyrus comnumis L. (pear) and Prunus domesticus L. (plum) at Mypolonga, South Australia. At about the same time this species was found ovipositing on young wood of plum at Paracombe in the Adelaide Hills, and on apple and Crataegus (heen at Coonawarra in the south-east of the State. Q. lenticularis was found on the alder wood of Olea europaea L. (olive) at the Waite Institute. This species is of no economic im- portance,
Quadraspidiotus perniciosus (Comstock)
Aspidiotus pernicivsas Comstuck. Comstock, J. H., 1880. Rep. U.S. Dep. Agric. 1880, p. 304 (1801),
Anpidiotue parniciosus, Comstock. Olliff, A. $., 1892. Agric. Gaz. N.S.W., 1892, p. 698. On pear trees at Maitliod, N.S,W.
PAonidia fusca Maskell. Maskell, W. M., 1804. ‘Trans. and Prow. NwZ. Inst. 27, pp. 35-75, On Persiea vulgaris (peach) at Bidga, N.S.W,
Quadraspidiotuy McGillivray. Balachowsky, A,. 1950, Les Cochenillus de Frauce, d'Europe, du Nord de VAtrique et du Bassin améditerranéen, 5. Aspidiotini. Actualités Sci, et Indus. Ent. Appl., L087, pp. 397-488.
Quadraspidiotus perniciosus (Comstock). Kilpatrick, 1. T., 1954. Jour, Agric. 5. Aust, 63 (5), pp. 208-210. San José scale,
Host-plants; Pyrus communis L (pear), Malus sylvestris Mill (apple), Prunus persica (L.) Batsch., and P. amygdalus Batsch. (almond).
Quadraspidiolus pernicinsus was recognized for the first time in South Aus- tralia in October, 1956, when it was found on a few peach trees growing in an irrigated citrus orchard at Mypolonga. This occurrence involved a light infes- tation of young laterals and a heavy infestation of older branches. Subsequently, almond, apple and pear trees in thirteen additional orchards were found to be infested, Following an intensive eradication campaign, two simall infestations recurred in 1961 and 1962.
Small, isolated outbreaks of San José scale were discovered jn 1960 at Mount Cambier in mature apple trees in three home gardens, and at Aldgate in the Advlaide Hills, where 4 few old apple trees in a commercial nursery were very lighily infested.
In February, 1961, an extensive outbreak was found on mature pear trees in the irrigated orchards of Renmark, about thirty properties being involved. Siuee then it has been identified an apple, plum, peach and walnut.
Smaller outbreaks of San José scale were feomnd on pear at Waikerie in 1961 and on peach at Lyrup the following year, At Waikerie the infestation which was traeed from imported nursery stuck bus spread to many trées in a newly planted area.
20) HELEN M. BROOKES
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
The author is greatly indebted to Mr. H. L. McKenzie, University of Cali- fornia, Davis, California, for identifications of the mealy bugs Phenacoccus graminosus, Rhizoecus falcifer and Ripersiella rumicis, and to Dr. D. J, Williams, of the British Museum, for identification of Coccus elongatus. She would also like to acknowledge her appreciation of discussions with Mr. D. T. Kilpatrick and other officers of the South Australian Department of Agriculture, on records and field observations on some of the scale insects.
REFERENCES
Brooxes, H,. M. (1957): The Coccoidea (Homoptera) Naturalized in South Australia: An Annotated List. Trans. roy. Soc. 8. Aust., 80, pp. 81-90.
Froccatr, W. W. (1915): A Descriptive Catalogue of the Scale Insects of Australia. Agric. Gaz. N.S.W., 26, pp. 411-423.
McKenzie, H. L. (1960): A Taxonomic Study of California Mealybugs with Descriptions of ae Species (Homoptera : Coccoidea ; Pseudococcidae). Hilgardia, 29 (15), p. 717.
Srrinwepen, J. B. (1946): The Identity of Certain Common American Species of Pulvinaria (Homoptera : Coccoidea : Coccidae). Microentomology, 11 (1), pp. 1-28.
ALBIAN AMMONITES FROM FOSSIL CREEK, OODNADATTA, SOUTH AUSTRALIA
BY R. A. REYMENT
Summary
Fifteen species of ammonites, of which one is new, are recorded from the South Australian part of the Albian sequence in the Great Artesian Basin at Fossil Creek, 30 miles west-north-west of Oodnadatta. Thirteen of the species are heteromorphs. They are assigned to Labeceras s. str., L. (Appurdiceras) and to Myloceras. The non-heteromorphic species belong to Falciferella. Connections with New Guinea are confirmed and relationships with the Albian of Portuguese East Africa pointed out. The descriptive presentation is supported by some simple bivariate biometric analyses. Remarks on the nekroplanktonic dispersal of heteromorphic ammonites are made. The currently accepted correlation of the beds containing heteromorphs on the international zonal scale is confirmed.
ALBIAN AMMONITES FROM FOSSIL CREEK, OODNADATTA, SOUTH AUSTRALIA
by R. A, ReymMenr® [Read 9 April 1964] SUMMARY
Fifteen species of ammonites, of which one fs new, are recorded from the South Australian part of the Albian sequenee in the Great Artesian Basin at Fossil Creek, 30 miles west-northavest of Oodnadatta. Thirteen of the species are heteromorphs. They are assigned to Labeceras s. ste, L. (Appurdicerus) and to Myloceras. The non-heteroimorphic species belonyz to Faloiferella. Con- nections with New Guinea are confirmed and relationships with the Albian of Portuguesa East Africa pointed out. The descriptive presentation is supported by some simple bivariate biometric analyses, Remarks on the nekroplanktonic dispersal of heteromorphic ammonites ure made, The currently accepted cor- relation of the beds cantaining heteromorphs on the international zonal scale is confirmed.
INTRODUCTION
It is some 60 years since the first Albian ammonites were described from South Australia by Etheridge (1508). Later work on the Queensland exten- sions of the Great Artesian Basin disclosed the presence of a multitude of forms, largely heteromorphic; these could be tied up with a few earlier discoveries, including a small but important collection from New Guinea. The occurrence of certain species of the genera Prohysteroceras and Mortoniceras permitted incorporation of the Australian occurrences in the international zonal scheme. This was indeed fortunate, as it had not been possible to base correlation on the unique uncoiled forms, at Jeast not at that time.
There seems to have been a Inll in interest in the South Australian Lower Cretaceous, until the exploration for ofl in the Great Artesian Basin once again provided the necessary incentive to further work. Up to the early fifties the South Australian ammonite faunas were badly known and it might have been thought strange that there was so little agreement with the sequence in Queens- land. However, it is now possible to demonstrate complete faunal agreement between the two areas.
The material described and figured in the present paper has been deposited in the collections of the Geological Survey of South Australia, Adelaide,
LOCATION OF THE AREA
The area lies at about the intersection of 27° south latitude and 134° east longitude. The fossils were obtained from exposures in the Fossil or Wool- diidge Creek, which lies roughly 30 miles west-north-west of Oodnadatta,
The ammonites were collected by the following people: Dr. R. O. Brunn- schweiler (1955), Dr. H. Wopfner, Mr. A. Hess and Mr. D, Seott (1956), as well as officers of the Geological Survey of South Australia, among them Mr. J. Johnson.
* Geologiska Institutionen, University of Stockholm (now of Department of Ceology.
University of Ibadan, Ibadan, Nigeria). Publication No. 19 from the Department of Geology, Universily of Ibadan, Ibadan, Nigeria.
Trans. Roy, Soc. S, Aust. (1964), Vol. 88.
22, R, A. REYMENT DESCRIPTIVE SECTION Family LABECERATIDAE Spath, 1925
(Syn. Aleteceratidae, Whitehouse (1925), Myloceratidae, Spath (1939) )
The encompassment given by Wright (1956) in the Treatise of Tuvertebrate Paleontology is here observed. The family is then considered to comprise heteromorphs which are at first coiled in an open spiral, but later whorls may be in contact, the shell terminating in a hook. The aperture is provided with weak to moderately prominent, rounded lappets. The whorl section is moder- ately to fairly strongly compressed, All genera have fine, branching ribs that cross. the venter, U:bilical or ventrolateral tubercles, or both, occur. The suture consists Gf bifid saddles and smallish bifid lobes.
Genus Lasecrras Spath, 1925
Type Species—Laheceras bryani Whitehouse, 1926.
Description.—Rather small shells with an open spire of a few whorls, fol- lowed by a curyed shaft and a final hook, with the aperture usually fieing inward, The ribs are fine, slightly sinnous and Jean forwards; occasionally they bifureate. Umbilical tubercles may occur on the shaft and hook, as also ventrolateral tubercles.
Age—aAlhbian. Subgenus Lasuceras
Remarks,—I., (Labeceras) is considered to comprise forms lacking ventro- lateral tubercles.
Labeveras (Labeceras) laqueum (Etheridge)
PL 1, Fig. 1
1892 Hamites (or Hamulinu?) laqueus, Etheridge, p. 496, pl, 42, figs, l4, 15, 1909 Crivveras taylori (in put), Etheridge, pl. 49, fig, 4. 1926 Labeceras laqueus (Etheridge &l.), Whitehouse, p. 227, 1926 Laheceras papulatum, Whitehouse, p. 228, pl. 36, fig, 4; pl. 30. figs, 3a-b.
Desctription.—This species is characterized by the dense ribbing and its ten- dency, on the bady chamber, to weaken, become less dense and to develop tubercles on the umbilicus, The whorl section is inflated oval, the venter is smoothly rounded, The last 4:5 em up to the Jast suture have 33 ribs, counted on the venter (a rib density of «= 7-3/cm).
Remarks, —There are genuine differences between this species and L, (L.) bryani Whitehouse with respect to the ribbing. The specimen studied has part of the altered shell material preserved on the umbilical area — here umbilical tubercles occur, whereas on the other (figured) side, on which the shell is missing, tubercles aré only suggested. It would therefore seem that the presence or absence of tubercles on the body chamber is largely a matler of preservation, althogh infraspecific variation certainly plays a part.
Material—One specimen, M 1439,
ALBIAN AMMONITES FROM OODNADATTA, SOUTH AUSTRALIA — 23
Labeceras (Labeceras) crassum Spath. PI. 1, Pig. 2 1892 Crioceras sp, Etheridge, p. 502, pl. 33, fi. 4. 1909 Crioceras laqueus, Etheridge, pl, 49, figs. 7 and 9 (not fig. 8). 1925 Lubeceras plasticum sp. nov. var. crassa, Spath, p. 191, pl. 34, figs. 5-7 1926 Labeceras trifidum, Whitehouse, p, 228. P1958 Lubecerus trifidum Whitehouse, Glaessner, p, 218, pl, 26, figs. 4a-c.
Description —None of the specimens available is complete. The species is characterised by clavate umbilical tubercles on the body chamber, from which the ribs proceed in bundles of twos and threes, Two fragments may be from the septate part of the shell; these are also provided with umbilical tubercles, but these lie further down on the dorsolateral shoulders, The whorl sections of these two smaller fragments are subquadrate, whereas that of the body chamber is almost round.
Material—Three specimens, M 1440, M 1441, M 1442.
Remarks.—Whitehouse (1926, p. 229) thought that the seplate part of the shell of this species might not be tuberculate. The evidence of the present material, although not absolutely conclusive, suggests that the contrary may be true. It is still not possible to give a picture of the suture line; however, the fragment of the body chamber also has the last septal surface preserved. From this it may be interred that the central lohe is narrow, the external saddle very broad, the first lateral saddle is narrow, but not as narrow as the ventral lobe, and the first lateral saddle is also broad. This accords well with the general form of the labeceratid suture. The ribbing of the form referred here by Glaessner (1958) appears coarser ard the ridges formed by the saddles on the septal surface are wider than our matcrial, Nevertheless, the original figures of Etheridge (1909, p, 49, figs. 7 and 9) indicate variability with respect to costation. The East African material figured by Spath (1925) agrees closely with the Australian.
Biometric Analysis —It has already been observed that there appears to be variation with respect to the ontogeny of the whorl section of L. crassum, Mea- surements. on maximum whorl height and whorl breadth were made and these
fog, 4 a jo 215 ~-120.~ «Ls «7S
109. B Fig. 1. Govariation in whorl breadth and whorl hoight of Labeceraa crassum Spath,
24 i. A. REYMENT
were then subjected to regression analysis. It is worth mentioning that the whor] dimensions do not increase regularly and there are frequent slight diminu- tions shown by the largest specimen. In text Fig. 1 a plot of logy (breadth) against Ing, (height) is shown together with the regression lines of the data. The logarithmic transformation is necessary as the measurements are non-linear, thus indicating differential growth. The correlation coefficient between the transformed variables is 0-926, which is highly significant.
Labeceras (Labecerus) compressum Whitchouse
PL 1, Fis, 3-4
1926 Labeceras compressum, Whitchouse, p. 228, pl. 36, fig, 5; pl. 39, fies, Sa-b,
Description.—This species is characterised by the compressed whorl section, the numerous, thin ribs, which lean slightly forwards on the shaft of the body chamber. but straighten up on the hook thereof, and the rather tight bend of the ervok. The rihs may bifurcate at the dorsolateral margin or in the outer third of the Hanks, The rib density of the body chamber studied is e=7-7/em. The lappets run from the dorsolateral shoulder to the beginning of the vuter third of the flanks. The suture line has a relatively broad external lobe, a broad external saddle with a rather well developed median sublabe, a broad first lateral lobe and a first lateral saddle of about the same width as. the first lateral lobe.
Material—Two specimens. M 1415, M #443.
Remarks.—Unfortunately, the photograph of the holotype supplied by White- house: (1926, p. 29, fig. 5a) is indistinct so that the details of the ribbing cannot be made ont. However, the distinctive development of the lappets is clear, as also the compressed whorl section,
Labeceras (Labeceras) oodnadattacnsis sp. noy- VL. 1, Fig. 3
Holotype.—A vomplete specimen, M 1444 and M 1445, fisured in Pl. 1, Fig, 5.
Diugnosis—A species of L, (Labeceras) with the following characteristics: Whorl section strongly compressed, sigmoidal ribbing, simple and bifurcated, leaning slightly forward, aperture not turned in towards shaft.
Description —The coiling is aucyloceratid, the tip of the shell lying only about 1 mm, from the shaft. The body chamber takes up just less than one-half of the total shell length (= 0-47 of total lenvth). The shell heightens rapidly (see text Fig. 2) during the first part of its Jenzth and thereafter the increase is less rapid. Height increase ceases around the hook of the shetl, where pevinds of decrease in height also occur, The rib density is «= 6-5/em. The ribs are slightly flexed, they widen slightly outwards. Most ribs bifureate either at the dorsolateral margin or at the outer third of the fank. but simple ribs alse ovcur, The aperture is not directed towards the shaft, but faces instead outwards, The suture line is typical of Labeoeras. Maximum length = 62 mm.
Muterial—One complete specimen. This specimen is in twu parts, the one an almost complete monld, lacking the first part of the shell, the other partly the impression of the shell, but bearing the first part of the shell,
Remarks —The new species is most closely related to L. (L.) compressum Whitehouse, but differs in the following important aspects, The ribbing of
ALBIAN AMMONITES FROM OODNADATTA, SOUTH AUSTRALIA 25
L, (L.) ovddnadattuensis sp. nov, is somewhat coarser, the ribs are more siz- moidal and have a tendency to become club-shaped, the shell is smaller, and the aperture does not face inwards. The speeimen is figured in its nekroplanktonic floating position in Pl. 1, Fig, 5,
H
2
15 es6s g ° 8 oe ek 7 Gp
Te) 5. 8
3 o (O°
oO 4a to tse as Ho ts so oy eo es 0 750
Fig, 2. Ontogeny of wharl height shawn for 5 mm intervals of
length for Lubeceras (Labeceras) oodnadattaensis sp. wov.
(open ciréles). The development of the body chamber of
L. (L.) compressum Whitehouse (filled dots) is shown for
comparison, Ap denotes the end of the body chamber. Mea- surements in wm.
Subgenus Appurpicenas Whitehouse, 1926
Type Species--Ancyloceras cordycepoides Fitheridge, 1905.
Description —Ancyloceratidally coiled whorls with rounded subquadrate to rounded subrectangular whorls. The ribs are mainly simple but occasional bifur- cation may ocour. Some ribs bear ventrolateral tubercles,
Labeceras (Appurdiceras) cordycepoides (Etheridge)
Pl, 1, Figs. 6 and 7 1905 Ancylocerus cordycepoides, Etheridge, p. 14, pl. 1, fizs. 3-5; pl. 2, fly, 4(2). 1926 Appurdiceras cordycepoides (Etheridge fil.), Whitehouse, p. 230. Description—This species is characterised by its subquadrate to circular whorl section, and the stout, only occasionally bifurcated ribs, which lean for- wards, about every filth of which is provided with a strong, spinate ventro- lateral tubercle, The ribbing appears to hecome denser on the body chamber. Material—Two specimens. M 1446, M 1447.
Genus MyLocenss Spath, 1925
(Syn, Aleteceras, Whitehouse, 1926, Flindersites, Whitchouse, 1926),
Type Species —Crioceras ammonoides Utheridge, 1909.
Description,—Shells larger than Labeceras s. 1. with the spire either crio- ceratid or ancyloceratid and more closely coiled than Labecerus; at some stage of development some whorls are in contact. The aperture does not face inward to the same degree as in most Labeceras. "The whorl section varies from strongly compressed to strongly depressed. Ventrolateral tubercles may occur.
Remarks. —The differences considered by Whitehouse (1926) to be of generic importance in separating Myloceras, Aleteceras, and Flindersites are so slight as to be hardly of specific importance. In the present connection, therefore, the procedure adopted by Wright (1957) is adhered to and all are grouped under Myloceras Spath.
26 R. A. REYMENT
Myloceras nautiloides (Etheridge)
Pl 2, Vigs, L 2: ‘Text-Fig. 3 1909 Criveras nautiloides, Etheridge, p. 148, pl. 45, text-fig. 8. 1926 Aleteceras nautiloides (Ttheridge fil.), Whitehouse, p, 233.
Description.—The whorls partly embrace. The body chamber has a depressed whorl section, the carly septate part of the shell has a square whorl section, this becoming depressed while the shell is still septate. The septate whorls bear occasional ventrolateral tubercles (on about every sixth or seventh rib), The later septate part lacks tubercles, There are both simple and bifurcated ribs, simple ribs being most common on the hody chamber. The shell wall is almost 3 mm. in thickness. A complete final suture is shown in Text Fig, 3.
tad
Fig, 3. Suture line of Myloceras nautilvides (Etheridge) M 1449 x L.
Material.—Three specimens. M 1448, M 1449, M 1450 (8 pieces).
Remarks—The miaterial here described agrees with the specimen from Aramac, Queensland, very well. The depressed whorl section of the body chamber serves to distinguish the species well from other Myloceras,
Biometric Analysis—The ontogeny of the whorl section was studied by plotting breadth of whorl against height of whorl (Text Fig. 4). There is obvious non-linearity in the data and it may be concluded that the growth rates for breadth and height change differentially with respect ta each other, There is not sufficient material to permit 4 regression analysis.
Myloceras plectoides (Etheridge)
Pl. 2, Fig. 3; PL 5, Figs. 1, 2 1909 Crivceras plectoides, Etheridge, p. 152, pl. 33, fig. 2; pl. 4G, fe. 4: pl 47, fius, 1-4. 1926 Aleteceras plectoides (Etheridge fil.), Whitehouse, pl, 40, figs, 2a-c, 1926 Alefeceras tardicostatum, Whitehouse. p. 232, pl. 40, figs. La-c.
Description—The whorl section of this specics begins by being rather com- pressed but by about a diameter of 45 mm. it is almost subquadrate. Judging trom the materia] at hand there also appears ta be an ornamental chanye during the ontogeny in that the early part of the shell has slightly flexed ribs, these tending to become straighter, sharper, and slightly reclined at more advanced growth stages, There seems to be some variability concerning the point at which the ventrolateral tuberculation becomes apparent. The tubercles of the figured specimen in Pl, 2, Fig, 3, ace feeble,
ALBIAN AMMONITES FROM OODNADATTA, SOUTH AUSTRALIA = 27
Material.—Mostly fragments, Nine specimens, M 1419, M 1451, M 1452, M 1453, M 1454, M 1455, M 1456, M1457.
Remarks.—Owing to the fact that there would appear to be a fair degree of variation in the strength of the ventrolateral tubercles of this species, it may not always be easy tu pick it out, It seems likely that Whitehouse based his new species tardicostatum on the inner whorls of plectoides.
Myloceras baccatum (Whitehouse)
Pl. 2, Fig, 4 1909 oe did flinderst Etheridge (in part), pl. 36, fig. 2; pl. 41, fig. 3; pl. 42, fiz. 2; pl. 44, aw 2, 1926. Flindersites baceatus, Whitehouse, p. 236.
Description.—The shell is large. The ribs are spaced, fairly strong and slightly flexed. There are moderately prominent, rounded ventrolateral tubercles. The ribs occasionally bifurcate al the dorsolateral margin, or unite at a ventro- lateral tubercle. Two ribs proceed from each ventrolateral tubercle.
Material—One specimen, M 1458.
Remarks.—In general appearance this species is not unlike M. intermedium (Whitehouse), but the specimen available is insufficient to pennit accurate analysis. The figured specimen, which is crushed, shows a suite of sutures.
4 50 a
SOL
is 35 354s SS 5B
Fig, 4. Covariation in whorl breadth and whorl height for Mylocerus nattiloides (Etheridge).
Myloceras intermedium (Whitehouse) PL. 1, Fig. 8 1909 Crieceras flindersi Etheridge (in part), pl, 40, figs. 1, 2. 1926 Flindersites intermedius, Whitehouse, p, 237.
Description.—This species has an almost rectangular whorl section, the venter is broad and arched, The ribs are thin, sharp and slightly flexed and lean strongly forwards, The ventrolateral tubercles are moderately strong and clayate, The ribs appear to be single on the flanks, but divide at the ventrolateral tubercles. On the dorsum the ribs sweep strongly forwards.
MaterialOne specimen. M 1459.
98 kh. A. REYMENT Myloceras axonoides (Etheridge)
Pl 3, Fig. L 1809 Crivceras axonoides, Etheridge, p, 150, pl. 32, fig. 4; pl dt. fie, 1. 1925 Mylocéeras amaltheia, Spath, p. 194, pl. 34, fig. 2, 1926 Aleteceras(?) axonoides (Etheridye fil.), p. 235,
Description—This species is typified by the stout tubereulatiin of the septate whorls (the present material does not aid in clearing up the problem of whether the body chamber of the species really is non-tuberculate (ch Spath, 1925, p. 194)), and the sharp nature of the costation, which leans slightly forwards,
Material—A crushed fragment. M 1460,
Remarks.—Etheridge (1909, p, 151) definitely states the species to retain its tubercles throughout all growth stages, but this is net apparent from the figure. Spath distinguished his species M. amaltheia from M. axonvides on the basis of the non-tuberculation of the outer whorls of the latter and the “different” nature Of the inner whorls of the two species. As far as is apparent from the illustration and our specimen there do not appear to be any significant differ- ences. The specimen here figured agrees closely with the inner whorls of the specimen figured by Etheridge (1909, pl. 44, fie, 1),
Vig. &. Suture line of a large fragment of Myloceras flindersi (McCoy). M J468. xt.
Myloceras flindersi (McCoy) P). 3, Figs, 2, 3, Text Figs. 5, 6 L867 Ancyloceras flindersi, McCoy, p, 356. 1909. Crivceras flinderst Etheridge (in part), pl. 39, figs. 1, 2, 3. 1926 Flindersites flindersi, Whitehouse, p, 237. 1926 Flindersites aff. flindersi (McCoy), Whitehouse, p. 237.
Description —This very large species is characterised by the clavate yentro- lateral tubercle, which. seem to disappear on the last parts of the body chambers of very large specimens and the sharp, though low, ribs, which may be almost straight to slightly flexed. After one turn the whorls are in contact. At a diameter of 19 mm, the ornament consists of single ribs, every fourth of which is provided with a spinate tubercle. Here the rib density is roughly «= 8/cm. A specimen with a radius of 46 mm. is somewhat more compressed than might be expected, but this may be ua normal ontogenetic feature; it appears to have been slightly crushed, At this stage each rib bears an almost clavate tubercle and rib bifurcation is of frequent occurrence. Larger fragments are more
ALBIAN AMMONITES FROM OODNADATTA, SOUTH AUSTRALIA 29
Fig. 6. Suture line of a fraement of Myloceras aff. flautersi (McCoy). M 1467, x0°75,
quadrate in whorl section, A large fragment of a septate specimen is similarly ornamented, but the whorl section is too depressed for it to be placed with flindersi. The suture of this specimen is figured in Text Fig. 6.
Material—13 specimens. M 1461, M 1462, M 1463, M 1464, M 1465, M 1466, M 1467(?), M 1468, M 1469, M 1470.
Remarks.—The foregoing description is based on fragments and is therefore to a certain extent subjective, To date no complete specimen has been found.
Biometric Analysis.—Pcrusal of the plot of the data on whorl height and breadth in Text Fig. 7 indicates some departure from linearity, but this is not of the order as to necessitate the logarithmic transformation. The figure also indicates further support for the identifications of the fragments here made, as deviating specimens would show up by falling outside the path of ontogenetic development,
Fig, 7, Covariation of whorl height and whorl breadth for Myloceras flindersi (McCoy) with the regression lines. Measurements in mm.
The regression equations are: B=1 : H=0-97B + 0-04
? and the correlation coefficient is r = 0+993, which is highly significant. As shown on the diagram, the regression lines almost coincide.
30 R, A, REYMENT Myloceras ammonoides (Etheridge)
1909 Crioveras ammonoides, Etheridge, p. 502, pl. 30, figs. 8, 9. 1926 Myloceras ammonoides (Etheridge fil.), Whitehouse, p, 234, pl. 41, figs. 2a-h. 1926 Myloceras orbiculus, Whitehouse, p. 235, pl. 41, figs. la-h,
Material—Two specimens, M 1471, 1472.
Reniarks.—The two fragments referred here differ from the closely similar M. davidi in their whorl section. This is illustrated graphically in Text Fig. 8, in which the development of length and height of whorl section are compared for the two forms. Comparison with the figures published by Etheridge (1909) and Whitehouse (1926), and the accompanying descriptions, fails to bring forth criteria of sufficient importance as to warrant specific separation of ammo- noides and orbiculum. Thus, both are reported to be compressed, to he more or less ovoid in section, to be densely ribbed with flexed costae that are straight on the venter; only occasional ribs bear tubercles, and the ribs do not bifurcate at the tubercles.
B po. fe) ° SOL le} e ° * oO FoF e dol 2s a oe i L.. = | t 4 J agre 36 40 sa 6G 7c Bo 4H
Fig. 8. Development of the whorl section of Myloceras
ammonoides (Etheridge) and M, davidi Whitehouse,
The filled dots indicate ammonoides and the open dots duvidi, Measurements in mm.
Myloceras dayidi Whitehouse
Pl. 3, fiz. 4; pl. 4, figs. 1-4; pl. 5, figs. 3, 4
1909 Crinceras sp., Etheridge, p, 144, pl, 38, figs. 1, 2. 1926 Myloeeras davidi, Whitehouse, p. 235, pl. 37, figs. 2a-v. 1958 Myloceras davidi Whitehouse, Glaessner, p. 217, pl. 26, figs. 2-3.
Description.—This species is charactcrised by the whorl section, compressed and broadest at the dorsolateral shoulders, the numerous thin, sharp, flexed costae, provided with small spinate ventrolateral tubercles and the initial coiling. Many ribs bifureate at about the middle of the Hanks and join up again at the ventrolateral tubercles (Pl. 4, Fig. 3) or two ribs may unite at a tubercle. The ribs swing forwards on the dorsum. On rounding the bend the whorl section hecomes more quadrate but thereafter reverts to the usual compressed form. Suture shown in Pl, 4, Fig, 2,
Material —19 fragments. M 1417, M 1420, M 1473, M 1474, M 1473, M 1476, M 1477, M 1478, M 1479, M 1480, M 1481, M 1482, M 1483, M 1484, M 1485, M 1486, M 1487.
ALBIAN AMMONITES FROM OQODNADATTA, SOUTH AUSTRALIA 31
Remarks.—This species is the most richly represented one in the collection, Unfertunately, yery few of the fragments permitted measurements. M. davidi and M. ammonoides are not easy to hold apart, particularly in crushed speci- mens, as both are compressed and have much the same tvpe of ornament. More- over, one of the characteristics considered specific for M, ammonoides, namely, the bundling of ribs at the ventrolateral tubercle, has been observed to oceur in M. davidi, together with rib division. In fact, on the basis of the information offered by the present material, it would seem that the whorl section offers the only more or less relitble way of holding the two species apart. The two specimens figured by Glaessner (1957) from New Guinea are typical of the species.
Family ACONECERATIDAE Genus FParcwenetta Casey, 1954
Falciferella reymenti Brunnschweiler?
Pl, 5, Fig. 6 1959 Falciferella reymenti, Bruunschweiler, p. 16, pl. 1, figs, 7, 8.
Remarks. —The shell is not preserved on any of these specimens, hence it is not possible to provide observations concerning the ornament, Brunnschweiler (1959, p. L7) noted that whenever any indication of falcoid striation or ribbing is shown it is on the dorsolateral part of the flanks.
Material.—Five fragments, M 1488, M 1489, M 1490, M 1491, M 1492.
Falciferella sp. nov. PI.5, Fie. 3 Remarks.—Several crushed specimens of a Falctferella occur in the material. These are of a form, smooth except for faint lateral striae. Unfortunately, the material is insufficient for description. In addition to these aconeceralids the material alsu contains several frag-
ments of ammonites possibly referable to the genera Bendanticeras and San- martinoceras.
Material—Figured specimen. M 1493,
ON THE DISPERSAL OF HETEROMORPUIC AMMONITE SHELLS
Growth of the heteromarphic shell. Changes in the coiling of a cephalopod shell depend ou fluctuations in the allometric relations governing growth of the same, Jor the purpose of simplilying the following discussion it will be taken that growth occurs by mearis of two centres, one controlling the dorsal part of the shell, and one its ventral part. If the growth rates of the dorsum and venter we equal (isometric vrowth), a straight shell results (for example, straight nautiloids). In ammonites, however, the growth rate of the yenter is asually many times greater than that of the dorsum, and coiled shells with embracing whorls result—the greater the ventral growth rate, the greater will be the degree of involution of the shell. Hence, the position may be summarised by saying that the growth of the venter is always positive allometric with respect to the growth rate af the dorsum, apart from the special case of equality of the
42 K. A. REYMENT
aorta rates, A heferomorphic shell will result when the two rates of growth uctuate. Tenee, in Labeceras the ventral rate of growth is initially slightly greater than the dorsal rate of growth, the difference being so slivht, that the whorls are never in contact. This stage is followed by a period of isometric srowth, atter which a return to much the same growth differences us during earlier ontogeny is made, For Myloceras the growth differences ure, for abarit the fivst whorl, similar to thase pertaining in Labeceras, after which a period of inevease in the positive allometric relationship takes place. Here, the whorls are just in contact with each other. This growth stage is followed by a period of isometric growth, after which a reversion to the earliest pattern occurs,
It is well known that the spiral of the ammonite shell may be described by the Jogarithmiec spiral. That is: r=aci*, where a is a constant, r the shell radius, » the angle of the spiral, and y is a factor which determines the shape of the curve. The factor y thus decides whether the shell will be involute, evolute or with the whorls not in contact (Llaarlinder, 1952). During part ot the growth of both Laheceray and Myloceras the shell describes a logarithmic spiral. Hewever, particularly in connection with the formation of the Imyly chamber this is not so. ‘This is the most important difference between hetero- morphic ammonites (excluding those in which the logarithmic spiral is folluwed at all growth stages—in a sense these are not genuine heteromorphs) and normal ammonites.
The Relationship Between Shell Shape and Shell Dispersal —iw this section the importance of the shape of the shell with respect to nekroplanktonic dis- persive possibilities is reviewed and some formulae for the yolume of certain idealised shell types given. According to the results obtained by my investi- gations on Laetors in the distribution of fossil cephalopods (Reyment. 1958) the orthoconic type of shell is one with excellent Hoating capabilities; hence, one Jikely to be widely spread nekroplanktonically. The volume of an idealised orthocone is given by the simple expression: V= }4r°h, where r is the radius of the hase and fh is the height of the shell. In this kind of shell the maximum expusure of surface area is achieved and the maximum relative uplift results, Far dead shells the buoyaucy is decreased by the weight of the body chamber, it could be shown experimentally (Reyment, 1958, p. 122) that the body chamber of an orthocone must exceed half of the total shell length it a shell is ty sink, A rough expression for the mass of the aragonite In a conical shell, assuming a thickness of 1mm. is M = 0°98 x (r*,hy—7%h.), where 1) and 1m are the differences in racing due to wall thickness and fy and fs are the correspand- ing differences in height. Similar expressions may be derived for shells of ellip tical cross section (the baculitid type).
Tor cviled shells the effective volume depends on the degree of involution vf the shell, the lesser the degree of evohttion the greater the elfective volume, The effective volume of a cuiled evolute shell the whorls of which are just in contact is given by the following expression (kindly derived for me by Dr. I, RB. Nystedt, Dept, Mathematics, University of Stockh )=
“|
4 , | weots cw 2a) cot fa)? YF x |e (e e “) awh —7 q wk sing2 |, 4 ee nt hea RS 6 7 where £2 is the tangential angle to the radius, ev the angle of rotation, ¢ the varius.
qa) 2m cots? 2 ent f? kwnd # constants, R -~ ae a M. h=—ler means and Ip Io a
ew Hots — Rar) cot.) “(0 cots Pat 7) ed
a
ALBIAN AMMONITES FROM OODNADATTA, SOUTH AUSTRALIA 33
This will also apply to heteromorphic shells as long as the logarithmic spiral is followed, Generally, the combination of the properties of straight shells and evolute shells met with in heteromorphic ammonites, as in Labeceras and Myloceras, indicates high huoyancy properties, owing to the maximum utilisation of the entire length of the cone in the effective volume. Consequently, it is to be expected that heteromorphic ammonites will be good floaters in the nekro- planktonic state (Reyment, 1958, p. 172), depending | naturally on the length of the body chamber, For Labeceras oodnadattaensis sp. nov. the bady chamber makes up 47 per cent of the total shell length, which is within the bounds required in order for the empty shell to float. In Fig. 9a-b the nekroplanktonic floating positions for Labeceras and Myloceras are shawn.
B
Fig. 9 a, Floating position for Labeceras; b, Hoating position for Myloceras.
Kuidence for Nekraplanktonic Dispersal—This is of two kinds, geographic and sedimentologic. The relatively wide geographic distribution of some of the species treated in this paper is suggestive, Firstly, we have the expected wide distribution of species in the Great Artesian Basin—practically all of the forms among the heteromorphic ammonites treated by Whitehouse (1926) in his monograph also vecur in the South Australian material. Secondly, there is the occurrence of thesc heteromorphs in New Guinea, amongst them the forms recorded by Claessner (1958), including Labeceras crassum Spath and Mylo- ceras davidi Whitehouse. Finally, there is the important occurrence of Labeceras erassum Spath and Myloceras axonoides (Etheridge) in Portuguese East Africa. The buoyant structure of these shells suggests that possibilities of wide-ranging oceanic transport, as has been observed for the shells of Nautilus (ef Reyment, 1958),
34 R, A, REYMENT
The nature of the sediment in which the ammonites occur is of the calcareous tidal mud type, such as that forming in the Bahamas Islands area today (cf. Reyment, 1958), and also in the Jurassic deposits of Solnhofen and Holzmaden, Germany. The drifting shells finally fastened in the shallow water calcareous sediment.
The actual living place of the ammonites was probably in the sea nearby and cven further out, but this can, of course, only be a matter of speculation, The only certain tact is that the places of occurrence of the ammonite shells do not represent the area in which they actually lived.
STRATIGRAPHIC CONCLUSIONS
All ammonites are of Albian age and are to be correlated with the varicostm- eyyatoriale zones of the standard English Gault succession (Spath, 1925), and possibly the orbignyi zone (Whitehouse, 1926).
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
The author wishes to express his sincere thanks to Geosurveys of Australia and the Department of Mines of South Australia for supplying all of the study material. Particular thanks for assistance in many ways are due to Dr. RB, Brunnschweiler, formerly of Geosurveys of Australia, Dr. N. Ludbrook and Dr. H, Wopfner of the Geological Survey of South Australia. Dr. Ludbrook also kindly arranged publication of these results. The photographs were taken by Mr, L. Kutnar, formerly of the Department of Geology, University of Stockholm. tu connection herewith Mr, Kutnar devised a way of photographing plasticene casts of ammonites.”
* All ammonites were coated with ammonium ¢hloride prior to photographing. Tt is, however, not pussible to achieve a suiwoth distribution of this substance on plasticene casts af wharls, which usually meang that the cast must be photographed without preparation, Mr. Kutnar found that by first chilling the cast and then spraying with an acrylate fixing base (Zapon plastic lacquer—used for fixing pencil drawings) a surface conld be produced on which the ammonium chloride will fasten satisfactorily.
REFERENCES
Brauxnscaweiten. R. O., 1959: New Aconeceratinae (Annnonoides) from the Albion and Aptian of Australia. Bull. Bur, Min. Resour. Geol. Geophys., No. 54, pp. I-19, 1 pl,
Erxermee, R., 1995; Cretaceous Fossils fram Dalhousie Springs. Parl. Pap. Sth. Aust., No. Tl. pp. 13-17, 3 pls,
—~—, 1909: Lower Cretaceous Fossils from the Sources of the Barcovo, Ward and Nive Rivers. Kee, Aust, Mus., vol, 7, pp, 135-165, pls. 30-49.
GuaArssnen, M. F., 1958: New Cretacenus Fossils from New Guinea, Rec. Sth, Aust. Mus, pp. 199-226, pls. 24-25.
———, and Parkin, L. W., 1958 (ed.): The Geology of South Australia. J. yeol, Soc, Aust. vol. 5, pt. 2, 163 pp.
HaAnranner, W., 1952> Die Spirale der Ammonoiden. Ceol. Bl, NO-Bayern, yol. 2, pt. 1, pp, LS.
Jack, BR. L., and Evraermer, R., 1892; The Geology and Palaeontology of Queensland anil New Guinea. 768 pp., 68 pls. Brishane.
ALBIAN AMMONITES FROM OODNADATTA, SOUTH AUSTRALIA 30
McCoy, F., 1867: On the Discovery of Ichkthyosaurus and Plesiosaurus in Australia. Ann. Mag. nat. Hist., ser. 3, vol, 19.
Rensou, B., 1954: Neuere Probleme der Abstammunyslehre, Ferd. Enke Verl., Stuttgart,
6 pp.
Rryment, R. A., 1958: Some Factors in the Distribution of Fossil Cephalopods. Stockh. Contr. Geol., val. 1, pt. 6, pp. 97-184, 7 pls.
Spatu, L. F., 1925: On Upper Albian Ammonoidea from Portuguesc East Africa, with an Appendix on Upper Cretaceous Aminonites from Maputoland. Ann. Transv. Mus., vol. 11, pp. 179-200, pls. 28-37,
Wuirtrnouse, F. W., 1926: The Cretaceous Ammonoidea of Eastern Australia. Mem. Queens]. Mus., vol. 8, pt. 5, pp. 195-242, pls. 34-41.
———, 1928: Additions to the Cretaceous Ammonite Fauna of Eastern Australia, Part 2 (Desmoceratidae). Mem. Queens]. Mus., vol. 9, pt. 2, pp. 200-206, pl, 25.
Waircut, C. W,, 1957: Section on Cretaceous Ammonites in “Treatise on Invertebrate Paleon- tology”, Part L. Mollusca 4. Cephalopoda. Ammonoidea. Geol. Soc. Amer. and Kansas Univ. Press, 490 pp.
36
Fig,
Fig, ig,
Fig, Fig.
Fig.
Pig. Fig,
Vig, Fig, Fig. Fig.
Vig. Fig.
Fig. Pig.
Fig, Fig. Fig.
Fix,
Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig,
Fig.
Fig.
dd Go bo
wnNnne
oma Ble
R. A. REYMENT
EXPLANATION OF PLATES
PLATE 1
. Labecerus (Labeceras) laquewn (Etheridge). View of part of the shaft und the
crook and ithe last six sutures (obserye the crowding of the final two sutures),
M 1439, XI. Labeceras (Labeceras) crassum Spath. Portion of the body chamber. M 1440, X1°8.
. Labeceras (Labeceras) compressum Whitchouse. Au entire hody chamber, running
from the final suture to the apertural lappets. Fragments of shell material of the same species attached, ‘This specimen retains largely its (altered) shell material. M 1441, X1-4,
. The same species. Ventral view showing the sutures. M 1415, X2-1. . Labeceras ( Labeceras) oodnadatiaensis sp. nov, Lateral view of the holotype show-
ing several of the final sutures, S.A.M., M 144d, X1-2,
. Labeceras (Appurdiceras) cordycepoides (Etheridge). Lateral view of a fraginent
showing three sutures. M 1446, X1-3,
. Same species. A body chamber. M 1447, X1-3. . Myloceras intermediun (Whitehouse). Part of a body chamber. M 1459, XL.
PLATE 2
. Myloceras ndutiloides (Etheridge), Ventral view of part of a body chamber, M 1448,
?
. Same specics. Lateral view of septate whorls. M 1450, X1-3. . Myloceras plectuides (Whitehouse). Early septate part of a shell. M 1451, X1+2. . Myloceras buccatum (Whitchouse), Part of the body chamber and the last three sutures. M 1458, X0-6. PLATE 3
» Myloceray axonoides (Etheridge). Latera] aspect of part of am inner whorl. M 1460,
X18,
, Mylocerus flindersi (McCoy). Crushed fragment showing the swung ribbing. M 1463,
X16,
. Same species. M 1469, X0-5, . Myloceras davidi Whitehouse, Specioien shawing part of an early whorl. M 1486, XL.
Pate 4
. Myloceras davidi Whitehouse. Impression. M 1473, X1-3. . Same species, Cast showing the suture line. M 1417, X1-1. . Same species. Crushed cast showing Hexed ribs and the nature of the tuberculation.
M 1474, X1°1.
. Sane species. M 1481, X1-3.
PLATE 5
. Myloceras plectoides (Etheridge). Specimen showing sutures, M 1419,
Same species, Plasticene mould of a specimen. M 1457, XI.
. Myloceras davidi Whitehouse, Jlasticene mould of a specimen. M 1485, X1-2.
, Same species. Internal structure of chambers, M 1487, XI.
. Faleiferella sp. Crushed specitinen iv the body chamber of a Myloceras. M 1493, X2, . Falciferella reymenti_ Brumnschweiler? Specimen showing the development of the
inuer whorls, M 1488, XG.
R. A. ReyMENT
Trans, Roy. Soc. S. Aust. (1964), Vol. 88.
PLATE |
R. A, ReymMenr PLATE 2
Trans. Roy, Soc. S. Aust. (1964), Vol. 88,
PLATE
R. A. REYMEN
Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Aust. (1964), Vol. 88.
R. A. ReymM ent PLATE 4
Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Aust. (1964), Vol. 88.
R. A. ReyMer
PLATE 5
Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Aust. (1964), Vol. 88.
COILING AND FORM IN SOUTH AUSTRALIAN LABECERATIDAE (ALBIAN; CRETACEOUS)
BY R. A. REYMENT
Summary
Observations are presented on the mode of coiling and the shell form of some typical labeceratid ammonites from the Albian of Fossil Creek, near Oodnadatta.
COILING AND FORM IN SOUTH AUSTRALIAN LABECERATIDAE (ALBIAN; CRETACEOUS)
By BR. A. REyMentr® [Read 9 April 1964]
SUMMARY
Observations are presented on the mode of eniling and the shell form of some typical labeceratid ammonites from the Albian of Fossil Creek, near Ood- nadatta.
There has been a recent awakening of interest in Lower Cretaceous hetero- morphic ammonites. Wiedmann (1962) has published a rather far-gaing revision vf many heteromorphs, including Labeceratidae, which he prefers to see as a subfamily of Anisoceratidae. The purpose of the present note is to present certain observations on the mode of coiling and shell form, particularly of the apertural region, of a few typical laheceratids, selected from a large collection of ammonites from South Australia, the taxonomic examination of which is the subject of the foregoing paper.
The ammonites derive from a limestone in Fossil or Woolridge Creek near Oodnadatta, South Australia.
It is not here proposed to enter into any form of phylogenetic discussion. Suffice it to say that the writer is largely in agreement with Wiedmann’s analysis of Anisoceratidac and related groups,
In order to assist the representation of the ammonites approximate sterco- scopic photographs were made. Shadows tend to reduce the clarity of stersv- scopic pictures of fossils. In an attempt to minimise the development of shadows an electronic flash apparatus, mounted to the camera, was used (film Kadak 23 DIN). Coating with sal ammoniac gave unsatisfactory results owing to the excessive reflection from the pure white surface produced. Better results were obtained by using medium grey poster colour, Specimens are deposited in the museum of the Geological Survey of South Australia.
Labeceras crassum Spath,
PL 1, fig. 5; pl. 2, fig. 2a-h (sterénpair)
‘Trans, Roy, Sov. §. Aust. (1964), Vol. 88.
38 R. A, REYMENT
may appear planispiral. The stereopair in Pl. 2, Fig. 2a-b, show the form of an almost complete specimen, and the nature of the aperture. The body chamber begins at the point marked by an arrow in Pl. 1, Fig. 5. It is here worth noting, that although Labeceras mostly has the aperture directed towards the shaft, L. oodnadattaensis sp. nov. (Reyment, 1964) has the aperture directed outwards.
Fig, 1 shows the plot of shell length against shell height. We observe that these two variables are not linearly related; that is, whorl height and shell length do not increase regularly with respect to cach other. The correlation coefficient, computed from the Jogarithmically transformed measurements, is 0-9728, which is highly significant.
Fig. 1. Relationship between length and height of shell ot Labeveras crassum Spath. In this Fig, and Figs, 2 and 3, the units are (mm x LQ).
Myloceras davidi Whitehouse
TL. 1, fig. 3u-b (stereopair); pl. 2, fix. la-h (stereopair)
The specimen figures in Pl. 1, Fig. 3a-b, and Pl. 2, Fig. la-b shows the form of the uncoiled part of a shell, including the aperture. The shell height in- creases at first on the body chamber and then ceases to increase towards the aperture. The plot of shell height against shell length is shown in Fig. 2; it will be observed that there is some departure from an even growth relationship. The correlation coefficient, computed from the logarithmically transformed variables, is 0-6671, which is significant on the 1 per cent level.
H 400 oP a oo P SHG © 300 6 6 zof o © ° ad loo} wel ‘ ' a en 2 L L a 4 i 4 ' ' L 100 goa 1000 1500 L
Fig. 2. Relationship between length and height of shell of Myloceras davidi Whitehouse.
COTLING AND FORM IN SOUTH AUSTRALIA LABECERATIDAE 39
4 [ea] : t o 9 e 200+ 5 2 o 68 ; 5 0 0 ail oe 8 a | ¢ 9 ph tt en ay 100 500 (d00 SOO Ok
Fig. 3. Relationship between Jength and height of shell of Myloceras ammonoides (Etheridge).
Myloceras ammonoides (Etheridge)
PL 1, fig. la-h (stercopair). fig. 2a-b (stereppair); fig. 4; pl. 2. figs. 3-5.
This specimen shows well the spiral coiling of the early part of Myloceras (Pl. 1, Fig. 2a-b; Pl. 2, Figs. 3, 5); this is not so clearly apparent in all species. The specimen consists of the three initial whorls=the shaft and the hook are missing. The whorls are barely in contact and in places do not touch (PI. 1, Fig. la-b—space between dorsum of last whorl and venter of penultimate whorl in the upper part of the specimen). The plot of shell length against shell height in Fig. 3 shows an almost completely regular increase relationship to exist between the two variables, The correlation coefficient, computed from logarith- mically transformed observations, is 0-9579, which is yery highly significant,
REMARKS
The scattergrams of length and height of whorl suggest that one might expect some sort of differential growth relationship between these variables. The regression equations for each species were computed. to vield for:
Labeceras erassum: y = 6-76x"-44; Myloceras davidi: y — 67-61x9 ="; Myloceras ammonoides: —y = 0-28x"")"
We have here the interesting result that the coiled whorls of Myloceras ammonoides grow almost isometrically with respect to length and height of shell, whereas the uneviled parts of Labeceras crassum and Myloceras davidi grow in some kind of allometric relationship. :
Another interesting feature of the present analysis is that log length and log height of shell are highly correlated for the shaft and crook of L. crassum and for the whorls of M, ammonvides, but less strongly correlated for the shaft and crook of M. davicdi,
REFERENCES
RevmMent, HR. A., 1964: Albian Ammonites from Fossil Creck, Ondnadatta, South Australia, Trans. Ray, Soc. S. Aust., 88, pp, 21-36
Wrepmann, J., 1962: Unterkreide-Ammoniten von Mallorca. 1. Lieferung; Lytoceratina. Aptycht Abh. Math. N.W.-Klasse, Jahrgang 1962; Akad, Wiss. uit., Mainz, 148 pp., 10 pls.
40
Fig. Fig.
Figs.
R. A. REYMENT
EXPLANATION OF PLATES
PLATE 1
. lah. Myloceras ammonoides (Etheridge). Stereopair. X0-62. Coated. . 2a-b. Same species. Stereopair, X0-62. Coated. G.S.S.A. M 1497. . 3a-b. Myloceras davidi Whitchouse. Approximate stereopair. X0-65, Coated, G.S.S.A.
M 1495, 4. Myloceras ammonoides (Etheridge), X0°58, Uncoated. G.S.S.A. M 1497.
r, 5. Labecerus crassum Spath. The arrow marks the end of the septate part of the shell.
Approximately natural size. Uncoated. G.S.S.A. M 1494.
PLATE 2 la-b. Myloceras davidi Whitehouse. Approximate stereopair, X0-65. Coated. G.S.S.A, M 1495, 2a-b. Labeceras crassum Spath. Stcereopair X0-63, The impression of a shaft of the same species occurs in the upper left-hand corner. Uncoated. G,S.S.A. M 1494. 3-5. Myloceras ammonoides (Etheridge). Figs. 3 und 5 show clearly the spiral coiling of the younger part of the shell. X0-58. Uncoated. G.S.S.A. M 1497.
R. A. ReyMENT PLATE
Trans, Roy, Soc. S. Aust. (1964), Vol. 88.
R. A. ReyMENT PLATE 2
Trans, Roy, Soc. 8S, Aust. (1964), Vol. 88.
AUSTRALIAN ACANTHOCEPHALA, NO. 11
BY S. J. EDMONDS
Summary
Two new species of Acanthocephala are described from Australian fish; Telosentis australiensis from Anguilla reinhardtii Steindachner and Neogorgorhynchus robustus from Siganus lineatus (Cuvier and Valenciennes).
AUSTRALIAN ACANTHOCEPHALA, No, J! by $. J. Epatonps® [Read 14 May 1964] SUMMARY
Two new species of Acanthocephala are deserihed from Australian fish, Telosentis australiensis from Anguilla reinhardtti Steindachner and Neogergo- rhynchus robustas from Sigenus lincetus (Cuvier and Vilonciennes }.
Telosentis australiensis n.sp.
Figs, 1-5 Telesentiy Van Cleave, 1923; Colvan, LGN,
Host and Locality--One male and two female specimens collected by F. A, Ballantyne, Oct., 1962, from the small intestine of Anguilla reinhardtii Stein- dachner at Moggil Creek, Brisbane, Australia (specimens sent for identification by Dr. J. Pearson, Dept, of Parasitulogy, University of Queensland).
Description—The length of the trunk of the male is 4-0 mim, and its maxi- mum width in the middle of the trunk is 0-6 mm. The length of the females is 5-1-5-6 mm. ond their maximum width in the anterior half of the trunk is 0-65- 1-00 mm. The anterior region of the trunk is armed with numerous rows of posteriorly directed spmes which extend for about one-third of the way along the ventral surface. They are about 25-30 » long. The introvert of the male is almost cylindrical; it; length is 0-72 mm. and inaximum width 0-14 min. The maxiroum length of the introvert of the female is 0-78 mm. and the maximum width 0-18 mm. The introvert is armed with 16 longitudinal rows of 23-26 hooks per row. The size and shape of some of the hooks is shown in Fig. 3. The hooks on the anterior two-thirds of the introvert are largest and possess rooting processes, The mast posterior hook of each longitudinal row is slightly larger than those immediately anterior tu it. The difference in the size of the dorsal and ventral hooks that is found in T. exiguis (von Linstow, 1901) and in T. tenuicornis (Van Cleave, 1918) is not noticeable in the Australian specimens.
Although the body wall is thick, the outer epidermal layer itself seems to be thin and easily distorted. The receptaculum is 1:2-1-5 mm. long and double walled. The lemnisci are ag loug us or slightly longer than the receptaculuim. The testes are ellipsoida] and about 0-3 mm. long; they lie almost one bebind the other. The cement glands are long pyriform and pressed closely together; their bumber was not able to be determined, The uterus is long and the vaginal cummplex consists of twa bulbs. No genital spines were observed in the female and only four in the pasteriur region of the male. The eggs are spindle-shaped (535-54) p long and (10-13) » wide, and the female aperture is subterminal,
Systematic Positiou—The generic position assigned to these specimeiis is nol altogether satisfactory. "They closely resemble species of the genus Telosentis Van Cleave, 1923, but the female lacks genital spines, the presence of which is a generic character. Golvan (1960, p. 159) says that the genital spines of Telosentis arc fragile. This being so, | prefer to place them in the genus Telo- gentis rather ihan create another genus within the family Rhadinorhynchidae to. contain them,
* Deparhnent of Zookugy, the University at Adelaide. Trans, Roy, Soc. §. Aust. (1964), Val. 8S.
5. J. EDMONDS
mimes
Ye oct of eMac pha al a
eeerrrr
(7 OC er
(SS me SSS Ee eee
SOREL
WA MON
wae CKY a SS SEN EER
3, some introvert hooks:
introvert of female;
2, 4, posterior region of female; 5, egg.
1-5. Telosentis australiensis. 1, female;
Figs.
AUSTRALIAN ACANTHOCEPHALA 43.
The specimens differ from (1) T. moalini Van Cleave, 1923, the introvert of which is armed with 12 longitudinal rows of 20 hooks and (2) T. exignus (von Linstow, 1901) armed with 12 rows of 16-18 hooks. They are closely related to T, tenuicornis (Van Cleave, 1918), the introvert of which is armed with 10-14 rows of 26 hooks. The introvert of the Australian specimens, however, possesses more longitudinal rows of hooks than T. tentiicornis (Van Cleave, 1918, Plate (11 B) and the spines on the anterior region of the trunk are relatively smaller but far more numerous than those of T. fenuicornis as shown by Van Cleave (1915, Plate IIT, Fig. 3). For these reasons they are regarded as a new species,
Type Specimen—Australian Muscum, Sydney. Type Host—Anguilla reinhardtii.
Neogorgorhynchus robustus n.sp.
Figs. 6-9 Neoyorgerhynchus Golvan, 1960, pp. 150-151.
Host—One male and four female specimens were collected from the intestine of the fish, Siganus lineatus (Cuy. et Val.), Cuallector Dr. J. Pearson (University of Queensland ), June 2, 1956.
Locality—Heron Is., Queensland.
Description—The specimens show marked sexual dimorphism, the females bemg about two and u half times as long as the males. The trunk of both sexes is stout and curved yentrally to some extent in the anterior region. Posteriorly it tapers gradually, Two lateral lacunae show up clearly in the body wall of each of the specimens.
The trunk of the male is 15 mm. Jong and its maximum width—in the middle of the trunk—is about 2. mm, A cylindrical introyert arises somewhat ventrally from the anterior region of the trunk, Compared with the size of the trunk the introvert is small, ‘Lhe armed part is 0-75 mm. long and 0-25 mm. wide, and there is a short unarmed section about 0-08 mm, long. The former bears 14 longitudinal rows each containing 12-13 hooks per row. The posteriorly placed hooks are smallest, The trunk is without spines. The receptaculum is double- walled, 2-2 mm. Jong and 0-3 mm. wide. The Jemnisci are short and sac-like, The testes are ellipsoidal and 1-2-1-5 mm. long, They overlap slightly, There are four cement glands that are arranged in pairs und that arise at different levels. The genital opening is terminal,
The trunk of the female is 28-37 mm. long and about 3-5 mm, wide in the mid-region, The fully extended introvert is cylindrical, 0:9-1-0 mm, long and about 0:3.mm. wide. There is in addition a short unarmed section 0-05-0-08 mm. long. The introvert is armed with 14-16 longitudinal rows each of 12-14 hooks per row. A double-walled receptaculum is 2-4-2-5 mm, long and 0-35 mm, wide, The lemnisci are stout and sac-like and about as long as the receptaculum. The female genitalia are about 4-5 mm. long and the anal aperture is sub-terminal. Ripe eggs are (100-115) «long and (22-29) » wide and have polar prolongations of the middle shell.
S. J. EDMONDS
44
Ms i ea: Se SS Se ES (@) Mau coe AOS RR AS WS KY Ss ed an ee Ss SS SWS ES SSeS SS Sc 8 = ® a E ) E Va) fe)
ert; 8, female; 9, egg.
AUSTRALIAN ACANTHOCEPHALA 45
Systematic Position
These specimens from Queensland closely resemble Neogorgorhynchus aspinosus (Fukui and Morisita, 1938) from the fish, Teuthis fuscescens. The mtrovert of N. aspinosus according to Fukui and Morisita (1938) and Yamaguti (1939) is armed with 17-18 longitudinal rows of 16-19 hooks per row while that of the specimens from Siganus lineatus is armed with 14-16 rows of 12-14 hooks per row, The introvert of N, nudus (Harada, 1938), the only other species in this genus, is armed with 14 longitudinal rows of 24-25 hooks per row. For these reasons the specimens from Siganus lineatus are regarded as new and because they are stout are given the specific name robustus.
Type Specimen—Australian Museum, Sydney, Type Host—Siganus lineatus.
REFERENCES
Foxur, T., and Morisrra, T., 1938: Notes on the Acanthocephala Fauna of Japan. Annot Zool. Jap., 17 (3), pp, 567-76,
Gotyan, Y.-J., 1960: Le Phylum des Acanthocephales. 3¢ Note. Ann. Parasit. hum. ef comp. 35 (1-2), pp. 138-65.
Harapa, L, 1938: Acanthocephalen aus Formosa (1). Annet. Zool. Jap., 17 (3), pp. 419-27.
Linstow, O. von, 1901: Entozoa des Zoologischen Museums der Kais. Akadamie der Wissen- schatten zu St. Petersburg. Bull. Acad. Imp. Sci. St. Petersbourg, 15 (3), pp. 271-91.
Van Cueave, H. J., 1918: Acanthocephala of the Sub-family Rhadinorhynchidge from Ameri- can fish. Jotr. Parasit., 5, pp. 17-24.
Van Cuieavy, H. J., 1923: Yelosentis, a New Genus of Acunthocephala from Southern Europe. Jour. Parasit., 9, pp. 174-75,
Yamacutt, S., 1939: Studies in the Helminth Fauna of Japan. Acanthocephala Ul. Jap. Jour. Zool., 8, pp. 319-351.
THREE NEMATODE SPECIES (STRONGYLOIDEA : TRICHONEMINAE) FROM QUEENSLAND WALLABIES
BY A. MAGZOUB
Summary
This paper includes descriptions of a new genus and two new species, and a redescription of a known species; parasites and hosts are as follows: Oesophagonastes gullardi (Johnston and Mawson) from Protemnodon bicolor, Rugopharynx rufogrisea, n.sp., from P. rufogrisea, and Pararugophurynx protemnodontis, n.g., n.sp., from P. rufogrisea. all hosts are from Logan Village, Queensland.
THREE NEMATODE SPECIES (STRONGYLOIDEA : TRICHONEMINAE) FROM QUEENSLAND WALLABIES
By A. Maczous® (Communicated hy 8. J. Edmonds)
[Read 14 May 1964]
SUMMARY
This paper includes descriptions of a new genus and two new species, ancl a_redescriplion of a known species; parasites and hosts are as follows: Oeso- phagonasles gallardi (Johnston ae Mawson) from Protemnadon bicolor, Rugopherynx rufogrisea, n.xp., from P_ rufagrisea, and Pararugopharynx protem- nodonéis, ng. nap, from P, rufdgrised: all hosts are trom Logan Village, Queensland.
INTRODUCTION
‘The nematodes described in this paper were collected by the Queensland Institute of Medical Research, and sent to the University of Adelaide for exami- nation by Dr. M. J. Mackerras, then of that Institute. I am very grateful tu Dr, Mackerras for the opportunity pravided. Among these fresh and well-preserved specimens it has been possible to identify one previonsly described species, and two new species, for one of which a new genus, Purarugopharynx, is propused.
The material is plentiful, and it has been possible to measure ten mature specimens of each sex for éach species; these measurements are given in Table 1. The length of the vestibule and of the oesophagus is taken in each case from the anterior end of the worm to the base of the structure,
The material received came from seven specimens of Protemnodon rufo- grisea (all of which were parasitised in the oesaphagus as well as the stomach) and one specimen of P. bicolor, with nematodes in both oesophagus and stomach, All the hosts were from Logan Village, Queensland.
DESCRIPTIONS
The incidence of the species described in this paper is as follows:
Protemnodon rufogrisea (Desm.), Rugopharynx rufogrisea, n.sp. (ocso- phagus, one of seven hosts; stomach, seven of seven hosts); Pararugopharynx protemnadontis, n.g., n.sp. (oesophagus, two of seven hosts; stomach, three of seven hosts).
* Part of work done for thesis for M.Sc. degree, Department of Zoology, University of Adelaide, under UNESCO Scholarship.
Trans. Roy, Soc. S$. Aust. (1964), Vol. 88-
48 A. MAGZOUB
Protemnudon bicolor (Desm.), Oesophagonastes gallardi (Johnston and Mawson) (oesophagus).
Oesophagonastes gallardi (Johnston and Mawson) (Figs. 1-7)
Pharyngostrongylus gallardi Johnston and Mawson, 1942, 110, Spirostrongylus gallardi (Johnston and Mawson), Mawson, 1955, 2.
Host and Locality—Protemnodon bicolor (syn, Macropus uallabatus), Logan Village, Queensland. O. gallerdi is now identified in fresh material from the type host, and it is possible to give a fuller description.
Relatively large worms, often curved in two spirals; cuticle transversely striated. Mouth with six shallow lips, the 2 lateral with amphids and the 4 submedian ones with simple papillae. Vestibule elongate, thick-walled with
Lt so
ll,
SZ
% im \ hl
Figs. 1-7. Ocsophagonastes gallardi. 1, head; 2, oesophageal region; 3, tail of female: 4, distul end of spicnle; 5, genital cone; 6 and 7, clorsal and Jateral views of bursa. c, cloaca: i, inflated cuticle. Figs. 6 and 7 to same seale.
NEMATODES FROM QUEENSLAND WALLABIES A9
fine annular striae except anteriorly where walls are thicker and striae not annular, Anterior three-quarters of ocsophagus, in front of constriction, is wider in second half; terminal bulb oval. Thick cuticular ring (typical of genus) between oesophagus and vestibule. Nerve ring at oesophageal con- striction; stout hair-like cervical papillae in region of bulb, and excretory pore at level of anterior part of bulh.
Bursa not deeply lobed, ventral lobes joined; bursal rays as in Figs 6 and 7. Slight inflation of inner wall of bisa at each side of genital cone (Fig. 5). Gubernaculum present; spicules alate nearly to pointed tips. Tail of female conical; eggs 65-95 » by 40-55 p.
Rugopharynx rufogrisea n. sp. (Figs. 5-12)
Host and Locality—Protemnodon rufogrisea, Lagan Village.
Short straight worms; submedian ccphalic papillae with bifid setae; amphids distinct; buccal capsule short. Vestibule elongate, Jumen cylindrical, wall nar- rowed at annular constriction at end of first quarter of its length; striations in wall radial, finer anterior to constriction.
Figs, 8-12. Rugopharynx iufogriyen. 8, oesophageal region; 9, head; 10, lail of female; 11 and 12, lateral and dorsal views of bursa. Figs. 11 and 12 to same scale.
50 A. MAGZOUB
Anterior part of oesophagus ubout three-quarters its length, followed by constriction and rather elongate terminal bulb. Nerve ring at constriction and excretory pore at about same level; cervical papillae close to posterior end of vestibule.
Body of female narrows sharply, especially dorsally, behind anus, to end in distinctive narrow tapering tail. Eggs 140-160 » by 70-80 ». Bursa heavily papillated except on dorsal lobe. Arrangement of rays shown in Figs. 11.and 12. Spicules with rounded tips alate nearly to end,
The species is close to R. anstralis Ménniy; it is distinguished frown it by the shape of the vestibule and the position of the cervical papillae, and in the female by the very distinctive shape of the tail.
Pararugopharynx n. gen.
Trichoneminae: short straight warms, four setiferous submedian cephalic papillae, external leaf crown of ten bulbous elements, buccal capsule short, vesti- bule longer, annulated; oesophagus of two parts, anterior longer, almost cylin- drical, separated by constriction from posterior part with terminal bulb; nerve ring at oesophageal constriction, excretory pore and stout hair-like cervical papillae about level of oesophageal bulb, Male: bursa entire, lobes poorly separated, longer dorsally; ventral rays together, to edge bursa, ventrolateral ray short, medio- and postero lateral rays together, to edge bursa; externo- dorsal ray short, separate; dorsal ray stunt, bifurcates proximal to midlength, viving off two short branches before bifurcation; gubernaculum present; spicules long, stout, alate nearly to tips: genital cone surrounded by lobes of cuticle forming an “internal bursa”. Female: tail elongate, vnlva shortly im front of wnus, vagina loug. Parasites of wallabies.
Type Species—P. protemnodontis, n.sp.
This genus is close to Oesophagonastes Mawson (1964, in press). Tt differs from it in the presence of a leaf crown, the form of the dorsal ray, and the presence of an “accessory bursa” aronnd the genital cone.
Pararugepharynx protemnodontis n.g.. n.sp.
(Migs, 13-19)
Host and Locality—Protemnodontis rufogrised, Logan Village, Queensland.
Short straight worms, cuticle transversely striated, Leaf crown of ten rounded elements. Four submedian papillae with bifid setac; amphids distinct on Jateral cuticular elevations. Buccal capsule well developed, slightly convex in longitudinal section. Anterior te buccal capsule is shallow cuticular ring, very like buccal capsule of Rugopharynx spp. Vestibule cylindrical, coarsely and regularly annulated, Oesophagus consists of long anterior part separated by constriction from elongate terminal bulb; anterior part narrower in first half of its length than in second half, Nerve ring at oesophageal constriction; excre- tory pore and hair-like cervical papillae in region of bulb.
NEMATODES FROM QUEENSLAND WALLABIES 1
Figs. 13-19, Pararugopharynx protemnodontis, 13 and 14, lateral and en face views of head: 15, anterior end; 16, oesophageal region; 17, tai) of female; 18, posterior end of male, lateral view; 19, dorsal view of fmrsa. Figs. 14 and 15 to same seule: Figs. 18 and 19 to sume scale,
Bursa] lobes hardly distinct, ventral lobes joined. Rays as in Figs. 18 and 19. Cuticle around genital cone lohed, forming a type of accessory bursa. Guber- naculum present, resembling that in Rugupharynx spp. Spicules stout. alae extending nearly to tips.
Posterior end of female narrows distal to vulva, tail hardly tapering, ending in blunt point. Eggs about 100 p by 50 p.
The species resembles those of the genus Oesophagonastes in the shape of the oesophagus, in the position of the associated structures, and in the tvpe of bursa, Il is distinguished by the longer and more definite buccal capsule and the form of the dorsal rays, as well as by the presence of an “accessory bursa”; this latter structure is, however, present in O, leptos Mawson (in press).
REFERENCES Jounspon, T. TL, und Mawson, P. M,, 1942: The Gallard Collection of Parasitic Nematodes in the Australian Museum. Rec, Avstr, Mus., 21 (2), pp. 110-115.
MAWSON, E M., 1955: Some Parasites of Anstralian Vertebrates, Trans. Roy. Soc. 8S, Aust. 78, pp. 1-7.
Mawson, P. M., 1964: Notes on Some Nematode Species fron Kangaroos and Wallabies, Including a New Genus and Three New Species. Parasitology (in press),
NEW TAXA OF PTILOTUS (AMARANTHACEAE)
BY G. BENL
Summary
Descriptions and illustrations are given of two new species of Ptilotus, Pi. blackii from South Australia and Western Australia, Pt. lophotrichus from Northern Territory, and of a new variety. Pr. obovatus (Gaudich.) F.v.Muell1. var. griseus from Northern Territory. The type specimens are cited and some critical notes are made on some characters of the new taxa which are compared with previously described forms. Brief remarks are made on the material studied.
NEW TAXA OF PTILOTUS (AMARANTHACEAE)
By G. Benu* (Communicated by Hj. Eichler)
[Read 14 May 1964]
SUMMARY
Descriptions and illustrations are stiyen of two new species. at Ptilotus, Pt. blackti from South Australia and Western Australia, Pt. lophotrichus from Narth- ero Vertitory, and of a new variety, Pt. obovatus (Gaudich.) F.v.Muell. var, griseus from Northern Territory. The type specimens are cited and some critical notes are made on some characters of the new taxa which are compared with previously deseribed forms. Brief remarks aro made on the material studied.
_ A recent examination of specimens of Ptilotus sent from the State Herbarium of South Australia (AD) revealed the existence of three hitherto imknown taxa which are here described as follows;—
1. Ptilotus blackii Benl, sp.nov. (Tig, 1).
Planta perennis tenera (caulibus 15-25 cm longis et 1-5-3 mm diametro) vel valida (caulibus ad 40 cm longis, ad 7 mm diametro ), pluricaulis; rhizomate tortuoso 0-5-1 cm et ultra crasso, adscendente. Caules virgato-erecti pallido- virides, iuveniles puberuli dein glabri, angulato-striati aut suleati, per totam longitudinem foliati, basi lignosi, plerumque (corymboso-) ramosi, rarius usque ad inflorescentiam indivisi, Rami ramulique divaricati vel adscendentes, summi approximati.
Folia primo puberula dein glabra, viridia, plus minusve coriacea, inlegerrima, interdum marginibus subsinuatis, nervo medio subtus prominulo, inaequalia: basalia (ad 10) congesta spathulata, 4-7-5 cm longa et 1-5 cm lata, in petiolum distinctum, superne leviter alatum, ca. 3 em longum contracta; caulina alterna oblongo-lancevlata, ad 4 cm longa et 1'2 cm lata, apicem versus gradatim minora, summa interdum in bracteas: quasi transeuntia. Inflorescentiae capitatae, subhemisphaericae, pedimenlato-erectae, ramos ramulosque terminantes, non amplae (2 cm longae, 3 cm latae), coloribus bractearum et tepalorum autem conspicuae, haud densiflorac; rhachis brevis lanuginosa. Flores (10-20). iuveniles apicibus nudis inter bracteas atrofuscas ermmpentes, dein bracteis duplo longiores perianthio roseo vel (pallide) carneo spectabilcs.
Bractea bracteolaeque curinatae, setaceo-acuminatae, pilosae (pilis spinu- loso-articulatis apicem haud attingentibus), inaequales; bractea inferior rigida, oblongo-ovata, 8 mm longa, ad 3 mm lata, opaca, (atro-)fusea, in dorso omnine villosula (Fig, 1, a); bracteolue Jaterales membranaceae, ovato-lanceglatae, in toto ad 9 mm longae et 2-5 mm latae, nervo medio piloso, atrofusco, in aristam usque 2-5.mm longam excurrenti (Fig. 1, b), lateribus glabris, hyulinis, nitenti- bus, nervum versus fuscescentibus.
* Botanische Staatssammluny Miinchen, Germany,
Trans, Roy. Soc. S, Aust. (1964), Vol, 88.
54 G, BENL
Perianthium elongato-erectum, dein campanulato-patens, basim induratam versus indurescens, tubum turbinatum (1-5 .mm longum) formans. Tepala rigida sublinearia, indistin¢te trinervia, carinata, obtusa, apice plus minusve croso- denticulato, extus pilis articulatis, ad 5 mm longis, pleramque dimidio inferiori tantum orientibus induta (Fig. 1, c), supra tubum densissime breviterque hirsutum: macula 1-5 mm longa, nonnihil convexa, nuda insignia, intus laevigata, opaca, integerrima yel marginibus apicem versus subserrulatis, subaequalia: 2 exteriora ad 15 mm longa et 1-8 mm lata, in parte superiore (ad 6:5 mm longa) nuda, extus nitida, apice vix angustato; 3 interiora paullum breviora sed angus- tiora, inferne pilis ecrispis, marginalibus, haud copiosis munita (Fig. 1, d).
Syn me. Fiv. 1. Ptilotuy blackii Ben) (AD 96215189, paratype): (a) bract; (b) bracteale; (eo) omer perianth-segment, ouler view; (d) perianth with stamens and staminal cup spread open, inner view; (e) pistil.
NEW TAXA OF PTILOTUS (AMARANTIIACEAE ) 5)
Stamina 5, basi valde (ad 0-S mm) dilatata (Fig. 1, di extus parce pilusa, in tubum membranaceum, 1:5 mm longum, iabo perianthii avcte insidenternr amio libero nullo, pseudostaminodiis interiectis nullis—transeuntia, inaequalia: 2-3 fertilia filamentis applanatis, superne subulatis, 5-6 mm lonyis, antheris bilocwluribus obscure favis, ovato-oblongis, 0-8 mm longis et 0:5 mm latis; 3 vel 2 abortive filameutis: brevioribus, rudimentis antherarum.
Ovariom subelavatum longe stipitatum, 2 mm longum (slipite circiter | mm incluso) et 0-8 mm latum, superne pilis paucis, ad 0-5 mm longis, articetatis fudutum (Fig. 1, e); stylum glabrum, eirea 4 mm Jongum, excentricum, stigma parvum, haud eapitellatum,
Holotype of species — Creat Victorian Nesert, W.A.; Camp 57— ca. 220 km east-ndgth-east of Kalguorlie, ca. 260 km north-east of Lake Lefroy; R, Helms, 20,1X,1891, AD No. 862 16 157.
Tso¢ypes—Idem, AD No. 962 15 164. Tdem, MEL.
Paratypes—Arkarings Creek, south-west of Oodwacdatta, S,A.; Miss Stacr, VIILI914, AD No. 962 15 188 (ex Herb. J, M. Black). — Blood’s Creek, va. 180 km north of Oodnadatta, S.A.; 8, A. White, 20.VITL.I921, AD No. 962 15 190 (ex Herb. J. M. Black), — Dalhousie near Oodnadatta, S.4.; 8. A, White, 21, VIL 1924, AD No, 962 15 189 (ex Herb. J. M. Black).
Habitut—R, Helms’ speciniens were growing im a sandy place: the more vigorous plants of the other collectors might have heen gathored from richer suil.
Characteristies—This variously appearing form, whiel: I treat as a distinct species, bears a superficial resemblance to Pé indivisus Renl (= Pt. comphre- noides Moq,, sin Mitt, Bot.StSammlg. Miinehen, 3:38, 1959). J. M, Black (in schedulis). however, had already drawn attention to the most evident differ- ences; “Differs from T. gomphrenoides in the branching hairy stem and want of aciite tips in inner segments,” Besides, in Pt. indivisus the bracts and especially the bracteoles are decidedly less tapering — they cannot be called awned there The indumentum of the perianth is finer and considerably denser, the glabrous tips of the tepals are shorter, Further differences concern the struature and the proportions of inner flcral organs, particularly as regards the cupula, showing a free ring only in P#, incivistis. There is, therefore, no close relationship between these two easily distinguishable species,
Very young inflorescences of the new species resemble the corresponding stages of Pt. manglesit (Lindl) Foy.Mucll. in their habit (colour, indumentum), A blunt, naked and distinctly visible apex of the perianth-segments is a charac- teristic feature not only of the above form, of P/, indivisus and Pt. manglesii, but of some other species as well; yet they cannot be confused, The conspicuously acuminate bracts and bracteoles represent an additional and noteworthy charuc- teristic found also in a few other species (sc. 4: 80, 1961), From these, however, the taxon in question is sharply separated.
Name—The plant is named in honmw of the well-known, distinguished hotanist, J. M. Black (Flora of South Australia), who had dealt with this form (in sehedulis) forty years ago, It was first defined by him as a varicty Caristatum’) of ‘Trichinttum exaltatum’, then as “Urichinium beekerianwm’. One annotation reads “appearing a new species”, but finally he misinterpreted it as eas semilanatiwm Lindl, which is, by wo means, conspecific with Pe. black,
36 G, BENL
Material—The description is drawn up from a series of specimens differing its habit and maturity. R. Helms’ plant (AI) 962 16 157), selected as holotype becuse of its age, measures 22 cm to the top of the inflorescence and has more than a dozen spikes more or less undeveloped. The Adelaide isotype resembles the holotype in appearance and maturity; it consists of seyeral stems (11:3 to 19 em), apparently detached from one piece vf rhizome and each carrying, up to & immature spikes. S$. A. White's specimen from Dalhousie (28 em) with 3 mature and 5 younger spikes is better developed, and the inflorescences carry a greater number of fowers. S$, A, White's second sheet (AD 962 15 190) can- sists oF two parts (35 and 26 em long, 3 to 4 mm thick) of stouter stems with five and one spikes, respectively, and a slender stem (26 em) with one hall- developed spike; it bears J. M. Black’s annotations and figures on the attached label, The third paratvpe (AD 962 15 188) seems to be somewhat doubtful at first sight. The scrappy material of a big and branched plant measuring 40 cm in length and 7 mm in diameter does not carry any spikes; besides, the measure- ments viven by J. M, Black on the shcet do not quite agree with those I ascer- tained, However, a separate cover attached to the sheet contains two immature spikes matching the holotype; and Black had evidently examined a young stage af the Hower, On 4 label stuck to the same sheet he describes some details of a Hower belonging to the same species, this lower being actually a part ot B. Helms’ find in the Victoria Desert of 29,(?)9,1891,
2, Ptilotus lophotrichus Benl, sp.nov. (Fig. 2).
Herba in specimine examindto anna, caulead 50 cm Jongo et 3 mm crassa, tercti-striato vel angulato-sulcato, per totam Jongitndinem tomentosiusculo — pilis erispis subriodosis—, usque ad inflorescentiam indiviso an pauciramosu, modice foliato, pluristachyo.
Folia basalia opposita vel fasciculata, caulina alterna 0-5-5 cm distantia, omnia petiolata, petiolo plus minysve distincto ad 1-35 em longo; laminis (sub-) linearibus usque 3 cm longis ct 4 mm latis, primo puberulis dein glabrescentibus, viridibus. inferne attonuatis, in apice aculiusculis.
Influrescentiac longe spicatac, elongato-cylindraceae, plus minusve curvutae, cirea 10 cm longae et 1 cm diametro, ad quinas congestae, terminales ( paucae inferinres, rudimentares, axillares addilae), multi- et confertiflorae, floribus (esoantione?) stramineo-flavescentibus, inferioribus dclapsis: rhachis paree villasula,
Bracteae bractedlaeque ovato-lanceolatue. incolorutac, seariosae, hyalinae. oxtus apicem versus pilis teneris, articulatis, ad 2 mm longis (apicem circiter | min excedentibus) mdutae, maequales: bractea 5-5 mm longa et 2 mm tata (Fig. 2, a), perianthium superans, post deHoratiouem conspicua, demam glabra; hractealae minores (4 mm longae et 1:2 mim lalae) et aculiores, conspicue carinalae, comute pilosia: (Fi, 2,0).
Perianthinm in ima basi crispo-villosiusculum, in apiece comosum, Tepala nsyue ad basim libera, oblongo-elliptica, obtusiusenla, intergerrimu, upicem versus lato-limbata, diaphana, in dimicio inferiore distincte trincrvia — nervis lateralibus areolam medianam. impellucidam, incrassatam, rigidam includen- tibus-, superne pilis dorsalibns et marginalihus (ad 30) tenuibus, rectis, arti- culatis, ad 2 mm Jongis, apicem ec. 1 mim superantibus (Tig. 2, oc), inferne extis
NEW TAXA OF PTILOTUS (AMARANTITACEAE ) 57
pilis brevissimis, crispatis, densis induta, inaequalia: 2 exteriora 4 mm longa et 1-2 mm lata, intus glabra; 3 interiora angustiora 3-5 mm longa et 0-8 mm lata, nervis distinetioribus (areola mediana longiore), intus in parte angustata (ie. supra pseudotubum) pilis intricatis, praecipue marginibus orientibus ct intro- Hexis praedita (Fig. 2, d),
Fig. 2. Peilotus lophotrichus Benl (AD 962 06 050), holotype): (a) bract; (b) bracteoles (¢) perianth, halfopencd; (dl) inner periunth-segment, inner view,
Stamina 5, omnia subaequilonga, fertilia, basi dilatata cupulam ad 0:8 mm allam, nembranaceam, hyalinam, ylabram, integram — pseudostaminodiis nullis-, liberam, basi perianthii insidentem formantia. Filamenta ligulata, superne subulata, brevia (circa 1-2 mm); antherae biloculares flavae, lato-ellipsoideae, 0°33 mm longae et 0-25 mim latae.
Ovarium sessile subglobosum 0-8 mm Jongumn ct 0°7 mm latum, glaberri- mum. Stylum gracile breve, centrale, glabrum 0-8 mm longum et 0-06 mm diametro; stigma e¢lobosum.
Holotype of species — Arnhem Land, N.T.; H. Basedow No. 63, 1928, AD No. 962 06 030.
Isatype—ldem, K.
Charaeteristics—At first glance the specimens cited above and misidentified at Kew Herbarium with “Pt. cunninghamii Benth.’, do somewhat resemble our Pi. lanatus A, Cunn. ex Mog. in general facies, But apart from its longer and more densely standing spikes the newly established species is readily distin- guishable from Pt, lanatus (var. lanatus and var. glabrobracteatus). Tt has, wmongst other characters, a seantier pubescence of the rhachis, larger and dif- ferently pilose bracts, a dissimilar appearance of the bracteoles (s. in Muelleria 1, 2: 107, 1959). The most conspicuous feature, however, is an unmistakably different indumeutum of tepals: on the outside the lower part, in Pf. lanatus, is
es) G. BENL
covered with relatively thin erispy hairs, the rest with thicker, scarcely noduse and very dense bristly hairs, like fur. In Pt. lophotrichus there is only a tuft of relatively few, thin and distinctly articulate hairs. This is a striking pecu- liarity of outstanding diagnostic importance. The three inner tepals of the Jatter are Obviously woolly inside, whereas in Pt, lanatus all tepals are glabrous, Nevertheless, a closer alliance between the two species may be taken for granted, as they agree largely with regard to the structure (though not the proportions ) of inner floral organs, particularly the eupula.
Because of its characteristic tufts of hairs (hence the specific name!) on the bracts and bracteoles as well as chiefly on the perianth-segments, Pt, lophetrichus cannot be confused with any previously described species.
Material—The holotype-sheet consists of four fragments (21 to 24 cm each) Irom two (?) plants. Taken together they give a very goad idea of the charac teristic features of the new taxon, especially those of the Hower, since the Inug spikes are well developed and preserved.
3, Ptilotus obovatus (Gaud.) FoMuell. var. griseus Benl, var. nov. (Fig. 3),
Planta fruticulosa, caulibus ad 0-5 m et ultra longis, 6 mm crassis, erectu- virgalis, ramosis. Rami ramulique ct folia crassiuscula, elliptica sive obovata jad 3 cr longa et 1 cm lata), apiculata, plus minusye petiolata tomento pilarum
endroideorum {articulatoram, in vodis verticillatorum), usque 2 mm longorum induti.
Spicae pedunenlatae complures ramos terminantes, in paniculam luxam dispositae, hemisphaericue vel subovoideae (ad 1-8 cm diametro), haud densi- florae, Flores (10-20) perianthio purpureo, inferne tubum induratum, 1 mm longtim formanti, apicibus glabris tepalcrum exteriorum conspicuis.
Bracteae bractcolaeque distincte avuminatac, nervo medio in cuspidem producto, inaequales. Bractea fusca vel fuscescens indumento abscondita, yisu grisea (unde nomen varietatis!), opaca, rigida, concava, subrotunda usque oblonga-ovata, 5-6 mm longa (cuspide setacea | mm inclusa) et 3 mm Tata, extus pilis articulatis, ad nodos denticulatis, circa 2 mm longis, praccipue areae medianae orientibus, practer caspidem densissime obtecta (Fig. 3.a). Bracteolae tennes, ovato-orbiculares, aristatae. nervum medium fuscescentem versus pilis denticulate-nudosis, 2 mm longis, aristam partim involventibus dense obsessae (Fic. 3, b), lateribus glabris, hyalinis, nitidis, usqyue 5 mm longae (arista 1-5 nan dnelusa) et 3 mm ine: ddpressae, yentricosae,
Tepala (6-7 mm lonva) extus modice et inaequaliter pilosa (Wig, 3, c), pilis superinribus rectis ud 2 mm tantunr longis; intus onmia glabra.
Stamina 3 ferlilia, 2 ananihera Gfilamentis brevioribus, brunnescentibus, involutis, Ovarium gliberrimum (Fig. 3, d).
Cleterum ut in var. obovato.
Helotype of variety — Northern Territory, Central Australia. On summit of low rock (about 150 feet above plain) in Mount Olga arca—ca. 360 kan south- west of Alice Springs, H, N.S. Jackson No. 118, L6.VEIT.1959, AD No. 961 02 032,
Differt a typo speciei caulibus et foliis pilosioribus (pilis in foliis deadroi- deis!), bractea maiore et densissime villosa, bracteola aristata, tepalis minus pilusis, ovario glaberrimo.
NEW TAXA OF PTILOTUS (AMARANTHACEAE) AY
Recedit a var. parvifloro (Lindl.) Benl indumento multo ampliore, bractea obscura et bracteolis aristatis duplo maivribus et densius pilosis, tepalis pilo- sioribus.
Differt a var, lancifolio Benl indumento multo ampliore, spicis pauci- et laxifloribus brevierthus, bracteis maioribus fuscis, bracteolis maioribus.
Characteristics—The most striking feature of the present plant is its rela- tively long and extremely pilose bracts, A grey or dull grey colour, not only of the bracts but of the entire spike, is a result of the white hair growing on a brown to dark brown epidermis. This has been unknown in Pt. obovatus so far, Furthermore, the newly described taxon is conspicuous among the numerous forms of the exceedingly variable species (s. in Mitt.Bot,St.Sammlg. Minchen 3: 310-512. 1960) for its quite uncommon indumentum in the vegetative purts: the hairs, especially of the leaves, are not stellate but dendroid, as is usual in Pl, incanus,
Simm.
Fig. 3. Ptilotus obecatus (Gaud.) Fa Muell. var, griseus Ben) (AD 961 02 (32, holotype): (a) bract; (b) bracteale; (co) outer perianth-segment, inner view; (d) pistil,
In spite of some outward resemblance with Pi. incanus there can, however, be no doubt that the above form, following the general trend of Pt, obuvatus, is correctly to be placed within the range of that species. This is indicated not only by the habit of its inflorescences (long-pedunculated spikes, right- angled inferior peduncles: s.l.c. 4: 280-281, 1962), but also by the floral details: besides other characters, the aristae of the bracts and bracteoles as well as the glabrous tips of perianth-segments are still considerably longer in Pt. incanus,
Among the representatives of var, obowatus bearing brown bracts there can be found certain plants which may represent intermediates leading to the present form, such as No. 408/1958 gathered by D. J. E. Whibley on Gawler Range, S.A. (AD No, 959 31 010; B, K, M, UC). It looks like the typical obovatus ts regards the kind of its indumentum of leaves and the intensity of pubescence in the tepals, whereas its large long-acuminate brown, althongh less: pilose, hract and the entirely glabrous pistil, seem to acvord better with the respective organs In our well-defined plant, Entirely hairless ovaries may be found, it is
60 G. BENL
true, in var. parviflorus as well as in var. lancifolius. Either of them, however, has quite a different facies of the spikes; specimens representing transitional forms were not to be found, though.
In conclusion, the combination of the cited characters makes the new form distinctive enough to be given a varietal name.
Material—The description is hased on one specimen only, measuring about 45 cm in height and 25 cm in width. But the well-prepared plant has more than 30 spikes at the tops of its numerous branches and branchlets, thus repre- senting a very good type-specimen of the new variety.
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
I wish to express my appreciation to Dr. Hj. Eichler (State Herbarium of South Australia, Adelaide) for his courtesy, which made it possible for me to study a great number of specimens of Ptilotus, among them the new taxa analysed and described above.
CYRILWHITEA, A NEW GENUS IN CHENOPODIACEAE
BY ERNEST H. ISING
Summary
A new genus of Chenopodiaceae, Cyrilwhitea Ising, and its only species, which was known as Bassia walkeri White, from Queensland, are described and a key provided to show the distinctive characters of related genera
CYRILWHITEA, A NEW GENUS IN CHENOPODIACEAEF
By Ernest H. Isinc*
(Communicated by Hj. Eichler) [Read 11 June 1964]
SUMMARY
A new genus of Chenopodiaceae, Cyrilwhitea Ising, and its only species, which was known as Bassia walkeri White, from Queensland, are described and a key proyidecl to show the distinctive characters of related genera.
Cyrilwhitea E. H. Ising. gen.nov— Flores minuti, bisexuales, axillares, sessiles, Stamina 5, Perianthium in fructu longitudinaliter biloculare: embryo in loculo superiore inclusus; loculus inferior vacuus, occlusus, in 5 celhulas in- completo divisus; lobi 5. Appendici 5, non-spinosi. Stylus in parte inferiore connatus; rami 2— Typus; Cyrilwhitea walkeri (White) Ising.
Fig, 1, Cyrilwhitea walkeri (White Ising, fruit (type)—La: side view; Ib: vertical section.
Flowers small, bisexual, axillary, sessile. Stamens 5. Fruiting perianth longitudinally bilucular; upper Jocule containing embryo, lower locule empty, closed, incompletely divided into 5 cells; lobes 5. Appendages 5, non-spinous. Style connate in lower part; branches 2,
The genus is named in honour of the late Cyril 1, White (1890-1950), formerly Govern- ment Botanist, Brisbane.
Only one species:
* State Herbarium of South Australia, Adelaide.
Trans, Roy. Soc. S, Aust. (1964), Vol, 85,
62 E. H. ISING
Cyrilwhitea walkeri (White)Ising, combnoy— Basionym: Bassia walkeri C. T. White, Proc.Roy.Sec.Queensland 55(1944)77, t.1V.— Slender under- shrub; branches terete, slightly ribbed, lanate to tomentose. Leaves linear 3-10 mm long, ca. i mm wide, obtuse, sparsely pubescent. Flowers solitary. Fruiting perianth depressed globular, chartaceous, ca, 24 mm diam., ca. 14 mm long without the appendages, tomentose, undulating wing at summit; ribs 10, 5 of which prominent, longitudinal, decurrent from appendages, sometimes winged und 5 weak ones alternating with them; upper locule small; lower locule Jarger, equally divided into 5 cells by erect membranous radiating septa; lobes 5 erect, obtuse, ciliate; base umbilicate, circular, small. Appendages 5, ca. 1 mm long, usually angular and 1 amply winged, furcate with 2 or 3 lobes, erect, soft, almost glabrous, Style thickened downwards, glabrous; branches 2, red. Seed horizontal; radicle lateral. Utricle thick in upper part, glabrous.— Fig. la, 1b.
Qvrens..anp. Diamantina-Mackunda Creek, channels. Gregory North District, on flats associated with Soda Bush (Threlkeldia proceriflora), L. G. Walker (flowers), July 1941; (fruits, type), Feb, 1942: BRI (holotype), AD 96021148 (isotype),
The large closed lower cavity (locule) divided into five cells in the fruit- ing perianth and the fureate, soft appendages, characteristic of Cyrilwhitea walkeri, do not occur in any species of Bassia All. (s.Jat.).
Key to ReLtarep Genera
1. Appendages to fruiting perianth 1 10 many, spinous, hard. Bassia 1. Appenduges to frniting perianth 3-5, not spinous, soft. 2. Appendages simple, 3-4, horizontal. Malacocera
2. Appendages furcate, 3, erect, Cyrilwhitea
THE SPECIES OF BASSIA ALL, (CHENOPODIACEAE) IN AUSTRALIA
By Ennest H. Isrxc*
(Communicated by Hj. Eichler)
[Read 11 June 1964}
SUMMARY
All specinens of Bassia All. (sJat.) im the Australian State Herbaria andl some private collections have been examined and a key is provided for the 79 species (of which «me is introdnced) and their varieties recognized in Australia, Oue section, twenty-four species. and three varieties are described as new, neces- sary nomenclatural changes are introduced, and important details are added to some species. To many casts only a selection of the specimens examined is quoted in, order to indicate the known geographical distribution, The index provides an easy referenve ta the accepted names, synonyms and excluded or doubtful species.
INTRODUCTION
Since my paper “Bassi uniflora (R.Br.)FvM. (Chenopodiaceae) and its Allies” [Trans. Roy. Soc. S, Austral,, 48 (1961) 87-98], L have examined Bassia specimens of all other species in the larger Herbaria in Australia, After having examined specimens of B, muricata (L.) Aschers., the type species of the genus, I fee] confident in still considering the Australian species concerned as congeneric, It may appeal al first sight to segregate the species occurring in the two geo- graphically isolated regions into Bassin All, comprising the Medilerrancan and South-West Asian species, and Selerolaena K.Br., with the Australian species. Sclerolaene R.Br. and Anisecanthu R.Br. are the oldest generic names available; the type species of Anisacantha (A. divaricata R.Br.) was transferred to Sclero- laena by Domin (1925), whereas none of the original species of Selzrvlacna were ever transferred to Anisacantha, Hawever, I could not find any greater discontinuily in the variation of morphological characteristics between B. muri- cata (L.) Aschers, and the nearest Australian species than between some of the Australian species and their closest allies. An wtimate segregation into various genera may became reasonable when revised on the level of a tribe, but as the distinction of genera as outlined by Clbrich [in Engler and Prantl, Nat Pflfam. ed, 2, 16c (1934) 529-540] does not seem acceptable since many mure species are now known which cannot satisfactorily be placed in either of these genera, the complex genus Bussia All, is here maintained in the wide sense applied hy R. H. Anderson im his revision of the genus [Proc. Linn. Sac. N.S. Wales 45 (1923), 317-355, t. 34-36],
Marcniusy INvesticaAren
Specimens of the herbaria of the following institutions and persia have been investi- gated: A. C. Beauglchole, Portland, Victoria (A.C.B,); State Herbarium of South Australia, Adelaide (AD); Waite Agricultural Wesearch Institute (ADW); British Museum ( Natural
* State Herbarium of South Australia, Adelaide.
Trans. Roy. Soc. S, Aust, (1964), Vol. 88.
64 bh. H. ISING
Mistery), Londum (BM); Botanic Museum: and Herbarium, Bnsbane (BRI, O.S.01.0., Divisions of Plant Iuduswy and of Land Research and Regional Survey, Cunherra (CANB); Cc. K. Ingram, Bathurst, N.S. Wales (ingr.); Herbarium, Royal Hotanie Girdens, Kew, Eneland (K); National TWerbarium of Victoria, Melbonrne (MEL); University of New Kng- land. Armidale, N.S. Wales (NE); National Herbariam of New South: Wales, Sydney (NSW); Animal Industry Branch, Northern Verritory Administration, Alice Springs (NT); Western Australiana Herbarium, Perth (PERYH); Department of Botany, University of Western Australia, Perth (PERTHU ); Botanical Department of the National Musenm, Pralia, Czecho- slovakia (PR); Herhariuin, School of Biolowieal Sciences, Universily of Sydney (SYD), The study wes undertaken at the State Herbarium of Saurth Australia, Adelaide.
Sunpry Norns om some Mommuonomeac CuaRACcTvERs
Tudumentun ‘Quite wa ounber vf species are practically glabrous; usally, hawever, Tiny are found ow the limb and in the axils of the leaves. Other species are pubesvent Ohiedly three types of hairs we represented in the Australian species: ci} Sluple hairs are the most GulAmon; Bassa danieusprs is an example of long, dense, straight hairs. (2) Hairs with short spreading teeth which are several timos lonver than the thickness of the hair; B. limbate iy the only species with such hats, (3) Verticillately branched hairs, the amain hair axis, nsually curly, bas a ouiber of whorls of teeth which ave ahout 0-25 mim long; this is Jnandd only in B, evemaea; the whole plant is very densely covered with these hairs.
Leaves. Most of the spevios Fuwe aiarrow leaves, linear lo lanceolate, and dn quite 9 number the luaves are terete or semiterete. Unnynal leuf-shupes are spathulate (8. Inelh- mannil), ohovate (B, birehit), oblanceclate (A, carnishiang). Some leaves ave straight or slivhlly curved while others are irregularly bent.
Inflorescence. Tt is noteworthy that some species haye two flowers in the axil. This fas bean observed in B, Ttehmannit, B. symoniana and Bo albolanuta, AML other Australia specs have Howers solitary or ie clusters in the waxil Black PREA SA aotral 2.ed.( 1948 )301) in his description of the genus refers to “Howers sessilé, usually solitary”, but no species in hiy Plore aire mentioned ay haying (Wo flowers in the avi Anderson [Prov Linn Soc.N.8.Wales 48(1923)319] observes “Howers solitary or in chrsters”,
Vruiting periantis. In iany cases the shape of the perianth is diffieult to deseribe becuse of ity ieregular stvuctire, There is sometinies a variation in the same plant when a jlower is probably not pollinated, tm that case the perlanth's development ix arrested, This appears to be thé ease i BL tated which, in the fertile fruit. bas a darve unilateral gibbous hase which is nat developed in the: iofertile Peartts-
the fertile Froit of B, inusacunthoides has ao large empty cavity below (he emlirye with an open mouth but the infertile fruit has yy cisity much veduced in size and the mauth is uhseeit.
In the erent anajority of species the perianth beenmes hardemed an truitings stage bul in others it remains thin and chartaceous from flower to fruil,
In-some species the froits are decidnions of easily detached while in others they ure so firinly vttaghed Ue ie lugnch that they eau be removed only with difficulty.
Spines. ‘There is a vemurkuble variation in the spies of the various species. ‘The avienlar type is predooieint, and they aay be straight or recurved. Some are awn-ike (HB, «urotioides), others fattened (8. didens, Bo murraijae, Bo ramsnyae), while in BL luele- mandi they ure very itreular, ly Be eymoniand the spines wre mnost inegular and raamerms und are develaped ‘on the margins af five lorate lobes. ‘Iwo species, B. stelligera und B. brachyptern, have tooth-like spines. Spires are aaaally borne on the sunnnit of the pertanth, lint in B, biflora there are only rarely one cr two short, subulate, spreadinis spines ou the connate perianths. Du B. yreealata the spines ure soft and obtuse. Quite rmusoul is B. elelandii in which the perianth sumunit 7s produced into two recurved lobes haying two ar theee short stanes at the apex of cach Jobe. There ure quite a number of species with five spines of which two ure close together at the base and usually shorter than the othery. These have usnally heen described as a bifid spine. The term bifid is not used in this paper, and instead the “bifid spine™ is. recorded as two spines.
Tubercle, ‘Me creet appendage protruding fren the summit of the Froiting perianth, which oeenrs in many species, is eulled tubercle im Che deseriptions. Tt is usally a receptacle for the radicle when turned upwards (superior). ‘This is seen particwlarly in B. eaput-caynerii Where the appendage is quite prominent. Tn niany of the species the tubercle ix ymall ane inconspicuous, in some absent,
SPECIES OF BASSIA IN AUSTRALIA 6S KEY TO AUSTRALIAN SECLIONS, SPECIES AND VARIETIES OF GENUS BASSIA Aut.
Ripe fruils are necessury for sale determination of most species. Tn this key emphasis was placed on externally visible characters. If not stated otherwise, the churacters given fur the perianth are those shown in the mature fruit. A species gecnrs in several places in the key if the number of spincs of its fruits varices, This character is used to divide within sect, Anisacanthe.
1, Perianth remaining membranous, not at all ov very slightly hardened in fruit. 2. Fruiting perianth without apy appendages other than spines, (Sect. Bassi)
3. Spies cireinnate..-... 2... very ctitent a PeMet se tore te ek ee, , ».. 1, B hyssepifolia 3, Spines straight. 4, Spines under 3 mm long.. 2... 0.000 2 eee ee taba, oh fae 2. B. muelleri 4. Spines 8-15 mim loug. weak, 22.2.0 ee ee eee Has tees ay ew itt 3. B. euratiaides
2, Fruiting perianth with crect appendages in addition to the spines. (Sect, Erlnchiton Anders, ) 4, B, scleraluennides 1, Perianth becoming hardened from base in fruit. 5, Flowers clustered, fruiting perismths two ta mauy, mostly in globular heads. (Sect. Dissocarpus Velkens) §. Spines 5-6, always present; fruits 3-16 per axil, connate. 7, Spines 5; fruits 6-16: plant hairy; leaves dat. 8. Leaves linear; usually less than 3 mm wide, ..-...-. Soaemtaed On a art oF tee ae 5. B. paraded 8 Leaves oblony-cnneate; usually 5-§ nim wide.,,....... deere ait. te 5. B. paradoxa var, latifolia 7. Spines usually 6: fruits 2-3, connite, sometimes solitary: plant glabrous in awe; leaves terete. G, Be gearget 6, Spines 0-2, usually absent, erect. 9, Fruits 3-7, connate in head... 00 saya ht the thee hy el 7. B. biflora var. cephalocarpa 9. Fruits 2, connate at base.
10, Perianths tonentoye.. 2 2 2 2 ne ce eee 24. 7 B. biflora 10. Perianths densely villous with very Jong hairs... 22-22... NILE ROE 7. biflora var. villosa 5. Flowers 3 or I per axil, when 2, not connate. 11. Flowers 2 in axil, separate, spines very irregular, Sect. Spinosissimae Tsing) 12. Spines bordering perianth. -...........-.--- pC cae pace th conte ey ooeoed veces BOB. luehmannii 12. Spines bordering 5 free Inhes... 2... 02 2 eee eee ty Attia od +) oo. & BL symoniane
13. Fruiting: perianth bordered by a narrow rim ov wine-like expansion, broken up inte spines. (Sect. Asierocarpus (I'vM.) Ising]
14. Spines or teeth 8-15. 0.20.2 ee ee eee rehab tty ... 10, B, stelligere 14. Spines We IS yt g's «lg won BY He tee cz lp ele ssp ot Hee te wares. ARR hrachyptert 13, Fruiting perianth without any wing-like expansion: spines present. 15, Spines broadly flattenecl, 3-4. (Seet. Platyaneutha FyM.) 2.0.0.0... ree. 12. 5, tridens 15, Spines not fattened, usually acicular, 1-6, (Sect. Anisacantha Volkens) 16. Spine 1 (rarely 1-3 iu B, tufei), 6.0... 2 ee eee ee ey 13. B. caput-casnanit
16, Spines 2-6. i 17. Spines 2 (sometimes 3 in B. hicuspis, 3 or 4 im B. globosa and B. decurrens). 18, Base deeply hollowed.
19: Perianth siky-villous, 22.2.0. ce ee eee ee eee. 14, B. wriucanthe 19. Perianth tomentose, pubescent or glabrous, 20, Vuberele hooked; periunth pubescent. .. 20.0.0... . sprees LS. B. garduent
20. Tubercle not hooked. 2). Spines erect,
22, Spines parallel, equal: base oblong .....,.....c04.-2-0- 16. B parallelicuspils 22. Spines unequal; base gibbous on une face. .... - tae terest: ws 17. By tatei 21. Spines divergent. 23. Tubercle large. longer than spine. 24, Periwoth ghibrous. ....-..-.-2.-.. RAPA ARENAS 18, B. burbideeae 24. Perfanth Wgiry. - 22 cece nee eae eee eee ber eeee. 19. BL uniflora 23, Tuberele inconspicuons, ._ ---- bet n ee eee epee stave es.. Bt. B. diacantha 25, Areole margin crenate: base expauded. .-- 2.2. oe, 21. B. crenata 25, Areole margin wot crenate or expanded. 2f. Linib orested ut one ent, . 2.202. ee ee ee veeeeees 32. By ertatate 26. Linh not erested. 27. Spincs to 7 mm long .-. 22... ws at ep tiene ree tls .. 83. B. holtiane 27. Spines to 4 mm Inng. 28. Perianth globular. ,..--...-..-.--. Dee. Bon _- 24 B. eichlert 28. Perianth not globular, 29, Perianth constricted in middle 2.220.) 2. 0...0,0.. 25. B. consiricta 29. Perianth not coustricted. —...-....0-0..5,. teey---. 26. B, wwilsantt
18. Base not or glighth: hollowed, 30, Perianth globular or almost so. 31. Spines apposite when only 2... » ad oatelte we ei ot 27. BR. plohosa
66 E. H. ISING
31. Spines: divergent; perianth subglobular. 32. Spines 10-15 min Jong; perianth 7-8 mur diam, ...-..-- 022 eee ee 28. B, bicon 32, Spines usually 5 mm long; perianth ca. 5 mm diam. -..,..., 28. 8. bicernis var. horri 30. Perianth not ylobular. 33. Spires not in same. vertical plane,
34, Leaves to 7 mm long, linear. ..... 0-2 -2-.-02. 222 eee ee eee eta ee 29, B, vbliquicusy 34. Leaves to 4 mm long, aboyate: 2.2 22 eee ee ee tte pe pte LE GY, .. 30. By brevifa
33. Spines.in same vertical plane 35, Plant glabrous,
36, Limb ridge-like.........0-. Bp hep rir ierd-3 oe SEE SY Ble Lee ot oO tes 3, B. glal 86 Limb dome-like. 2.0.20 oe ee ee ee ees Ott Ws, He .. 32. B, bicusy
35. Plant hairy. 37, Limb as long as perianth.
38. Perianth tomentose, not ribbed .,.....,.-.4-.------5 bets + plaletsbety ...03. B, lini
38. Perianth glabrous, ribbed, ...... 06.0005 i alebislttas UT a ee . oF. B, decurre 37. Limb shorter than perianth.
39. Perianth ribbed, base circular... 2... 0.0.2. 22 ee ee 35, B, everistia
39. Perianth not ribbed, base ayate.. 2.0... ee eee ee ee ee eee 36. BL patenticuy
17. Spines 3-6, 40. Spines 3 (sometimes 1-2 in B, fatei, 2 or 4 in B, globosa, 4 in B. ventricosa and B. ander- soni, 4-6 in B. lenicuspis). 41. Perianth villous or iamentase.
49 Perianth willousy. cca cet, hie rer by eer nes Sper ee weed see ame sls 37. B. dantensy 42. Perianth tomentose, 43, Spines erect or divergent; perianth; swollen in lower part .........- 38. B, ventrice 43, Spines horizontal or divergent; perianth globular. ... . ee wee ee ee OT, B, globe 41, Perianth glabrous. 44. Perianth wach gibbous at base, ribbed, 1.2.0... .00-- Bie tet us bet aoe hf 17. B, te
44, Perianth not gibbous. 45. Spines spreading or recurved.
46, Spines usually recurved; perianth eylindrical,..,.,......-..,.42--0+ 3 By artienul 46. Spines mostly horizontal; perianth + oblong... 2.0.0... 0226002800. 40. B. oppositicusy 45, Spines + diverging upwards. 47, Perianth vonical, base expanded... 0... 202 2. ee ee ee 41, B, trieusy 47, Periynth not conical, hase not expanded. 48, One spine + hooked: perianth laterally attached... ,-........4..-42, B, underso 48. No spines hooked; perianth basally attached, 49, Perianth ureedlate, 2.0.2... ee Didididee then abe ns Gn ode ot SRY Be calle 49. Perianth not urceolate. 50; Leaves 3-6 mm Jong..,..--.... 0224p 22 eee eee pete ee 44. B. detemmon 50. Leaves 10-15anm long. 51. Limb dome-shaped...-. 002.0. pee ees Prine eie aie .. 32. B, biscus; 31, Limb truncate-conival.. 0. 0... ee 34. .B. decurre
40. Spines 4-6, 52. Spines 4 (2 or 3 sometimes in B. deourreny, 5-6 in B. lanicuspiy). 53. Plant hairy. 54, Perianth. wlubose. . 2...) ee et ee eee eee 27, Be elnbi 54, Perianth not globose. 55. Spines ca. equal in length.
56, Spines filiform. .,.....,...-5 Jaz sostegedeliptedele elit slntetacermetits 5 ate 45, B. filifarn 56, Spines subulate. ....---.--.-. Sr Sas A er AHA Caan 46. B. ramsuy 55. Spines unequal in length. 57. Longer spine to 20 mm Jony........--. eben wa tyoeeebs yeeeeee AT BL forrestia 57, Longer spine under 10 mm long. 58. Perianth ca. 1% mm Jong.......-...0---55-- pe aYe ott, ee A8. B. mint 58. Perianth ca. 3 nim long. 59. Perianth ribbed. glabrous, .......20..5 puHUN ob beteta tings 34. B, decurre 59. Perianth not ribbed, sparsely tomentose. ......) 5.0.20 056- ,.,. 38, B, ventrice 53. Plant glabrous. 60. Limb. cucullate. ........,.- elu ohs s CB aay sete uee Ape PODER eae: 49, B. cucullt 60. Limls nat cucuilate. 61. Spines recurved; perianth cylindrical. . 06.66.4222 ee eee BU. B, reeurbicis; 61, Spines erect to horizontal (1 recurved in B. hlaket and B, appositicuspis) 62. Perianth urceolate .-.........-..4--- Le oe pris a abet op eeth en 51. B. hlal 62, Perianth not urceolate, 63. Limb recurved, 22.6.0 0 02 eee eet eee toeee., D2. By ditarics
63, Limh: erect. ; 64. Perianth conical. 0.206... 5. vyiaces dace ht wha Fate i pedi 53. B. lonaicnsy
SPECIES OF BASSIA IN AUSTRALIA 67 64. Perianth cylindrical. 65, Spines irregularly spaced, usually diverging to horizental,
64. 1 spine hooked; base hollowed....... 0 ..-- 22-52-2020 005 yp ATE Po 42. B, andersonii
66. 1 spine erect, short; hase not hollowed..-.- 2... 2-2-6... 0... tm gies des 40, B. oppositicusyis 65, Spines + equally spaced, diverging- erect,
67, Perianth ca, 14 mm wide, summit fat... . 2-22... 8 Oh ASE HS ee 54. B. tetracuspis
67. Perianth ca. 5 mm wide, summit concave. ... 0. ee ee ea 55. B. hostilis
52. Spines 5-6. 68, Spines 5 (sometimes 6 in B. albolunatu, B. ramulosa und B. lanicuspis). 69. Plant hairy.
70. Pint hairs verticillate, 2.000620 ee ee eee 54, B. éremaen, 70, Plant hairs simple, 71. Spines on 2 perianth lobes... 2... 6. ee eee bia4d+ ge bint yess 57. B. clelandti 71, Spines on perianth summit. 72. Perianth urceolate, spines reenrved. ......0..0022. 0.000.222. -2--- 58, B. blackiane 72, Perianth not urceolate, 73, One spine toothed at apex; densely white woolly plaal. ..-....4---- 59. B. albolanata 73. All spines with simple points. 74. Spines evenly epaned, BR fob hi oe at dietician hw te ote age! bl 60, .B, astrocarpu
74, Spines irregularly spaced. 75. Limb erect, conspicuaus. 7G. Perianth villens; 2 spines collateral.
77. Collateral spines equal in Jengéhi 2... ee 61. B. densiflora 77. Collateral spines unequal in length, .............-.04.-. 37. B. lanicuspis
76, Perianth glabrous; 2-3 spines tooth-hke, at base of others. .... 34. B, dectirrens 75. Limb recurved, inconspicuous, 78. Spines diverging upwards.
79. Plant densely white tomentose, 2.2.2 .,.., beevieees. G2. B. chippendalet 79. Plant with few hairs. 80. Perianth depressed vlobuilar, ..._. im ee ene Las oB nye 63. B. ramulosa S80. Perianth obconie. . 2.2 ee ee 64. B. abconica
78. Spines + horizontal. $1. Leaves’ oabovate-ohlanceolate.
§2, Leaves glabrous above, dark xreon. .- 63, Bo quinqueeuspis yar. semiglabra. 82. Leaves hairy all aver. oe ee ee 86. B. birchit 8]. Leayes Tinear-lanceolate. 83. Perianth ribbed: sumuiit Hat»... 2.02 ee eee 67. B, castata 83, Perianth not ribbed. &4. Periunth wlobular, deciduous, sunianit convex. 22... 68. B. convexule £4. Perianth Tenmeesc| persistent. 85. Plant + villons.....--.-- 2... .24a5- 65, B, quinquecuspts var. villose
#5.. Plant woolly, leaves narraw-oblanceolate. 65. B, auinquecuspis var, lanate 69, Plant glabrous. 86. Perianth much longer than wide,
87, Perianth attached basally. ......, xteDt Bot rip phen: bevseeeeeee ee, OO BL tubata
87. Perianth attached laterally,........ Utes eeeedetergists Pasa igus 70, B. intricata 86. Perianth ca. as long as wide.
88. Perianth attached hasally; leaves terete, pale green... 2,0) .0...0-2--05-5 -71. B, johnsonit
88. Perianth attached obliquely; leaves flat, rarely terete, dark glaucous... ..65. B, quinquectspis 6, Spines 6 (sometimes 5 in B, wlbolanate and B. ramulosa). 89. Perianth 2-spuirred at hase, glabrous.,.. 0... .6-05. 00022 eee eee .... 72. B. calearate 89_ Perianth nol spurred al base. 90. Perianth urccolate.
91, Spines laneveolate, punyert. 2.26.00 00.2 eee. leet eee eee tee ee. TH. By meurrayae 91, Spines + terete, obtuse. 92. Perianth smooth, not rihhed,.-.-. wept be ca suleeto et: atgetag 74. B. anisacanthnides 92. Perianth strongly obtusely winged. oi... 2.0... ata 2s oh yaa haps Malt 75. B. urceolati 90. Periqnth not urceolate, 93. Spines recurved, very shirt 2.00.0. e ee eee sleet tet te a, 76. B. mivracarpe 93, Spines not recurved, -F straight. 54. Leaves chiwate short cas a bee hs ed PE bie ne 77. B. cluvata
94. Leaves not clavate. 95. Spines + horizontal,
96. Spines ca. ] mm Jone 2.26. - 02 eee ea eee, peu wees ees 78. By yaruiflare
96. Spines 4-9 mon lune. ..... at eee ae sre SYR S reece e- 79. B. cornixshiana 95. Spines diverging wnwards or ercct.
97. Plant deasely white woolly; 1 spine toothed at apex...-..-...-.- 59. B. albolanate
97. Plant with few hairs; all spmes simple... .....0..-..0-.....--5. 63. B. ramulosa
68 E. H, ISING
L.OUTKIEWICZ
Figs. 1-8. Fruits of Bassia species (all drawings from type specimens).—1l: Bassia johnsonii Ising; 2: B. blakei Ising; 3: B. crenata Ising; 4: B, cristata Ising; 5: B. globosa Ising; 6: B, minuta Ising: 7: B. symoniana Tsing, vertical section; 8: B. chippendalet Ising.
SPECIES OF BASSIA IN AUSTRALTA 69
L,DUTKIEWICZ2
Figs, 9-17. Fruits of Bassia species (all drawings from type specimens) —9: Bassin albolanata {sing; LQ: B. elelandii Ising, 11; B. cuculluta Ising; 12; B, urceolata Ising; 13: B, everistiana Ising, 14: B. filiformis Ising; 15: B_ wilsonii Ising; 16; B. aellenii Tsing; 17. B. clavata Ising,
70 E. H. ISING
2mm
L,DUTKIEWICZ
Figs, 18-27. Fruits of Bussia species (all drawings from type specimens ).—18: Bassia cremaea
Ising, part of branch with 2 fruits, hairs deleted; 19 and 21: B. ramulosa White; 20 and 27:
B. obcenica Ising; 22: B. ramsayae Willis; 23: B. oppositicuspis Ising; 24: B. murrayae Ising; 25; B. calcarata Ising; 26: B. brevifolia Ising.
SPECIES OF BASSIA IN AUSTRALIA 7
Fig, 28. Bassin veorgei Ising (type): threw connate frisits,
Bassia All.
Allioni, Mel.Phil.Mathém.Soc.Turin 3(1766)177, t4 fig. 2 [Lectotypus: Bassia tmuricata (L.)Aschers. (Salsola muricata L.)]; Volkens in Engler and Prantl, Nat.Pif#m. 31/a(1893)70; Anderson, Proe.Linn.Soc.N.S,Wales 48(1923) 317-355, t,34-36; Ulbrich in Engler and Prantl, Nat. Pilfam. ed.2, 16c( 1934 )530.— Sclerolaena R.Br.; Prod. 1(1810)410 [Lectotypus: Scleroluena uniflora R.Br.].— Anisacantha R.Br., Prod. 1(1810)410 [Typus: Anisacantha divaricata R.Br.].— Kentropsis Moq., Chenop.Monigr.Enum. (1840)83 [Typus: Kentropsis lanata Moq.|— _ Dissocarpus FyM., Trans.Phil.Inst.Vict. 2(1858)75 [Typus: Disso- carpus biflorus (R.Br.)F VM. (Sclerolaena biflara FvM.)]— Coilocarpus FvM, ex Domin, Bibl. Bot. 89(1921)625 [Typus: Coilocarpus brevicuspis (FvM, ) Domin ( Anisacantha brevicuspis FyM.)]— Austrobassia Ulbrich in Enyler and Prantl, NatPHfam. ed.2,16ce(1934)532 |Lectotypus: Austrobassia ventricosa (Black) Ulbrich (Bassia ventricosa Black)].— Selerobassia Ulbrich in Engler and Prantl, Nat.Pffam, ed.2,16e(1934)539 [Typus: Sclerobassia litoralis (Diels ) Ulbrich (Bassia litoralis Diels )].
Sect. 1. Bas sia |Leetotypus: Bassia muricata (L.) Aschers.( Salsola muri- cata L.)|— Chenolea sect. Echinopsilon Hook.f. in Benth. and Hook., Gen. PI. 3/1( 1880 )60 (syn, excl.); Bassia sect. Echinopsilon Volkens in Engler and Prantl, Nat.Pilfam., 3/1a(1893)70 (syn. excl.).— — Bassia sect. Uncinatae Ulbrich in Engler and Prantl, Nat.PHtam, ed.2,16¢(1934)331— Bassia sect. Muricatae Ulbrich i: Engler and Prantl, Nat.Pilfam. ed.2,16c(1934)530.
1, Bassia hyssopifolia (Pallas)Kuntze, Rey.Gen. 2(1891)547; Volkens in Engler and Prantl, Nat.PAfam, 3/1a(1893)70; Giirke in Richt, Pl.Europ. 2(1897) 151; Reichb,, Ic.Fl.Germ. 24(1909)155,t.275,fie.1-7; Aschers. and Graebn., Synops.Mitteleurup.Fl, 5/1(1913)165; Aellen in Hegi, U1.FI.Mitteleur. ed.2, 3/2(1961)712.fig.3123.— Sulsola hyssopifolia Pall, Reise 1(1771)491,t.9, fig. 1— Chenopodium cvillosum Lam., Encycl.Meth.Bot. 1(1783)196.— Chenopodium lanuginosum Moench, Meth. (1794)330— Willemetia lunata Maerkl., Schrad.Journ. 3,1(1800)330.— — Kochia hyssopifolia Roth, Nene Beitr. (1802)176; Schrad.NeuesJourn. 3(1809)86; Schult. in Roem. and Schult..Syst. 6(1820)247; Boiss., FLOr. 4(1879)926— — Suaeela hyssopifolia Pall., Hhustr, (1803)44,t.36.— Salsola lanata Vahl in Hornem., Hort.Hafn. (1813)259.— Echinopsilon lanatum Mogq. in Ann.Se.Nat. Il 2(1834)127,—
ts
E, H. ISING
Echinopsilon. hyssopifolium (Pall.)Mog,, Chenop. Monogr. Enum, (1840) a Mog. in DC.Prod. 13/2(1849)135; Fenzl in Ledeb., Fl.Ross. 3/2(1851) 75L,—
Vierora. Johnson and Constable NSW 48546; AD, NSW, NT: Mildura, Victoria, IGIULI959, “Spreading sub-shmib to 25 em (hut said to grow to 90 em at times). Leaves foirly. flat. Locally common on salt patch (clay sail), Not fonnd on saltless areas. In gtounds of Mildura High School."— Native in Bussia, Europe and Asia.
=I
2. Bassia muelleri (Benth,)FvM., Cens. 1(1882)30, Fv.M., Fragm. 12(1882)15, Fitzgerald, Jour.Proc.R.Soc-W.Austral, 3(1918)36, Anderson, Proc.Linn,Soc. N,S.Wales 48(1923 )326; Gardner, En.Pl.Austral.Occid, (1930)338.— Chene- tea muelleri Benth,, Fl.Austral, 5(1£870)191.
Wesrenn Austrauis, F. Mueller; MEL (holotype), NSW: Stirts Creek, 1856,
3, Bassia curotioides (FvM.)FyM., Cens. 1(1882)51; Vict.Nat, 5(1859)98; Fv M,, Ic.Austral.Salsol.PlL 9(1891)t81; Andersiom, Proe.Lini.Soc.N.S.Wales 45 (1923)325; Gardner, En.PlAustral.Occid. (1930)38; Blackall, W.Austral, WildH, 1(1954)153,— Echinopsilon curatioides FvM., Frag. 7(1869) 13.— Chenvlea eurotioides (fyM.)FvM.exBenth., Fl.Austral, 5(1870)101. Westexn AusihAuta, W. E. Blackall 1702: PERTH: Comet Vale,— N. T. Burbideo
4740: CANB: Lake Cowun— = J. Drunnnond ath Collsup.a.83: MEL (holotype)— W. v.
Fitzgerald: NSW 20532, Nannine. id.: NSW 20531; Boulder— = Fitegeraldl and Fraser:
NSW 57301: Kurnunyppin.— ©, A, Gardner; PERTH: Lake Darlot— id. 6533; PER'TH:
Mt Stirling, Kellerberrin— (dd. 2401: PERTH: S. Wiluna.— A. S. George. 5528; PERTH:
14 iuiles BE. of Carnegic H.S.— id, 4682: PERTH» Lake Throssell, Laverton-Warburton Kd.—
R, TWelnis: AD 96129041; Creat Victoria Deseri.— A.W. Hionphries: PERTH; Wags
Badja,— oJ. T. Jutson 135: NSW: Comet Vale— = M. Koch 1153: AD, NSW: Cowcnw-
ing. — N.H. Speck 708: CAN: $2. Mileura.
Sect, 2. Eriochiton Anderson, Proc,Linn.Soc.N.S.Wales 48(1923)320, Pps: Bassin sclerolaenoides (VM.)FVM. (Echinopsilon scleroluenoides FuM.).
4, Bassia sclerolaenoides (FvM.)FvM., Cens. 1(1882)380; FvM, and Tate, Trans. Roy.Soc.S.Austral, 13(1890)99; 16(1896)346; FvM., _lc.Austral/Salsol.P1. 9(1691)t.82; Black, Trans.Roy.Soc.S.Austral. 41 (1917)636; 45(1921 )7; Paulsen in Ostenf.,.Dansk.Bot.Ark, 2/8(1918)58; Ising, Trans.Roy.Suc.5. Austral. 46( 1922 )587, 593, 596: Anderson, Proc.Linn-Suc.N.S.Wales 48( 1923) 327: Black, ILS.Austral, (1924)191; (1929)684; ed.3 (1948)302,fi. 389; Chippendale. Trans.Roy.Soc.S.Anstral. —§2(1959)327.— Echinopsilon selerolaenoides FyM., “Trans.Phil.Jnst-Viet. 2/2(1858)75.—- Chenolea sclerolaenoides (EvM.)FvM. ex Benth., Fl.Austral. 5(1870)192— —C._dul- lachyana Benth., lc. 191— Bassia datlachyana (Benth)FvM., Cens. 1(1852)30; Black, FLS.Austral, (1924)191 in obs— — Austrobussia sclera. fuaenoides (FVM.) Ulbrich, PAfam, ed.2, 1Ge( 1934 ) 532.
New Sour Waues, J. Dallachy: MEL (holotype of Chenolea dallachyana. inmiature specitnen but probably this species): Murray Desert— A. Morris 284: ADW 17055; Broken Hill— B. h. Paterson: NE: Fowlers Gap.
Norruern Terartony, A, S$. George 5007: PERTH: near Orange Ck. 17.5,
Sourm Avsniauia, R. L. Crocker; CANB 11697: Blanchetown.— Mj, Kichler 12475: AD: Koonamore — N, Forde 392; CANB: Timi. OR. HL. Ising: ADW 11536: Me. Willoughby — FL M. Tilton: ADW 13198; Wudinna— F. Mueller an... MEL (levta- type)s Oudnaka (Kanyaka).
SPECIES OF BASSIA IN AUSTRALIA 74
Westesn Austiatia. N. T, Burbidge 91: PERTH: Glenorn Stu. Maleolin— id. 1891: CANB: Kalgoorlie— — A, S. George 5659; PERTH: 22 miles N. of Sandstone — BR. Helis: AD 96120190: Great Victoria Desert,
Sect. 3. Dissvcarpus (FyM.)Volkens in Engler and Prantl, Nat,PAfam, 3/1a(1893)70. — Dissecarpus FvM., ‘Trans.Phil.inst. Vict. 2(1858)75. | Tvpus: Bussia biflora (R.Br.)FvM. (Sclerolaena biflora R.Br.; Dissocarpus biflorus (R.Br, )f'vM.),]
5, Bassia paradoxa (H.Br.)FvM., Cens. 1(1882)30; FvM., Fragma, 12(1$82)13; FvM,, Ic.Austral.Salsol,P]. 7(1891)t.62; Black, Trans.Roy-Soc.S.Austral. 39 (1915)829; 40(1916)459; 41(1917)380, 635; Black, FIS.Austral, (1924) 192: ed.2 (1948)307,fig.416; Ising, Trans.Roy.Soc.S.Austral, 46(1922)593, 596; Anderson, Proc.Linn.Soc.N.S.Wales 48(1923)350; Chippendale, Trans, Roy,Soc,$.Anstral. §2(1959)327.— Sclerolaena paradoxa R.Br. Prod. 1(1810)410; Mog, in DC,, Prod. 13/2(1849)123; FyM., Fragm. 7(1869)11- 8(1873)38; 8(1874)149; Beuth., FlAustral. 5(1870)196— = Chenolea para- doxa (R.Br.)F¥M., Fragm. 10(1876)91.— — Dissacarpus puracdexus (R.Br, )
FryM, ex. Ulbrich, Pilfam. ed.2. 16¢( 1934 }533,
New Sout Wares, A. Morris 197; ADW: Broken Hill.
Nontiven Trsarrory, G, Chippendale 9137: AD, NT: 28 miles N. Alice Spcings— J, B, Cleland: AD 98019165: 35 miles § Henbury. | M. Lazarides 5935: CANB: Macdonald stn. — TRON. Lothian 273; AD: Hassts Blnff— KR. A. Perry 3234; CANB; Alice Springs,
Ovpenstanp. K. C. Baker G&78; CANB; Gilruth Plains — S_ 1. Everist 4067; CANB: Crddapan.
Soumm AtsimautaA. RK. Brown 3077: [BM nv.J, AD (photo of leefotune ls Boy XI, South Coast, 1802.— EE. C. Black: AD 96309195 (Herb. J.M.B,) Baroota— — N. ‘L, Burbidye: CANB 12222: Yudnapinna-- Hj. Bichler 12454: AD: Koonamore,— N, Forde 856: GCANB: Fru,
Westen Austnawa. C. A, Gardner 2590: PERTH: W. Wituna— A. 8, George 4810: PEM Between Cavamigh and Blackstone Ra— id. 5577: PRRVH: Brockwan Ck, Won- gawol Stn.
5h. Bassia paradoxa var. latifolia Black, Trans.Roy.Soc.S.Austral, 46(1922)567; 47(1923)368; Black, V'l.S.Austral, (1924)192; ed.2. (1948)307; Anderson, Proc.Linn.Soe.N.S.Wales 48(1923)350.— Dissocarpus peradoxus var. lati- folius (Black) Ulbrich PAfam. ed.2, 16¢(1934)533.
New Sovrm Wanes. Jeuhnson and Constable: NSW $9833: Winnathee Stn, 60 jniles W. Milparinka,
Qurgnsnann. Lothian and Francis 672: AD: 35 miles §.B. Arrabury Stn,
Sour AustmaLia, S. A. White: AD 96340088 (helotype), NSW 61600: Strzelueki Oreck,
6. Bassia georgei Ising, sp.nov, —Fig. 28.
Suffrutes; rani teretes, striuti vel costati, in statu juvenili lanati, dennrm wlabri. Folia + teretia, 4-7 mm longa. + obtusa, marginibus ad basin inembranaceis, in statu juvenili pubes- ceptia, demum glabra, imcurva, longitudinaliter rugosa: axillae pilosue, Fructus compositis plemimane 2-3 perianthioram ad basim connatorum (vel interdum perianthiis solitarizs), axillaris: perianthium cyliudratumn, cac2 mm lengum latunique apice concavi, induratissimum, in statu juvenili villusum, demum glabrom. Spinae plerumque 6, interdum 5, inaequales, ucutae vel obtusae, crectac, 1-3 mm_longae, basi lata, plermmaque 2 connatae, Timbus erecius. ea. 1 mm longus, dense ciliatus. Basis + oblong, obliqua, Styhts conicus, crassus, “laber: rani stigmatic: 2, rubidi. Semen non vidi, Flores 1-3 in axilla,
Hoietyeyvs: Western Australia. A, S. George 2985: PERTH; Lake Throssell (east edge), Warburton Road: 31:VIIE1961, “on salt fat"— — [Tsotypes AD.)
T4 F, TL SING
Undershrub; branches terete, striate or ribbed, lanate when young, becoming’ glabrous. Leaves + terete, 4-7 mm long, + obtuse, margins at base mem- branons. hairs in axil, pubescent when young, hecoming glabrous, incarved, longitudinally rugose. Fruiting perianth usually 2-3 connate at base, sometimes sdlitary in axil, cylindrical, ca. 2 mm long, ca, 2 mm wide, summit concave, much hardened, villous when young becoming glabrous, Spines usually 6, sometimes 5, unequal, acute or obtuse, erect, 1-3 mm long, wide at base, usually 2 connate, Limb erect, ca, 1 mm Jong, densely ciliate. Base + oblong, oblique, Style conical, thick, glabrous; stigmatic branches 2, dark red. Seed not seen. Flowers 1-3 in axil,
The only other species with the perianths connate to those of neighbouring fowers are
Bassig Liflora aud B. puradoxa. ‘The new specics ciffers from Hise iv shape of perianth, the midineatum, leaves, spines, etc., and is most markerl in its distinction,
7, Bassia biflora (R-Br,) FyM., Gens. 1(1882)30; FvM., Fraym,, 12(1882) 13; lyM., tc.Austral.Salsol.Pl. 7(1891)t61; Black, TransRoy.Soe.S. Anstral, 38 (1914)463; 41(1917)636; Black, FI.S.Austral. (1924.)192; ed.2 (1948 )307, fiv. 417: Ising, Trans.Roy.Soc.S.Austral, 46(1922)596; Anderson, Proe,Linn, Soe.N.S.Wales 48(1923)349; Chippendale, Trans,Roy,S,Austral. $2(1959) $27.—__ Selerolaena biflora R.Br,, Prod, 1(1810)41L0; Mog. in DC,, Prod. 13/2(1849)123: Benth, FLAustral. 5(1870)196,— Chenolea biflora ( R.Br.) FvM., Fragm. 10(1876)91— Dissvcerpus biflorus FyM,, Trans,Phil-Inst. Viet. 2(1858) 75; FyM., Pragm, 7( 1869) 11; Ulbrich, Pfam. ed.2 16c¢( 193) 533.
New Sour Wares. R. Carolin 324: SYD: Towlers Gap — M. Collins; NSW 61583:
Barrier Range— <A. Morris 715: NSW: Mt. Sturt Stu.
Nowresns Tesurtory, G. Chippeudale 8053: NSW, NT; Burt Plain: “Grey perennial te
1 ft. Common, mostly growing with butts of Kochia aphylla R.Br. on clay plain.” Some
vf the perianths on this specimen have one erevut spine, up to 4 nun long, on exch side ol
the cummon base, most of the perianths however have an obtuse tubercle ia plaice of the
spine. ‘The perianths usually diverge equally in relation to the common base or one is perpendicular to it. The limb has 5 subulate lobos up ta 2 mm long.-- G. Chippendale $153: NT, AD: 34 niiles N, Alice Springs— 2. Swinhourne 440; NT. AD: Burt Plain.
QuxENstanp, §, ‘I’. Bluke 11811: AND: Nockatunga—
Sourm Austaaua. J. B. Cleland: AD: Port Noarhinza.— H, M. Douglas: ADW 8640, 4691: Vodnapinna— — Hj. Eichler 12420; AD: Koonampre— F. M. Hilton 678.708: ADW: Yudnapinna.- ME. Roch; NSW 61586; Mt, Lyndinurst,
Tb. Bassia biflora var. eephalocarpa (FVM.) Anderson, Proe,Linn.Soc.NS.Wales 48(1923)349; Black, FI.S.Austral. ed.2 (1948 )307, fiz. 418— — Selerolaena biflora var, cephalocarpa FvM,, Fragm. 8(1873)38,
New Soura Waris. M. Collins: NSW 61582: Corona Sty— 6G. Ky fugeam 6593:
Tngr.; Nth, Bourke—- — Johnson and Constable: NSW 32056, NT: Cowlly— — A. Morris 719; NSW: Mt Sturt Str.— B, BR, Paterson: NE 000448: Fowlers Gap. fT) Water. linuse; SYD: Collarenebri.
(urenstanp, ©. H, Allen 468: CANB: Cuonamulla,— S. 'l') Blake 164d: AD: Noondoo.— id. 10203: AD; Cunnamnlla— id, 10658; AD: Elderslie— id. 11837' AD: Nockotingx— Kd, Bowman: MEL: Broad Sonnd— ©. W. Bireh: MEL: Roma andl Barcoo,— RK. Rue: CANB 3355: Thallon.— S&S. L. Everist 6264. BRI: ‘Thyliagra,—
Hiullind and Gnauck 1045- CANB: Crnnaniulla.
Sour Augtiawa. J. M. Black: AD: Farina— |, BH, Cleland: AD: Mt. Lyndhorst. ¥, M. Hilti#n 1354: ADW: ibid— id. 1469: ADW: Brachira— M, Koch: PERTIT. Ate Lendhurst— Lothian and Francis 288: AD: Mulka Bore, N.E. Marree.
SPECIES OF BASSIA IN AUSTRALIA Te, Bassia biflura var. villosa Ising, vav.nov.
~ art
Perianthia in fructu eum pilis longis denst: villosa.
FRoratypus: BE. H, Ising: AD 98140125: S.Austral,, Twins. Sim, ca, 64 miles north of Kingoonya, 24.11.1056-
Fruiting perianths densely villous with long hairs. The connate {rniting perianths are usually unequal in Jength and have a strong tuberculate ring at their bases which are quite prominent; this character somctimes oceurs, in same degree, in the species,
Sourn AustHana, H, M, Douglass ADW: Yudnapinna— — F. M. Hilton: AD 96140124,
ADW: ibid— ff, H. Ising 1805: AD, MET., NSW GL7S3: Kingounya— id. 3747-8: AD: BRvelyn Downs,
Sect. 4. Spinosissimae Ising, sect. nov.— Spinae numerosissimac, wnplitude et forma irregulari; flores axillares, duo, [Typus: Bassia hiehmannii FyM.}
5. Bassia luchmannii FyM_, Vict.Nat. 7(1890)47; FvM,, Bot,Centralbl, 43(1890) 37; FyM., Ic,Austral.Salso].P), 7( 1891 )t.70; Anderson, Proc. Linn. Sac, N,S, Wales 48( 1923) 351; Black, F1,S.Austral. (1924)191; Qed. (1948 )307, fy. 420; Chippendale, Trans,Roy,Soc.$.Anstral. 82(1959)327— Austrobassia lueh- mumnii (FyM.) Ulbrich, Plfam. ed.2, 16¢(1934)532.
Nortacan Temmony. W. F. Schwarz: *MEL (halotype), *NSW 53256; Finke River— G, Chippendale *3398; CANB, NSW, NT; Lake Mackay.— id, 6378: NT: Tiake Amadeus— J. B, Cleland; *ATd 96019099; 44 miles W. Erldiadsa.— \. Lazarides #6188; CANE, NSW, NT: near Ebenezer Stu.— —_K, Swanbourne 490: NF: nr. Mt. Wedge Sta.— id. 3: Ingr.: ihid— W. F. Schwarz: *MEL: Mucdonmell Range, leayes broadish, 1889.— D. E. Symon 25; "ADW: 50 qiles 8. Henbury.— R'E, Winkworth 72: NT: negr Erldunda.
Sourn Austra. S.A. White: *AD 96309299: Dalhansie Spritigs, Wesrean Ausrramia, D, Gh. Symon °2340; AD, ADW: Hopkins Lake.
* All these specimens have 2 fowers in the avil, the others were not examined to check this character. This appeurs to be the first Gimme Uhut this detail has been recorded,
4, Bassia symoniana Ising, sp.nov. — Fig, 7.
Suffrotex; rami tomentosi, Folia lincaria 10-20 mm longa, 1-1-5 nun Tata, 4 obtusa, dense cano pubescentia, Flores in axilla duo. Berianthiwm im fructu ulobulare, 1:5-2 mm diam., sparse tomentosum: apex + planys: appendices 5, loratae, spinis pluribus irregularibus orddtos suit. Spinae oumerosissimae, 0-5-2 mim longac, irregulares, super margincm 5 appendicum loratarun: alfixae, Limbus 5 —Jobatus, rectus, brevissimus, pilosus; lobi 5, triangulares, obtusi. Basis circularis, turaida, ummbilicala, Stylus hitsutus; rami stigmatic? 2, tubri. Semen horizontale; zadicula lateralis,
Hoxorssus: D, E. Symon 2341: AD 96241040; Western Australia. West end of Hopkins Lake (South of Sir Frederick Range), L.VTILI962.— — [Isotype: ADW 25419_[
Undershrub; branches tomentose. Leaves linear, 10-20 mm long, 1-14 mm wide, + obtuse, densely grey — pubescent. Flowers 2 in axil. Fruiting perianth globular, 14-2 mm dia., sparsely tomentase; summit + flat; appendages 5, lorate with many irregular spines, Spines very numerous, #-2 mm long, irregular, situated on margins of 5 lorate appendages. Limb 5-lobed, erect, very short, pilose; Jobes 5, triangular, obtuse, Base circular, timid, umbilicate. Style hirsute; stigmatic branches 2. red, Seed horizontal: radicle lateral,
This is a remarkable species being ove of 3 having 2 flowers in the adil. The fnriting perjanth las 6 regular dorsal strap-lke strongly reennyed appendages bearing on their margins very numerous unegnsl pyngent, snbulate spines. ‘he spines are also most irregular
76 E. H. ISING
in their size, shape and poiut ef directivn or divergence. The part below the vvary, which is quite half the size of the fruiting perianth, is solid and hard, ‘Vie margins of the appr dages also extend above the summit of the perianth.
Sect.5. Asterocarpus (FvM.)Ising, combnoy— Basionym: Matreana sect. Asterocarpus FvM., Fragm. 1(1859)139, [Typns; Bassia stelligera (FVM. } FVM. (Maireana stelliyera FvM.),]— Bassia sect. Maireana Mog. ex Yolkens in Engler and Prantl, Nat.PHfam. 3/1u(1893)70 [nan Maireana Moq,| LLectotypus: Bassia stelligera (FvM.)FvM.|.— — Austrobassia sect. Stelligerae Ulbrich in Engler and Prantl, Nat.PAfara. ed.2,16¢(1934)532, [Lectatypus: Bassia stelligera (KVM. )FvM.]
10, Bassia stelligera (FvM.)FvM., IcAustral. Salsol.Pl, 7(1891)t.68; Anderson, Proc.Linn,Soc.N:S.Wales 48(1923)351; Black, F1.S.Austral. (1924)192; ed.2, (1948 )307,fig.419.- Muireana stelligera FVM, Fragm. 1(1859)159.— Echinopsilon. stelligerus Aa ae) vM., Fragm. 7(1869)16; Kochia stellivera (FvM.)Benth., Fi,Austval, 5(1870)189; FvM., Fragm. 12(1852)15, FyM., Cens, (1852)30.— — Austrobussia stelligera (FvM.)UIbrich, Pilfam. ed.2. 16c:(1934)532,
New Souvrn Wates, J. L. Boorman: NSW 33260, AD: Berrawiniaa— A, ard. D. Carson: MEL: Namoi River— J. Dallachy; MEL; Salt Plains on River Darling.— W.. J. Holding: MEL: Tune, Darlmg and Murray Rivers.— C. K. Ingram 7709; Tung; Enuabalong.— Cc. W. E, Moore 350: CANB: Trangie— id. 1431: CANB: Jerilderie. — J, A. Thompson 190: NE: Condubolin,
Qurenstanp. G. H. Allen: NE: Cunnamoulla— 8. ‘T, Blake LO8SL: AD: Roma— il. 10549; AD: Nogndoo.— id. 10428: AD: Yelarbou— id, 1/768; AD: Norley. — id. 10477: AD: Goodiwind— R, Roe: CANB 3409; Balagna.
Soutn Austraura. J. M. Black: AD 96309220; Renmark,
Vicromis, FT S. MeKee 7111; CANB: Merbein.
ll, Bassia brachyptera (FvM.)Anderson, Proc.Linn.Soec.N.S.Wales 48(1923)351 + Black, FIS.Austral. (1924)192; ed,2 (1948)308,fig.421.— Selerochlamys brachyptera t'vM., Trans.Phil.Inst.Viet. 2/2(1858)76.— — Eehinopsilan brachyplerus (EVM.)FYM., Pragm. 7(1869)13— — Kochia brachypterit [FvM., See.Gen.Rep. (1854)15, nom.nud.| (FvM.)FvM. ex. Benth. Fl. Austral, B(1870)189; FyYM., lragm, 12(1882)15; FvM., IeAustral.Salsol Pl. 6(1890)t.59— Austrobassia brachyptera (F¥M.)UVbrich, Pilfam, ed.2, lGe{ 1934 )532,
New Savin Wares. KF. Mueller: MEL (lectotype): salt flats on Murray River (Vic-
teria) — LL. Abraham: NSW 61612: Bonrke-- B. Ament: NSW GLGL3: Nyngan — rE. Betehe: NSW G1609: Warrego Riv.— id.: NSW G1GL0; Yandwlo.— —id.: NSW GIGIT: Deniliquin— Blandewski: MET: Murtay River (or Victoria). IL. Boorman: NSW
BL6LI; Brewasrrina, — E, Breakwell: NSW 61615: Condabolin— | B. G, Briggs 594: NE: Yowlers Gap.— FE. P. Constable: NSW 4624: Roto.- — J. J. Fletcher: NSW 61616: Hay — Cc. K. Ingram 9815: Jngr.. Nyngau-Brewarrina,— L. Johnson 547/60: NSW. GlbLE: Conoble— id.. NSW 61626: Umberumberka.— Johnson and Constable: NSW 47320; 20 miles WY, Balrunald.— A. Morris 304: ADW: Campbells Crevk.
Quvenstanp, S.C, Blake 11813: AD: Nockatunga.— id. 12163; AD: 80 miles Sy Betodta
Sova: Austraura, Reckwith: AD 96309378: Mt, Gunson— J. B, Cleland: AD OS820080- Anna Creek— Hj. Eichler 12987: AD: Leigh Creek.— . Hill 65: AD; Mt, Notwest St.— M. Koch: NSW 61605; Mt. Lyndhurst— FE. H. Ising; ADW 11553) Evelyn Downs.— —. A. Perry 5572: AD, CANB, NT: 15 miles N, Maralinga. ; Vietorts, J. Vickery: NSW 1979; 25 m. S.E. Swan Hill— C, Walter; NSW 616))4:; Take: Hindmarsh.
SPECIES OF BASSIA IN AUSTRALIA 77
Some specimens have a tumid margin to the areole and 5 + prominent: decurrent tings instead of the usual ribs, there are usually 5 very small pits or perforations in the basal hollow of the fruiting perianth,
Sect. 6 Platyacantha FvyM., Fragm. 12(1852)12. [Typus: Bassia tridcns FvM.]
12. Bassia tridens FyM,, Fragm. 12(1882)12; PyM., Ie.Austral.Salsol.Pl, 7(1891) t64— [Chenolea tridens BvM., Fragm. 12(1882)12 pro syn.|— Selero- laena tridens (FvM.)Domin, Bibl.Bot, 89(1921)624; Ulbrich, PHfam. ed.3, 16c¢( 1934533,
Western Avsrkauty. J. Forrest: MEL (holotype), NSW: Gascoyne River— ©. A, Gurdner 3291, 6194: PERTH: Wandagee, Minilya River.— id.: PERTH: Gascoyne River, Bidyemia— A. W. Tumphries: PERTH: Wooleen, Killer Paddock.
Sect. 7 Anisacantha (R.Br.)Volkens in Engler and Prantl, Nat. PAfum. 3/1a(1893)70— Anisucantha B.Br,, Prod. 1(1810)410. [Typus: Bassia divaricata (R.Br.)FyM. (Anisacantha divaricata R.Br. ).]
13. Bassia caput-casuarii Willis, Vict.Nat. 73(1957)153; Ising, Trans.Roy.Soc.S. Austral. §4(1961)96, fig. 8A-D,
Soutu Austrauia, BR. LL. Crocker: AD 96124023, NSW: Yudnapinna Sth. Vicroma. Mrs. E. Ramsay: MEQ (holotype), AD 95715012: near Benetonle.
14. Bassia eriacantha (FvM)Anderson, Proc.Linn,Soc.N.S.Wales 48(1923)328- Black, F1LS.Austral. ed.2 (1948}303,f¢.390.— Kentrupsis eriacantha F vM., Fraym, 2(1861)140.— — Sclerolaena eriacantha (yM.) Ulbrich, Pilfam.ed.3, 16c(1934)534— Further references: Ising, Trans.Roy.Soc.S.Austral. 84 (1961) 94.
Further Collections:
New Sourm Wacns, J. B, Cleland: AD 96247291: Mootwingie.— W. MacGillivray; ADW (7045: Broken HillL— A. Morris 2290; ADW: Thorndale id. 427: ADW: Ui berumberka.
NoatHern Tennrrory. N. 1. Burbidge 122; CANB: Tanai. G. Chippendale 27,35; NSW, NY: Maryvale. — Chippendale antl Johnson 8948: CANB, NSW, NT: 12 miles S. Andado.— — id, 2762: AD, CANRB, NY; 38 miles S.W, Toberinory. J. B. Cleland; AD 96019165: 50 miles N.E. Ayers Rock— id.: AD 96019163: Yuenduii— FE. H. Tsing; AD 96131111: India Ronge, Macdonald Stn— MM. Lazarides 5760: AD, CANB, NT: Deep Well. _A. J. Mahood 8728: NT; 70 miles W.. Granites. — C, J. Molheamn 887: ADW, NT: Renners Rock.— KH. A, Perry 3301; CANB, NT: Arltunga— "R. Swinbourne 412; AD: 25
miles 8, Alice Springs— R. E. Winkworth 779; NT: 13 miles B, Orange Creek Str— S, A. White; AD 963093402 Charlotte Waters, Crawn Point.
Qurensiano, S$. T. Bluke 15968; AD, BRI: Yelvertofl, Cannooweal— id. 11783: AD: Thargemiodah,.— id, 12029: AD; Tenhauw Sin- id, L378: AD: ‘Tranby.— id.
12374: AD: Bonlia-- 8, L. Everist $353: CANB: Ardmore.
Sourn Austnauia. N. T. Burbidge: CANB 12226; Yudnapinna.— FP. M, Hilton 737: ADW; ibid— 0. H. Ising: ADW 11550: Evelyn Downs— id. 3897; AD: Prdirka.— KR. H, Kuehel 439: AD; 150 miles N. Goober Pedly.— 8. Schodde 361: AD: Everard Range— —-B. Spencer; NSW 57355: Take Eyre.
Westran Acstrauia. N, T. Burbidge $2: PERTH: Glenarm Stn. Maleohn.— J. B. Cleland; AD 96131061: Giles, Rawlinson Ranye.— ©, A, Gardner: PERTH: Nanning,— id, 2454; PERTH: Beria, near Laverton.— A. §. George S06: PERTH; 44 miles) N. Manci- windi,— id. 8985: PERTH: Windulda, Laverton-Warbturton Rd.— D. A. Horbert: PERTH: Mt. Keith—- N. H. Speck 555; CANB: Meekatharra— 1. Tyson 82: PERTH: Mt. Nartyer, Miirchison River.
78 E, H. ISING 15. Bassia gardneri Ising, Trans.Roy.Soc.S.Austral. $4(1961)94fig.4A-D.
Wesrenn AustractA. Ankitell: PERTH; ‘Trans,Rly.Survey— = N. T. Burbidge 235: PERTH: Glenorn Stn— W. V. Fitvperald: AD 95938008: Nannine— A, S. George 5567: PERTH: 21 miles W. of Camegie H.S.— id, 4480: PERTH: Mill, 3 miles E. of Laverton, on White Cliffs Rd.— id, 2781; PERTH: 7 miles W. of Mt, Morgan.
16, Bassia parallelicuspis Anderson, Proc.Linn.Sec,N,5.Wales 48(1923)331,t.54 H-L; Black, FS.Austral. ed, 2 (1948)303,fig.393, Ising, Trans.Ruy.Soc.5. Austral. 84(1961)95— = Anstrobassian parallelicuspis (Anders,) Ulbrich Pifam. ed.2, 16c(1934)532.
Further collections; New Sout Warns, N.C. Beadle: SYD: Yalpunga.— Miss Light: ADW: White Cliils. NorrHern Teruitory, R, L. Crocker: AD 95852018: Charlotte Waters— id. 2: AD:
Abminga.— $, Av White; AD 95951002; Crown Point-Iorseshoe Bend.
Queensianp. $8, T, Blake 11784; AD; Vhargomindah— id. 11971: AD: Mt. Howitt. Sourn Austra. J. B. Clelind: AD 95951001, AD 95820070: Pedirka— id: AD
95951001, AD 9Y6L3L0LG: Mt. Chambers Gorge— id.: AD 95820076: Nbungsa.- id.: AD
958200712: Ondnadatta— F. 1. Ising 2682: AD: Abminga,— id, 2665: AD: Oodnadatta.—
id. 2659: AD: Callana.— M. Koch 292 pps NSW 45492 (lectotype); BM: Mt. Lynd:
hurst— B, J, Murray 191; AD: Arcoona.- D. E. Symon 2753: AD, ADW: Wintinna.
17. Bassia tate FvM., Vie.Nat,7 (1890) 66; FvM., Ic.Austral.Salsol.Pl. 8( 1891 ),t.71; Anderson, Proc.Linn.Soc.N.S, Wales 48(1923)331; Black, FLS.Anstral, (1924) 193; ed. 2 (1948)303,f¢,392: Ising, Trans.Roy,Soc.S.Austral, 58(1933)93; 84(1961)95— <Austrobussia tatet (FVM.) Ulbrich, PAfam.ed,2, 16c¢( 1934) 533,
Further collections:
Sounr Ausvrania. M. Koch 192: PERTH: Mt. Lyndhurst.— Lothian and Francis 295: AD: Near Mulka H.S.— R. Tate: MEL (holotype): Lake Torrens.
18. Bassia burbidgese Ising, Trans, Roy.Soc.S.Austral. §4(1961)97,fig.10 A-D, Further collections:
Wesrern Avstraura. Y. Cliadwieck 986: PERTH, AD; 36 km from Mt. Magnct on Geraldton Rd, 12.V 11.1963.
19. Bassia uniflora (R.Br.)FvM., Cens. (1882)30— Sclerolaena iniflora B.Br., Prod, 1(1810)410.— Further references: Ising, Trans.Roy.Soc.5.Austral, 84 (1961 )90. :
Further collections: New Sourn Waces, HK. Carolin 523: SYD: Fowlers Gap.— J. 'T. Waterhouse: SYD:
N, of Fowlers Gap.
Soury Ausrrania. D. J. E. Whibley 620: AD: Head of Great Australian Bight. Vierouia. A.C. Beauglehole 5248; A.C.B,; N. Hattah, Kulkyne National Park. Wesiern Austraura, F. L. Hill; CANB 29021; 'Lremoville, Monte Bello Is., 10.X7.1953.
20. Bassia diacantha (Nees)FvM., Cens. (1852)30— — Antsacantha diacantha Nees in Lehr, Pl.Preiss, 1(1945)635.— Kentropsis diacantha (Necs) Moq. in DC., Prod. 13/2(1849)138.— PAnisacantha kentropsidea FvM,, Trans. VictInst. 1(1855)133.— = Seleroleana diacantha (Nees) Benth,, FlAustral. 5(1870)194 [incl. var, longispina? Benth., l.c..p.p.|— Chenolea diacantha (Nees) F'vM,, Fragm, 10(1876)91— — Further references: Ising, Trans. Roy. Suc.S.Austral. 84( 1961 )91.
SPECIES OF BASSIA IN AUSTRALIA Tu 21, Bassia crenata Ising, spnov— Fig. 3,
Rami fructiferi saepe qndalati. Folia lincaria. vel semiteretia, 5-14 mun longa, ca. 1 mov lata, obtusa, lenuia, villosa demum fere glabra, axillis hirsutis. Flores axillares, solitarii. Prrianthium in frueta oblongum, in medio constrictum, 3-3-5 mm longum, 2-2-5 mm Jetum, glabram; costae ples, promirientus, longitudinales. Spinae 2 (rara 3), 1-8 mm longae, inaequales, divergentes, aciculares (vel spina brevissima saepe obtusa); luberculum soliturmm in basi unae spinae. Limbns erectus, ca, 1 mm longus, ca, 2 mm latus, prgiformis, chartacous, ciliatus. Basis obliqua, triangularis, plerumque unilateraliter valde gibbosa, glabra, —peefiende cavatas stipes parvus; marge pleramyue crenatus. Stylus glabar; rani stigmatic’ 2-3. xubri. Semen vertioule.
Woworyprs; M. Lazarides 6337: CANB: Western Australia, 17 miles N.NJE. of Mar surel River Stu, Rimberleys, 15,VUT.1959.— — [Isutype: AD.]
Branches usually undulate in fruiting part. Leaves linear to semitercte, 5-14 mm long, ca, 1 mm wide, obtuse; thin, villons hecaming almost glabrous, hairs in axil. Flowers solitary in axil, Fruiting perianth oblong, constricted in centre, 3-32 mm long, 2-24 mm wide, glabrous; ribs several, prominent, Jongi- tudinal, Spines 2 (rarely 3), 1-8 mm long, unequal, divergent, acicular but shortest often obtuse: tubercle at hase of one. Limb erect, ca. 1 mm ling, ea. 2 mm wide, ridgetike, chartaceous, ciliate. Base oblique, triangular, usually strongly gibbous on one side, glabrous, deeply hollowed; stipes small; margin usnally crenate. Style glabrous; stigmutic branches 2-3, red. Seed vertical.
Nove, In the unilateral expanded or gihhous base it resembles B. tatei, bul in Ulis latter species the spines are very short and erect, there are also other differences i thie leaves, lirnb ind style.
The specilic epithet refers to the erecate rergin af the arcole at the hase of (he froving perianth-
22. Bassia cristata Ising, spnov— Fig. 4,
Suffrutex; rami dceuse albo tomentosus. Folia {ineuria, 8-15 mm Jonya, ca, 1 mm Jata erassa. + acuta, dense albo pubescentia. Flores axillares, solitoriz. Terianthium in fructu ca. 2 mm longum et Jatum, sparse pubescens; uterque lati convexi cum aliquot costis lonyi- tudinalibus. Spinae 2, 1-4 mm longae, inaequales, divergentes aciculares, in parte inferiore tomentosae. Limbus incuryus, brevis, viliatus, in uno extrema extendo in cristam albam pilosum. Basis elliptica, profinde eavata, obliqua; margo dlaber, in parte superiore tuber- culatrs: septa radiata. Stylus glaher; rami stigmatic’ 2, rubri. Semen obliquom; radienti supénior,
Hovovreus: D. E. Symon 26149: AD 96241028: South Australia, Base of Mt Woarl- moafe, Musgrave Ranges, + 131°15'E., 26°20’S., 10.11.1962, [Isotyne: ADW 254)4,]
Small undershrub: branches densely white tomentose. Leaves linear, 8-15 mim long, ca. 1 mm wide, thick + acute, densely white pubescent. Vlowers soli- tary in axil. Fruiting perianth ca. 2 mm long and wide, sparsely pubescent, both faces convex with several longitudinal ribs. Spines 2, 1-4 mm lang, unequal, divergent, acicular, tomentose in lower part. Limb ineurved, short, ciliate, extended at one end into a white hairy crest. Base elliptic, deeply hollowed, oblique; margin glabrous, tuberculate in upper part; radiating septa. Style glabrous; stigmatic branches 2, red. Seed oblique; radicle superior.
The new specics is near to B, uniflora which hax no ribs on perianth, no erest to the
liitb, and has a hirsute style. It is alse near ta B.. ereneta Ising which has thin Jenves, limb without a crest, and base crenate all round.
The specific epithet refers to the erost of halrs at one end of the elongated limb,
80) EK. H. ISING
23. Bassia holliana E. H. Ising, Trans.Roy.Soc.$.Austral. 78(1955)111,f¢.1,17-19, Ising, Trans.Roy.Soc.$,Austral. $4( 1961 )98.
further collections;
Sourh AusrHauiA, E, H, Ising £56, 3644, 3751; AD: Evelyn Downs— id: AD 96225202, 3, 3, 6: ibid— — id.: AD 96225000, 85, 36, 37, 38: ibid— id.. AD 96225192, 3,4, 6,7, 8,9: ibid— id: AD 96225094: Oodnadatta— id; AD 96225006, 195, 201: Mt. Barry Sin, 60 miles S. Oodnadatta.
24. Bassia eichleri Ising, Trans.Roy.Soc.S.Anstral, 84(1961)96,89,fig,9 A-D,
Sourm Acstraua, Knowao only from the type lowelity: Evelyn Downs, ea. 120 km south-west of Oddnadatta [see Isine (1961)].
25. Bassia constricta Ising, Trans.Roy,Soc.S.Austral. 84(1961)95,f¢.7 A-D— B. uniflora var. incongruens Black, Trans.Roy.Soc.S.Austral. 48 (1924) 254, Farther collections:
New Sourn Wates, N. C. Beadle; SYD: White Cliffs.
Sourn AusrnAuea. R. Mil 61: AD: Mt. Norwest. ‘T. R. N, Lothiuon 1211: AD: ibicl— li. Mincham 11; AD; Lyndhurst.
26.. Bassia wilsonii Ising, spnoy— Fig. 15,
Suffrutex; riavni albo tomentosi, Folin Jineariz, $-13 wim longa, ca. 1 mm lata, + acuta, lerwunque recurva, dense albo pubescentia, Perianthium in fructu + oblongum, ca, 3 mm Pain: ca. 2-5 mm Jatum, lomeutosuin; facies anterior Gum ca. 4 costis longitudinalihus armitum est. Spinae 2, 1-2 mim longac, divergentes, prope glabrae. Laimbus incurvus, brevissimus, cilialus, Basis pleruamque ovata, obliquissinms, protunde cavata, septa sadiata. Stylus ghiber, wenicwlata; runi stigmatic’ 2, rubri, Semep verticales radicula superior.
Ho.otyrus: P, G. Wilson 2310: AD 96241002; South Anstritla. Wintinna, ca. 160 km West of Oodnadatta, 29,VIL1962.
Undershrub; branches white tomentose. Leaves linear, 8-13 mm lone, ca. 1 mm wide, = acute, usually recurved, densely white pubescent. Fruiting perianth + oblong, ca. 3 mm long, ca, 24 mm wide, tomentose; ribs ca. 4, lonyi- tudinal, on anterior face, Spines 2, 1-2 mm long, divergent, almost glabrous. Limb incurved, very short, ciliate. Base usually ovate, very oblique, deeply hollowed; radiating septa. Style glabrous, geniculate; stigmatic branches 2, red, Seed vertical; radicle superior.
Nearest to B, uniflora (R.Br.)FvM. which has tomentose Jeaves, perianth with a large obtuse tubercle, base circular, style straight and seed horizontal.
Named in honour of Mr, F, G. Wilson, State Herbarinm of South Australia, Adelaide.
27. Bassia globesa Ising, spnov— Fig. 5. i &
Rami tomentosi. Folia anguste linearia, 7-20 nim louga, ca. 0-5 mm Tata, obtusa, in statu. juvenili villosa demum fere glabra, irregnlariter flexa, Perianthium in frietu globdare, 2-3-3 mm didm., durissinnin, dense tomentosum. Spinae 2-4 (plerumygue 3), 2:5-6 mm longae, inaequales, dispositione regulari, 1 yel 2 spinis saepe cum tuberculis substitutis, late divergentes, rectae, glabrae, aciculares. Limbus rectus, brevissimus, chartaceus, lanato ciliatus. Basis + ovata, leviter obliqua, leviter cavata. Stylus glaber, rami stizmatici 2, rubri. Semen horizentale; tadicula superior,
Honeryrus; 8. T. Blake 11700; BRT 028611: Queensland. West of Tharguomindah, eoolibah flat in stony range, red soil, 25.VI.1936: “somewhat spreading. bushy, glaucous perennisl of abont 2 ft-— — [Tsotype: AD 96134036.]
Branches tomentose. Leaves narrow-linear, 7-20 mm long, ca. § mm wide, obtuse, villous when young becoming almost glabrons, irregularly bent. Fruit-
ing perianth globular, 24-3 mm dia., much hardened, densely tomentose. Spines
SPECIES OF BASSIA IN AUSTRALIA 81
24 (usually 3), 24-6 mm long, unequal, evenly spaced, I or 2 spines often substituted by tubercles, diverging widely, straight, glabrous, acicular, Limb erect, very short, chartaceous, woolly ciliate. Base + ovate, slightly oblique, slightly hollowed, Style glabrous; stigmatic branches 2, red. Seed horizontal: taclicle superior.
The new species differs From most others in the globular freiting perianth and the
evenly spaced spines and tubercles, It resembles B. tetracuspis whieh has + cylindrical glabrous fruiting perianths and glabrous stems and leaves.
The specific epithet refers to the shape of the fruiting perianth.
28. Bassia bicomis (Lindl.)FvM., Cens. Meare FvM., Ic.Austral Salsol,Pl, 8 (1891 }t.79; Black, Trans.Roy.Soc.S.Austral. 38(1914)462; Anderson, Proe, Linn.Soc.N.$.Wales 48(1923)343; Black, FLS.Austral. (1924)190, (1929) 684; ed. 2 (1948)306,fi2.408: Ising, Trans.Roy.Soc.$.Austral, 57(1933)93; Chippendale, Ic. 82(1959)327— — Sclerolaena bicornis Lind], in Mitch,, Three Exped.Austral. 2(1838)47; Moq. in DC., Prod, 13/2(1849)123; Benth, Fl,Austral. 3(1870)195; Domin Bibl. But. 89( 1921 )623; Ulbrich, PAltam, ed. 2, 16e( 1934)534,— Anisacantha bicernis (Lindl,) FvM., Fragm. 7(1869)14— Chenolea bicornis (Lind].)FyM. ex Tate, Trans,Roy.Soe.S,Austral. 3(1880) 58; FvM, Le. 9( 1587 )213.
New Sourh Waxes. T. L, Mitchell; CGE (holotype, vv.) [photo CANB No, 80): Between Lachlan and Darling Rivers.— WN. C. Beadlo: SYD: ‘Tibooburra,— C. K- Ingram: Ingr.: Weilmoringle,
Norrrenn Tenxrroxy. G. Chippendale 234: CANB; Tobermory.— id. 7202; AD, NT: Ranken.— Dz. J. Nelson 48; AD: 13 miles E. Alice Springy— = RB. Swinhourne 325; NT: Alice Springs. '
(QurEnscanp. $. T. Blake 12289: AD: Glengvle— id. 5509; AD: Warrabin.— — jd, 8853: AD; Camvooweal.— Ff. Roe 189: CANB: Gilruth Plains.
Sovurn Acgrwauta, J. B. Cleland: AD 95820046: Mungeranie— E. H. sine 2908;
AD: Pedirka— -D, E, Symon 1146: NE: 40 miles S.E, Kingoonva— oS. A, White: AD 96309261; Marree,— FP. CG. Wilson 2309: AD: Wintinna,
28h, Bussia hicornis var, horrida (Domin) White, Roy.See.Quecnsl. 55( 1944 )75 — Sclerolacna bicornis vay. horrida Domin, Bibl,Bot, 22(1921)623,
New SourH Wares, 13. Ament: NSW: Nyngan—_ J. L. Boorman: NSW: Brewarrina.— K, Cam: NSW; Coonamble— Chippendale and Constable; NSW: Walgctt.— E. F, Constable: NSW: Bonrke:— ©, E, Couch; NSW: Burren Jonc.— P. GC. Conch; NSW: Tibooburra HA. Hunter: NSW: Gulargambone.— A. Morris 1283; NSW: Yowi Lake,
near Broken Hill- Shire Clerk: NSW: Narromine-— = GC. K. Tryprains Ingr.: Bourke Cobar Road. Noptirern Trerarrony, CG. Chippendale 244: NT: Tabermory,— Chippentlale. and
Johrison 3849; CANB: 21 miles N. Rockhampton Downs.— €. J. Mulhearns ADW 4855; Alcoota Stn. D. FE. Symon 40: ADW: Harts Range.
QOurexstann. S, T. Blake 5333: NSW: Charleville. id. 6642; NSW; Arilalili. id, 6665: NSW: Isisford— id. 6600: NSW; Longreach— id, 9981: AD: Milray Stn.— id, 10546: AD: Noondoo,— id. 11218; AD: Oppham-Coongoola—- | id, 11353: AD: Ifra- combe.—_ id. 11468: AD; Frensham Stin.— i. 11566: AD: Hughenden— id. 11808! AD: Nockatunga,— C. T. White 11701: NSW: Wyandra.
Sount Austratca, G, H. Clarke: ADW 3198: Abminga.— E. H, Ising: ADW 11548: Oolnadatta,
Nore. 1 bauve not see Domin’s type specimen, but suppose that the specimens listed
abuve upgree best with his description of the variety. They all have, hawever, 7 pnhrseeant euves,
§2 E. H, ISING
29. Bassia obliquicuspis Anderson, Proe,Lina.Soc,N.S,Wales 48(1923)337,t.34 fix, D-G; Black, VLS,Austral, (1924)192; ed. 2 (1948)305,fig.403— Selero- laena obliquicuspis (Anders.) Ulbrich, PAfam. ed.2, 16e(1934)3533.— Sclerolaena diacentha yar. longispina ? Benth. Fl.Austral, 5(1870)195 p.p.
Nrw Sownt Wares, N, C, Beadle; SYD; Packsaddle— W,. MacGillivray; ADW L705: Broken Hill. A. Morris 210: NSW 34333 (lectotype): Broken Hill, 3.V.1920.— id. 293: NSW: jbid— J. A. Thompson 25: NE: E. Menindee— = J. Vickery: NSW 1976; G0 in, W, Wentworth.
Souwrn Austratta, J. M, Black: AD 96249076-8: Leigh Creek.— id.: AD 96240070 Turevola.— id.: AD 96249073 Pt. Augusta West— $8. T. Blake 16862: CANB: Pichi Richi Pass— N, T. Burbidge: CANB 12223; Yudnapinmna— J. B. Cleland; AD 95820085: Wilwena— id: AD 96181071: Musgrave Bangye— Hj, Eichler 12590: AD: Chambers Gorge, Flinders Range.— id— 12701: AD: Gammon Ranges. _ id. 16186: AD: Pt. Augusta— N, Forde 360; CANB; Enw,— A. S, George 5206; PERVH: 32 miles E, of Mt. Davies.— FP, M. ffilton: ADW 18200: Qoldea— BR. H. Ising: ADW LO603: ML Willoughby.— — id; AD 96243383; Evelyn Downs— Tattorfs; MBEI.; Near Spencer Galh— B. J. Murray 98: AD: Arcoona— K. Schodde 1116-7; AD: Koonamore— Di E. Symon: ADW 22080: Near Pt. Augusta— D. J, E. Whibley 252; AD; Whyalla-Cowell-- 5S. A. White; AD 96024089: Pt. Augusta West— 2. -G. Wilson 2299: AD; Mt. Eba.
VierrortA, A. CG. Beanglehole 980, 5254: A.C.B.; Kulkyne Nat, Pork— id. 5345: A.C.B.: Sunny Cliffs.- W, Hartley: CANB 3391: Redeliffs.
Westens Ausra. A. $. George 799: PERTH: Lake Austin— id. 3802: PERTH! Fides Ck, Warburton Mission— TH, Salasoo 575: NSW: Deakte
30. Bassia brevifolia Ising, spnoy— Fig. 26,
Herba + erecta, feru wlabra; rami cb rantali densissiint, Folla chavata, 2-4 ped Tons, obtusu, pubescentia; margines ud basim tennes. Flores axillares solitarii, Perianthivn in Froetu. ¢ylindrataum vel conicum, saepe ad basim hui, ca, 2 mm longum, + pubescens, numerosum, Spinge 2. 5-10 mm longac, graciles, aciculares, rectae, in plunis vertivalibus civersis, divergentes; una-spinu ad basin tuberculo parva ornate, Linibus minionmn, recurves, cillatus, Basis + oyata, suepe versus tubum orthoyonia vel oblique. Stylus waber vel fore aber, rami stigmatic? 2, rubri. Semen verticale, radicula superior.
Maroryeus; P, G, Wilson 644; AD 95931014: South Audlralia, Eyre Pentasnla, West of Peteesby ‘Tanks, 24 kin north of Miratipa, 16.X.1958.— — [Isotype: P. Aellen (Basel)-]
Plant = crect, almost glabrous; branches and branehlets very dense, Leaves + clavate, 2-4 mm long, obtuse, pubescent; margins thin at base. Flowers sali- tary maxil, Fruiting perianth cylindrical to conical, often wide at base, ca, 2 rin Jong, + pubescent, numerous. Spines 2, 5-10 men long, slender, acicular, straight, not in same vertical plane. divergent, small tubercle at base of one. Limb very small, recurved, ciliate. Buse = uvate, often at right angle or oblique ta tuhe, Style glabrous or almost so; stigmatic branches 2, red, Seed vertical; radical superior.
Sourm Augtract. E. CO. Black; AD Y6300225- Kimha, K.B— J. B, Clelandl: AD 45820138: Kimba, E.P. id: AD 9355201396— Biwht Well, neur White Well, E.P— ir.
AD, MEL: Eucla-Fowlers Bay, E.P, _K. D. Rohrlach 186: AD: Pinkawillinie, EP— i, 305; AD; Buckleboo, EP— J. H, Willis: MEL: Colona, E.P— P. CG. Wilson 1515: AD: near Kalamhi, E.P.
Western Avstaatsa. §. Brooke: MEL: Mt. Rugger-Victoria Spring.— M.. Cronin; PERTH, Blackwood River-Lake Lefroy. J. Oliver; MEL: FBuclai— D. J, E, Whibley 637; AD: near old Evcla— J, H, Willis: MEL: 72 miles KE. Balludonia,
Nove. This species has previously been included in B. obliquicuspts Anders. which hus whitish woolly tomentum on branches and perianths: leaves + semiteret- 7-12 mm long; bese of fruit + gibbons and furrowed,
SPECIES OF BASSIA IN AUSTRALIA 43
31. Bassia glabra (FyM.)F'vM., Cens, 1(1882)30; FvM., Ic.Austral.Salsol.Pl. 7 (1891 ),t.66,fivs,2-5,7-10; Anderson, Proc.Linn,Soc.N.S.Wales 48(1923)532; Kentropsis glabra FvM., Pragm. 1(1859)139— Anisacantha glabra (FvM.) FyM. ex Benth, Fl.Austral, 5(1870)200.-— Selerolaena glabra (FvM.) Domin, Bibl.Bot, 89( 1921 )623-4; Ulbrich, Pilfarn. ed.2, 16e(1934)553,
Norrnens ‘l'siwutory, EF. Mueller: MEL (holotype); Sturts Creek, 1856.— GG. Chipspen- tale 5594: AD, NSW, NT: Tanami Bore; “herh 6-9", flowers. green, common in Jateritic rel soil”
32. Bassia bicuspis (FvM.)FvM,, Gens. 1(1882)30; FvM., le Austral.Salsol,Pl, 8 (1891).t.73; Anderson, Proc.Linn,Soc.N,S.Wales 48(1923)333; Black, FILS. Austral. (1924)190; ed.2, (1948)303,8¢.395.- Anisecantha bicuspis FvM,, Trans. Vict. Inst. (1855)133; ivM., Took,J. Bot. KewMise. 8( LBDE ) 205 FvyM.. Fragm, 7(1869}1&; Benth, FlAustrel. 5(1870)200.- Chenolea_ bicuspis (FvM.)FVM. ex Tate, Trans.Roy.Soc.S.Austral. 3(1880)58— — Sclerolaena hicuspis (FyM)Domin, Bibl. Bot. 89(1921)624, Ulbrich, Pfam, ed.2, 16c¢ ( 1934 533.
Sour AustkAuiA. FP. Mueller: MEL (holotype): Cudnaku (Kapyaka) towards Lake Torrens from Quorn: 185/— f. L. Crocker: ADW 23011: Yudnapinnn— KB. Tater AD Y6309260: Parachilna.
33. Bassia limbata Black. Frans,Roy,Soe,5.Austral. 46(1922)567; Anderson, Proc. Linn.Soc.N.S.Wales 48(1923)342; Black, FIS.Austral. (1924)190; e¢d.2, (1948 )306,fig.409.— — Seleroluena limbata (Black) UYbrich, Pfam. ed.3, 16¢ (1934 )534,
New Soutsr Wanrs, N. Allison: AD 95909019» Fowlers Gap, 70 miles N. Broken Iill.— N.C. Beadle: SYD: Wileannian— 0. M, Dinning: NE: Fowlers Gap. CG. RK. Tagram: NE: Bonrkex— Johnson und Constable: NSW 39946; Fowlers Gap.— A. Morris; AD WISIO85: Unberumberka— id, 301: NSW, AD, ADW: Campbells Creck.— id. 976: ABW, NSW» Mundi Mundi Plnin.— B. R. Paterson: NE: Fowlers Gap-— — Pidgeon anil Vickery; NSW 20471; Silverion— f. T. Waterhouse: SYD: Pokotarna.
Norruern Terrnirony. BR. Swinbourre 430; AD; Alice Springs.
QueENsLAND, §, T. Hlake 10228: AT) 96134018: Joricha.
Sour Austnacta. H, W. Andrew: AD 96230352 (lectotype): Parachilna— — id. AD Y57U8140: Murnpeowie— N, T. Burbidge: CANB 12809: Blinman.— J. B. Cleland; AD $6230391: Curttmona.—_ id.: AD 958190702 Alawauna and Purachilny — fi.: AD 95820123. Beltana— ©, M. Eardley: AD 96130082: Koonamore. KR. Hill 66a; AD: Mt. Norwest Stn— id. 1056: AD: Koonamore— FF. M. Hilton 1244: ADW: Hawker— E, H. Ising: Al) 96131084; Orreron.— MM. Koch; NSW 61427, PERTH: Mt. Lyndhurst— TT. B, Palt- ridge: AD 96]30081; Koonamore.— BK. Tate: AD 96140136; Wallaroo,— D. J. F, Whibley 468: AD: Parachinma— §. A. White: AD: Leivh Creek.
Wesrern Avusraacia. A, 'S. George 1239: PERTH: 14 miles E, Bollary A.S.— Pollack: MEL: Gascoyne River [B, pellackiana PyM. nomen nuda),
44, Bassia decurrens Black, Tranus,Roy.Soc.S.Austral. 46(1922)567; Black, FLS. Austral. (1924)193, (1929)684; ed.2., (1948)304fig.401; Anderson, Proc, Linn.Sve.N.S.Wales 48(1923)337, White, Trans. Roy Soc.Qneensl fi0( 1944) 75.— Austrobassia decurrens (Black) Ulbrich, Pfam. ed.2, L6v( 1934 )532. New S5outa Wates. N. C. Beadle: SYD; Like Yantara— _ H, Betches NSW 57434;
Woasrewo River.—__id.: NSW 57433: Puroo River.— E, F. Constable: NSW 4682: Byrocdale
Stu— id: NSW 10491; Mt. Stuart— D, M. Dinning: NE: Fowlers Gap— lL. A. S$.
Johnson 686: NSW: Menindee— Juhngon and Constable; NSW 48434; Muorna Sti, — Jd:
NSW 39778 NT: Wileannia— MM. Karizofl: MSW 57416: Menindee, K. H, L. Key:
be E. H. ISING
CANB 21731: Milparinka,— = W. MacGillivray: ADW; Broken UillL— A_ Maris 283; NSW, AD: Broken Hill— T. G. B. Osborn: AD 96331113 (Herb, J.M.B.) NSW: Broken MiTh- 5. K. Paterson: NE: Fowlers Gap,— J. A. Thompson 150; NE= Sayers Laku.
NawrHerRN Terrrrory. R. Swinbourne 9; Tngr.; Alice Springs.— ixl,: AD, NT 9031; ahit,
Ovexnsnanp, $8. T. Blake 1181], 11835, 11838: CANB: Nockatunga— id. GS5C; ay baseline ceca k sar id. 12240; CANN: Birdsyille— id. 12438; GCANB: Tanhur- janterhury,
SoutH Austnacia. C, D. Andrew: AD 96309298 (Herb. J.M.B.): Lake Bonney.— ©, W- Bonythou: ADW 5008; Lake Kyre,— WN. T. Burbidge: CANB 19225: Yudnapinna.— J, i Cleland: AD 95820091; Strzelecki Creek— id: AD 95820092; Carawena— id.: AD 95820093; Lake Callaboona.— _ id: AD 95820141: Tarcocla— H. M. Doughis: ADW 3603, 23015: Yudnapima— FF. M. Hilton 750; ADW 11564: ihid— PB, Hughes; AD 96229455: Lake Eyre— C. KR. Ingram 9746; Ingr.: Cockburn— J. H. Maiden: NSW: Pt. Augusta.— B. J. Murray 101: AD; Arcoona— ‘T. Ii. Paltridge; AD, CANS 3367; Kuonamore.— Tr. D, Warren; AD 96132086, 96309297: Finniss. Springs— 5. A. White: AD 96331098 (leeta- type); Vt Augusta West, 2014.1920.— id. AD 96931117; Wantapella Swap near Everard Range. Woodroofe and Trimble: ADW 349; Yudnapinna.
35. Bassia cveristiana [sing, spnoy— Fig. 13.
Sulftutex, gracilis; runt hirsuti. Folia linearia, 3-12 1am ona, obtusa. hirsuta, Flores axillares, soliturii, Perianthium in fructue compresse cylindratum, ca, 2 mn longum et Jatumn, uterque Facei cum aliquot costis longitudinulibus, costa horizontali absenti. Spinge 2, eu. 3-5 mm longae (interdum inaequales), aciculares, divergenies, in parte inferiore hirsitae, interdum cum tertia spina beevi vel tberculo in eostain crassain decurrenti. Limbus erectus, ea. 1 rom longus, chartacens, hirsiitus, Basis nee obliqna, + circularis, leviter cavata: septa riditte 5, 5 cavis parvis alternatu. Stylus glaber vel fere glaber; rami stigmatici 2, rubri. Senien verticale; radicula superior.
Horotyres: §, T. Blake 6502; AD 96207139: Queensland. Woodstock, W. of Winton Gidgee country on more or less stony lateritie soil, 29.VT.1934. “Rather spreading, at length ascending, more or less glaucous,"— ° (Isotypes: BRI, NSW 61410.)
Undershrub, slender; branches hirsute. Leaves linear, 5-12 mm long, olstuse. hirsute. Flowers solitary in axil, Fruiting perianth compressed cylindrical, ca- 2 mm long and wide, both faces with several longitudinal ribs, horizontal rib absent. Spines 2, ca, 34 nn Jong (sometimes unequal) acicular, divergent, hirsute in lower part, sometimes a third short spine or a tubercle decurrent in it Hick rib, Limb erect, ca. 1 mm long, chartaceous, hirsute. Base not oblique, + circular, slightly hollowed; radiating septa 5, alternating with 5 small cavities Style glabrous or almost so; stigmatic branches 2, red. Seed vertical; radicle superiar,
Nore. 3B. everistiana is oearest to B. patenticuspis Anders, which has the fruiting
perianth oblong, withont rhs, indiaentum sparsely pubescent or tomentose, base ovate. oblique, nat hollowed, withuat stipes.
Named in hononr af Mr. S. LO Kverist, Government Botanist, Botanie Viweurn ined Herbarhun, Brisbane.
36. Bassia patenticuspis Anderson, Proc.Linn.Sov.N,$,Wales 48(1923)338,t.34 fie. A-G: Ising, Trans.Roy.Suc.S.Austral, 46(1922)587, 596; Black, FIS,Austral, (1924) 193; Ising, Trans,Roy.Soc.S.Austral. 5$(1934) 216; Black, FLS.Austral. ed.2, (1948 )305,¢.402; Chippendale, Trans.Roy.Soc.S.Austral. | 82(1959) 527,— Selerolaena diacantha var. longespine? Benth, Fl,Austral. 5(1870)195 pp— 5%. patenticuspis (Anders.) Ulbrich, Pifam. ed.2, 16c( 1934 )534,
New Sourm Warns. M, Collings: NSW 34334 (lectotype): Barrier Hanges— LF, Constable; NSW 4534, Bourke — A. Morris 1076: ADW-: Broken Hill— B, BR. Paterson: NE: (spines short and thick) Fowlers Gap— ‘[, M. Waite 1804: NSW: Ia miles E. Burongi.
SPECIES OF BASSIA IN AUSTRALIA 83
NonwtHsin Yenairory, Chippendale and Jolmson 3964: NT: 14 wiles 5.8, Tinke— M. Lazurides 6071: CAND: Bond Springs. Sm.— och, BITS: AD, CAND: Tempe Downs Sin.— K, Swinbourne 7: Luge: Alice Sprinusy,
Soutn Ausreaura. |, M. Black; AND 6024074: Baronta.— — id.: NSW 61402; PE Augusta. oN. T. Burbidge: CANB 12921: Yudnapinna— HH. M. Douglass ADW 23021: ibid.— Hj. Hichler 12519, AD; Koouamore— N, Forde 390; CANB: Enmnuw— BR, Hill 1053: AD: Koonmuore~ LE. H. Ising: AD 96909221: Nullarbor Plain— id: ADW I[NG04: Evelyn Downs.— id, 1548; ADW: Hughes— E, MeCremon; VERVH: Heid.— EF. Mueller; MEL: Wheal Barton near Truro — KR. A, Perry 5581: AD, CANB: 15 miles N. Maralinga— Specht anil Carrodus 9: AD: Norning— Sullivan; MEL: Gawler Ranges— D. E. Symon 9172; AD, ADW: Totukinson Range— id. 669: ADW; Near Wilpena. See also nole after Western Australia,
VierorrA, H, k, Browne 32; CANB: G1 miles W. Mildura — J, Po Eckorl: MEL: Lake Vietoria, Wimmera,
Wesrern Austrauia, WE. Blackall; PERTH) Yandil— oN. 1. Burbidge 80: PERTH; Clenorn.— A. 8S, Ceorge 5660; PERTH: 22 miles N, of Sandstone.— ic. 4022: PRRTIL- 35 miles SE. of Windulda— id, 4681: PERTH: L, ‘Uhrossell— id. 4799: PERTH: NW, end of Cavaniuh Ra— RR. Telms: AD 96138044: Fraser Range.— OC. Kniep: PERTH. Sandstone, = G. S&L, Reid 27: PERTH; Near Forrest,— ‘Ankitell; PERLE: ‘Lhraus Rly, Survey.— Hj, Eichler 16174: AD: HRawhinna; 6.1X,1959; this specimen has some porianths with 2 spines 5-7 mm long, unequal, acicular oy subulate; others with spines 124 youn hue, uneqoal, clavate, very obtuse; semetinics 1 spiue is ca. 5 aim long and the 2nd one ca. J tam tong, clavate, obtuse; plant almost glabrous. This cold be a ew species if ihe spines were consistently clayate, Only one collecting has been mady
Nove. South Australia turnishey a variation in the spines of this species anel nol imarh- airs different from the above Rawlinna specimen, tt is interestiny to note that minre than jal) of the speciniens. so far collected come from the Nullarbor Plain. Ome spine js Longer and the 2nd one is thicker and obtuse, and the speciinens showing this sariation are js follows; E, C, Black: AD £6309218: Pnrnamoota— J. M. Black: ALI SRO2LO7E: Pt. Augusta,— J. B. Cloland: AD 95820082; Ooldea Soak,— ids AD GGS20128; Ouchredatta-Alice Springs.— M, Davis 213; AD; Watson, Hj, Kichler 16184: AD: Gook— FB. TH. Tsing: AD §ROTA144, 4; Auehes— eb: AD 96130136: Koomnalan— BD, J, E. Whibley 652; AD: Cook— 2. GC. Wilson 1673; AD; Cook— 40, L705: AD: Watson.
37, Bassia lanicuspis (FvM.)I'vM,, Gens. 1(L882)30; 2(1880)51; FyM,, Frag, 12 1882)13; FvM,, TceAustral,Salsol,Pl. 8(1891),t.80; Black, Trans.Roy.Soe.S. ustral, 41(1917)636; Black, FLS.Austral, (1924)193; ed.2, (1948)504 fig,
400, Anderson, Proc, Linn.Soc.N.S,Wales 48(1923)335; Ising, Trans.Roy.S, Austral, 57(1933)93; 58(1934)216; Chippendale, Trans.Noy.Soc.$.Austral. §2(1959)327.— Anisacantha lanicuspis FvM., Fragm. 2(1861)170; 7( 1869) 14— Sclerolaena lanicuspis (FyM.)lyM. ex Benth., Fl.Austeal. 5(1870)195: Ulbrich, PAtain. ed.2, 16e(1934)534.
New Sovid Warks, Dr, A, Becklers MEL (holotype): Salt Plains along the western sili of Barriee Range, N.S,Wales, Victorian Expedition 1860.— D. M. Dinning: NE: Kuselers Cap.- ©. Ke Ingram 9783: Ingr.: Thackaringa— A, Morris G07; ADW: White its,
Nownons Teaurroay. N. J. Burbidge 4189: CANB; Undooly Gap.— ©, Shippen- dale 7267: AD, NT: Avon Downs — J. B. Cleland: AD 96019102: Henbury— id: 2 $6UL909T: Macdonald Downs— A. S. George A029: PERTH: 3 miles §. of Finke River Grossing, Stuart Wighway.— EE. H. Tsing 2818: AD: Horseshoe Bend — Joluispn and Chip- pendale 3791: CANB, NSW, N‘l; Woodgreaen HS— M. Lazarides 54887: AD, CANB, NSW, MEL, NT: 30 miles WiN.W. Mt. Riddoch Stn— E. E. Lord: AD 9620753: Granite Downs — RK, A. Perry 1600; AD, CANB, NSW, N'Y: 30 miles S.S.E. Brunette Downs.— fF. Swinbourme 438: AD, NT: Burt Plain.
Quernsnann. S. T. Blake 6562: NSW: Darr— S§, L. Everist 6248; AD: 15 niles W. Adavale-— BR, A, Perry 874; CANK 65 miles W.S.W. Lake Nash.— id. 784: AD. CANB: Wf miles 5. Mb Isa,
sour Ausruawa. J. 2B. Cleland: AD Q58201L7: Cordilla Downs.— &, L, Cmeker: AD: Andady— KR. Hill $5: AD: Mt. Norwest Stn— F. M. Hillon 1370; ADW: Beltana—
bf FE. Wt. LSING
kK, H, Kuchel 434; AD; 150 jniles N, Coober Pedy — — Lathian andl Francis 273; AD: Mulka Bore, 155. lan N-N.E. Marree— = M, Murray: AD 96150090; Cootanooriima— D. E. Syman 1028: NE: Andamooka-Stuzrts Creck.
Wrastern Austraur. W, BE. Bluckully PERTH: Yandil— C. A. Gardner 2370: PERTH: Kast Meekatharra— MM. Lazurides 6329, 6332: CANB, NSW: Marvaret River Sm.— F G, Wilson 2458A: AD: Giles,
Nove. The type specimen [Dr. H. Beckler, salt plains along the western side of the Rarrier Range, N.S.Waleés, L861: MEL (/lelotype)| has 3 spines, 2 of them divergent and a shorter recurved one on the opposite posterior face. Specimens have been collected with spines up to @ and it is generally agreed to accept this inercase in the number of spines for the species because of the agreement with the type in other respevts. An example of this is Perry 5447, near Hale River Crossing, cx. 100 miles E.8.E. of Alice Springs, N.Terr., 8.1X,1955; ont ol 20 fruiting perianths examined spines were noted as follows: 5 perianths, 4 spines wl free and separated; 7 perianths, 4 spines ull free and separated; 7 perianths, 5 spines, 2 of which are collateral: ] perianth, 6 spines, 2 of which are collateral; one of the 2 collaterit! spines ig usnally shart to very short, uot half as long as the other, none seen were equal in length. ‘The similar, B. densiflora Vitvg. has consistently 5 spines, 2 of them collateral and all equal in length, and T retyin it.as a valid species hevause T have seen no specimens of the “lanicuspis” sroup haying the 2 collateral spines of ecuial Tength, B. dentiflara is endemic in W. Austral, and does not appear to vary in the spine character. B. Janicuspis also occurs 1n W, Austval. and has there sinilar sping viriation as tn the eastern States.
38. Bassia ventricosa Black, Trans.Roy.Soc,S.Austral, 46(1922)566; Anderson, Proe.Linn.Soc,N.S.Wales 46(1923)342; Black, FlS.Austral, (1924)191; ed,2, (1948 )306,f¢.407; Ising, Trans. Rov.Soc.S.Austral. 57(1933)93.— — Ausfra- bassia ventricosa (Black) UVbrich, Pilfam. ed.2, 16e( 1934 )532.
New Souta Wates, B, G. Briggs: NE: Fowlers Gap— FE. F, Constable 10496: CANB: ‘Tibooburra.— _C. K, Ingram: Ingr.: Louth. id, 9721: Iugr.: Silyerton— L.A. 5. Johnyon: NSW 48513: Balranald-Hatfeld,— k, HL. Key; CANB 21379: Qoly Stn.. Luke Poaopallac. A. Morrix 77: NSW: 209A\D; Broken Hill— B. R. Paterson: NE: Fowlers Gap.— J, H. Riches 71; CANB: 40 miles E.NVE, Broken Will— J. A, Thompson 124; NE: §.W. Wil cunnia— id. 62, 150: NIE: Sayers Lake.
Quernsianp, W. MacGillivray: ADW 17035: Blackill Range,— RR. Roe; NE; Gilruth Plains,
SoutH Austratta, J. M, Blnel, sn AD 96230281 (lectutype): Hergott Springs, WX, JOL7T— id.; NSW 614496: Pt. Augusta West— oN. 'T’. Burbidge; CANB 13163: Para- chilna Gorge— ida: GANB 12220: Yudnapinna— J. B. Cleland: AD 96247289: Brachina.— id; AD 96140085; Woamers, C,. M. Eardley: ADW 96D: Mt. Victor Sta.— Hy, Eichler 13027; AD: Edeowie.— N. Forde 358: CANB: Emu— F, H, Islngs ADW 11566, AD 96230033-1; Oodnadatta.— MM. Koch: PRRTH: Mt. Lyndhurst— TT. B. Paltridge: CANB 3431) Koonamore— RB, A. Perry: CANE L8301> Pt. Augiasty,
39. Bassia artivulata Black, Trans-Roy.Soc.S.Austral, cen team agp Ising, Trans.Roy.Soe.5,Austeal. 68(1934)215; Black, I'L.S.Austral, ed.2, (1948) 304, fiz 398. Further vallections; New Sount Wares. Johnson aud Constable: NSW S9988; Mt, Poole-Theldurpa. Pidlgeoy and Vickury: NSW 61440: 90 miles E. of Broken Hill.
SouTu Austaarea. |. B. Cloland: AD 96420023 (holotype), MEL, NSW 61441: Pedicka— If Ising 2849, 2869, 2909: AD: Pedirku,
40. Bassia oppositicuspis Ising, spmnov— Fig, 23,
Snffniter, divaneatus, fere glaber: tanmoesns: costae practles. Folic teretian, S11 am Jouga, ca, 1 anm late, acntsa, patula, basi plana, tenui, hitiore; in stiutu juvenili ptlosa. Peri withion in frietu cylindratun, ca, 2-3 im Jougum, ot. 2 mim datum, vlabrom, apex eoo- cava: aliquot costae Jongitudinales, aio horiyantali, Spine 3-4 inacquales, aciculares, slabrae, plerinnyine + horizontales; ana xpinw acl 12 mm longa; 2-3 spinue oppositue, in
SPECIES OF BASSIA IN AUSTHALLA S7
busi contiguae, 1-11 mm longie; una sping etecki, brevis yel rndimentaria. Limbus erecteis, 1-1-5 mm Jongus, coriaceus, latus, ciliutus. Basiy + ovata obliqua. leviter cavata, Stylus iu te superiore Jeyiter laniwtus; rami stivmatici vraciles, 2, pimicet, Semen non vidi, pre aliter verticale, Houoryeus: N. 1. Burbidge; CAN B 12218; South Australia... Yudnapinna Stn., VLAN. eG. (Qut of 100) friting perianths examined 46 had 8 well-developed spines, 36 had 3 syplies sid 1 rudimentary and 18 had 4 well-developed spines.}.— [Tsotype: AD, fragm.]
Undershrub, spreading, almost glabrous; branchlets many; ribs slender. Leaves terete, 5-11 mm long, ca. 1 mm wide, acute, spreading; base Hal, thin, wider at base; juvenile pilose, Fruiting perianth + cylindrical, ca. 24 mm long, ca. 2mm wide, glabrous; summit concave; ribs longitudinal, several, hurizuntal one, Spines 3-4, unequal, acicular, glabrous, usually + horizontal; one ip to 12 mm long; 2-3 opposite, close together at base, 1-11 mm long; one erect, short or rudimentary, Limb ervet, 1-1 mm long, corigveuus, broad, ciliate, Base + ovate, oblique, slightly hollowed. Style slightly lanate in upper patt; stigmatic branches slender, 2, pink. Seed not seen, probably vertical.
New Souta Wats. N. C. Beadle: SYD; Lake Yantara. (The spines iv this spechmen are usually 3 and more erect than in the type specimen. )
41 Bassia tricuspis (FvM.)Anderson, Proc.Linn.Soc.N.$.Wales 48(1923)885; 5Y (1934)272; Black, FI,S,Austral, (1924)193; ed.2, (1948)304,fig.399.— Anj- sacantha tricuspis FvM., Trans.Victlnst. (1655)133; FvM., Look.) .Bot.Kew Misc. 8(1856)204; FvM., Rep.Babb, Exped, (1859)20— Chenolea trictspris (FvM.)FVM., Fragm. 10(1876)92.— Selerolaena trieuspis ( PvM.) Ulbrich, Pifam. ed.2, 16c(1934)534— Bassin civaricate [non (R.Br. )Fv¥M.] FvM., Ie. Austral.Salsol, Pl, 6(1891), t.77.
New Soute Wactes, F. Mueller; MEL (2 holotype): Mureay River Anonyme: NE (one Spine very short): Trida Wonlshed.- oN. C. Beadle: 5YD: Lake Cargelligo— F, Betclie: NSW 57398: Parow River — jd; NSW 57397; Warreya River— J, Brongh: SYD: Sidenia-Efay.— P. D. Curter: NSW 61412: 11 miles N. Pilliga— ids: NSW 57400; Near Villiga— D, J. Gampbell; NSW 57408; Goonamble— N. C. Forde; NSW 57401: ‘Tiree Stn— D. L, W. Henderson 369; NSW: Candabooka.— Johnson and Constable: NSW 48535: Mourna Stn— = L. W. McLennan: NSW 5312; Bograbilli— HH. Nicholuey NSW 574100; Gravesend— C. W. Rhodes: NSW 57399: Narrabri.
Qurenstanp, G, H, Allen 288; CANBy, 58 miles W, Gharleville— $, 1. Blake 6451: NSW: Barcaldine-Lochnagar— id. 6674: AD, NSW» Isisford-Enmet— id. 11733: AD, Dynevor.— id. 10431: AD; Yelarbon.— id. 10673: AD; Noondoo— Lau; NSW 57406: Darling Downs, J. Mann: NSW: Chinchilla (with 4 spines). RK. Roe: NE) Gilmith Pinins,— id}: CANB 3371: Moonie Riv— CC. T. White: NSW 57404; Tower Hill
Sour Ausveaum. E£. C. Black: AD 96309210: Renmark.— ©. M. Eardley: ADW 2373: ibid— lj, Nichler 14908: AD: Mannunm.— E. H. Ising: AD 96131146; Taveday.— If. Mincham Ll, AD; Jovndhurst.
Vicronta, A, C. Beaugiehole 5261: A.C,\B.; Sandalong Park, near Mildara— Willis and Beanplelole 5262, 5263: A.C.B.: Kulkyne and Chalka Creek.
42, Bassia andersonii Ising. Trans.Roy.Soc.S.Austral. 37(1983)185; Black, FS. Austral, ed.2, (1948)304,fig.397; Chippendale, Trats,Roy.So0,S.Austral. 82 (1959) 327.
Additional deseriptrye notes: Limb erect, prominent, corinceous; fruiting pertanths decidudus or easily detached: leaves sometimes warrow linear; spines
sumetimes 4.
Nouwrmiens Termtrony. C. E, F. Allen 575; NSW: Ryans Well— G. Chippenclale 405; NT: Tobermory.— id, 622: NSW: Angas Downs.— id, 8051; NSW; Burt Plain.—_ id. 6482: AWD; Near Macdonald Downs.— id. 2957: NSW: Miunnery Creek St— GC. Chippendale and L, Johnson 3942: NT: 29 miles W. of Andado Stn.- FE. TT, Using: AT 96132115,
8S K. H. ISINC
96132017; Muedonald Downs.— M. Lazarides 5935: CANB. NY, AD: 12. miles W. vt Huckitta Sth _ id, 5947: CANB: Huckitta Stn— R. A. Perry 1823: CANB, NT: 85 miles E. of Burroloola Stn— id. 1599: CANB: 30 miles SSK of Brunette Downs—- D. E. Symon 40, ADW: Mt. Riddock Stn.
QurensLanp. 8, T. Blake 6469; NSW: Bonlia.— id, 8994- AD: Normanton.— — idl. 10010: AD: Elderslie— id. 11459; AD: Kalkadom.— id. 11710: AD: Connamulla— id. 12205: AD: Birdsville— id, 12364: AD; Marion Downs,— id, 12512: AD: Norman- tan. — R, L. Cracker; AD 96130038; 40 miles N-W. of Bindsville— id.: AD 96130037- Birdsville— J. G. Davies: CANB 3390: Central South— TR. Roe: NE 000438; Cunna- awulla— CC. T. White 11706: AD» ibid.
poutw Austra. J. B. Cleland; AD 96132113: Abminga—_ id; AD 96132112, AD 96309269; Pedirka.— id.:_ AD 95420047: Cordilla Downs.— EE. If. Ising, 2887: AD (folo- type): Pedirka— id-s AD 94132119: Abminga— id,: AD 96192117: Snake Gully, 18 niles 5. of Pedirka,
43, Bassia aellenii Ising, spsiov— Fig. 16,
Suftrutex, proctunbens; rami leviter costati, tomentusi: ramuli erecti. Folia angisty lanceolata, 8-16 mm longa, ca. 2 mm lata, + neuta, pubescentia, congregata; basis coangus- tatur, marginibus membranaceis. Flores axillares solitarii, Stamina 5, Perianthium in fructu urcevlatum, ca. 2 mm Jongum et latum, parce induratum, glabrum; costae nunnullae, longi- tudinales, debiles. Spinae 3, erectac, ca, 1 mm longae, + aequales, abtnsac, basi lata, vlutre- Linbus breyissimns, ciliatus: lobi 5, abtusi. Basis + circularis, leviter obliqua, leviter eavuta. Stylus hirsutus; rami stigmatici 2, in parte inferivre crasse, rubidi. Semen nan vidi,
Horerypeus; Hy, Kichler 14188; AD 95819005: South Australia, Corny Point, Yorke Peninsula, X,1957— [Isutype: P. Aellen (Basel). |
Undershrub, procumbent; branches slightly ribbed, tomentose; branchlets erect, Leaves narrow-lanceolate, 8-16 mm long, ca. 2 mm wide, + acute, pubescent, crowded; base narrowed, margins membranous. Flowers solitary in axil, Stamens 3. Fruiting perianth urceolate, ca, 2 mm long and wide, net much hardened, glabrous; ribs several, longitudinal, weak. Spines 3, ereet, ca. 1 mm long, + equal, obtuse, broad-based, glabrous. Limb erect, very shavt. ciliate; lobes 5, obtuse. Base = cireular, slightly oblique, slightly hollowed, Style hirsute; stigmatic branches 2, thick in lower part, dark red, Seed not seen, probably horizontal.
Nearest ta B_ ureeolate Tsing which has leaves timete, 4-6 nom Jong: spines 5) style glabrous.
This species is uamed in honour of Dr, P, Acllen, Basel (Switzerland), who has special- ized) in Chenopodiaceae, Atriplex and Chenopodium in particular
44. Bassia drummondii (Benth.)FvM., Cens. 1(1882)30; Anderson, Proc.Linn.Soc. N.S.Wales 48(1923)336; Gardner, En.Pl.Austral.Occid. (1930)38; Blackull, W Austral. Wildfl. 1(1954)153— Anisacaniha drummondiji Benth, Fl. Austral, 5(1870)199.— Seleralaena drummondii ( Benth,)Demin, Bib]Bot. 89( 1921 )624; Ulbrich, Pilfam, ed.Z, 16e(1934)533.
Western Ausieaita, No‘, Burbidge; BRI: Kalyeorlie— W. D. Campbell: PERTH: Bouwlder— J. Drummond: MEL (Plsetype): W. Austrul— W. Y- Vitegeruld: SW S7dhB: Kalyoorlic— RR. elms: PERTH: Coolgardie— N. Kniep: PERTIL: Sandstone.
44b, Bassia drummondii var. hispida (Moore) Anderson, Proc.Linn.S0c.N.5.Wales 48(1923)336,— Anisacautha hispida Moore, J.Linn.Soe. 45( 1920) 190,
WESTERN AUstaanA, N, T, Burbidge 2586, 1897: CANE: Kalgoorli¢— De, Cole 1/7: PERTH: West of Mullewa— M. Cronin: PERTH: Blackwood River-Lake Letroy— WV Vitzzerald: NSW 57465; Kanewna.- J. IT. Maiden: NSW 57435: Kalgoorlie — J. FR. Marvany NSW (tsotype), MEL; Mulline— N.S, Marr; PERTH; Morewa— K, GC, ‘Diller: PERTH: Kurtawang.
SPECIES OF BASSIA IN AUSTRALIA 89 45. Bassia filiformis Ising, spmov.i— Fig. 14.
Suffrutex, villosus, + erectus, ramosidosus. Folia oblancevlata 4-LO mm longa, tennia, = obtusa. Flores axillares, solitarii, Perianthiwn in fructu eylindratum, ca, 1-5 mm Jongumn et Jatum, vix duriusculam; facies anteria cum 2-3 costis longitudinalibus. Spinae 4 (interdum 3), 1-5-5 inm Jongae, plerumqne inaequales, subtiliter seiculares, dehiles, revtae, divergentes, dispositione regulari, glabrae (basi exclusa), Linbus erectus minutus. Basis -+ ovata, obiqua, nee eavata. Stylus glaber vel fore glaber. Semen row vidi,
Honorvecs: TK. Roe; CANB 3357: Queensland, “Warrie”, Nindigully.
Undershrub, villous, + erect; branchcs many, Leayes oblanceolate, 4-10 mm long, thin, + obtuse. Flowers solitary in axil. Fruiting perianth cylindrical, ca. 1% mm long and wide, not much hardened; anterior face with 2-3 longitudinal tibs. Spines 4 (sometimes 3), 1-5% mm long, usually unequal, fincly acicular, weak, straight, divergent, evenly spaced, glabrous except at base. Limb erect, very small, Base + ovate, oblique, not hollowed. Style glabrous or almast so. Seed not seen.
New Soutd Waxes. kK, R. Green; NSW 61594: Wycombe Stn,, 18 miles N. Coonanible.
This species is nearest ta B. euratioides which lias 3-6 finer, much weaker longer spines; perianth with very long villous hairs,
The specific epithet refers to the fine, weak spines,
46, Bassia rarnsayae Willis, Viet.Nat, 73(1957)152— Fig, 22.
_ Vierora. E. Ransay: MEL (holotype): Meridian Road near Benetook, 'N.W, Victoria.— id: NSW 61411: Sandalonz near Mildura.
47. Buassia forrestiana FyM., Fragm. 12(1882)12; FvM,, Ic.Austral.Salsol.Pl. 8 (1891)75; Anderson, Proc.Linn.Sce,N.S.Wales 48(1923)342— — Selerolacnu forrestiana (FvM.)Dormin, Bibl Bot, 89(1921)623-4; Ulbrich, Pilfam. ed.2, 16c(1934)533,
Western AustrAtra. J. Forrest; MEL (holotype): Gascoyne River, 1882,
48. Bassia minuta Ising, sp.noy.— Fig, 6.
Suffrutex; rami tomentosi; ramuli dense foliati fructiferique, Folio -. lanceolata, 4-7 mm longa, acuta, curvata, densa, patida, + villosa, Perianthinm in fructu obconienmn, compressum, ca. 1-5 mim longum, ea. 1°5 mau Tatum villosum; apex planus; omnis facci 1-2 costiis longitudinalibus ornati. Spinae 4, inaequales, rubri, snbulatae; pubescentes, 2 oppo- sitis #-1 mm longis, = horiventalihus, 2 brevioribus ad basimi contiguis. Tinbus erectus, brevissimus, jugiformis. Basis eirenlaris, obliqua, parva, nee cavata, Stylus glaber; rami stigmatic? 2, punicei. Semen verticale; raclicula superior.
Hovoryrus: & T. Blake 12373; BHI 024612; Qneensland. Near Boulia, low stony
ridge with seattered Acacia spp. ete., 24.V11.1936. “Subglaucous annual to 6 inches with tuted stems and uscending branches,"— — [Tsatype; AD 96134037.]
Undershrub; branches tomentose; branchlets with dense Jeaves and fruits. Leaves + lanceolate. 4-7 mm long, acute, curved, dense, spreading, + villous. Fruiting perianth obconie, compressed, ca. 14 mm long, ca. 1% mm wide, villous; summit flat; ribs longitudinal, 1-2 on each face. Spines 4, unequal, red, subulate; pubescent, 2 opposite %-1 mm long + horizontal; 2 close together at base,
Bi —. H. ISING
shorter. Limb ereet, very short, ridge-like. Base circular, oblique, small, not hollowed. Style vlubrous; stigmuati¢ branches 2, pink. Seed vertical; radicle superior,
Qurenscanp, S$. ‘LT. Bhike 15967: AD: “Yelvertoff”, about 40 miles east of Camooweul on stony ridge in Gucalyptus brevifolia, Trindia community. Alt. 342m. “Hoary tiny annual”, 15. Vi146,
Notre. This species is similar to By lanteuspis, which has linear leaves, all spines acioular (usually 3), and eylindvical limb, It also resembles B, glabra which is a glabrouge plant with semiterete leaves, 2 spines, und hollowed buse.
The specific epithet refers to the very small size of the fruiting perianths,
49. Bassia cucullata [sing, sp.mnov— Fig. LL.
Herba glabra; cqulis et rami crassi subtilissime striati, Folia teretia vel anuguste linearia, 6-20 mor longa, ca. 1 mm lata, acuta, glauca, leviter rugosa, irregulariter fexa, ad basim latioru; in axilla pilosa. Flores wxillares solitarii, Perisnthium in fructu cylindricum, ca. 1:5 mim longum, ca. 2:5 mm latum, in ramo finne adfixum. Spinae 4, inaeqnales, acicularces, 2 longissimis acl 20 mm longis, insolite rectiy sursum diversis, 2 brevioribus 1-4 mum Janis. recurvis vel creetis, in basi contiguis. Limbus erectus ca, 1-5 mm lengus, cucullatus, cilians, trans culmen perianthii extendit; + coriaveus, intra Ianatus. Basig + circularis, plerumnque abliqua, nec cavata, saepe expansa. Stylus lanatas, longus, in basi crassus; rami stigmaticl 2, rubri. Semen obliquum harizontale: radiculit superior; utriculus ovarii lanatys,
Ho.oryrus: &. "!, Blake 11376; AD 96204106; Queensland, ‘Tranby, 142°23’E., 22°40/S.. on rugged sandstone ridges, 550-700 ft., with Triodia with or without lancewood. Bushy, rather spreading to 2 feet diam, 1 ft. high; leaves sub-glaucows; fruit sometimes Yedlish, 8V, 1936,
Plant glabrous; stem and branches thick, slightly striate. Leaves terete to narrayw linear, 6-20 mm long, ca. 1 mm wide, acute, glaucous, finely rugose, irregularly bent, wider at base; hairs in axil, Flowers solitary in axil, Fruiting perianth cylindrical, ca. 1$ mm long, ca. 24 wide, firmly attached to branch. Spines 4, unequal, acicular; 2 longest up to 20 mm long, usually straight, diverg- ing upwards, 2. shorter 1-4 mm long, recurved or erect, close together at basc, Limb erect, ca, 14 mm Jong, cucullate, ciliate, extending across summit of perianth, + coriaceous, lanate inside, Base + circular, usually oblique, not hollowed, often expanded, Style Janate, long, thick at base; stigmatic branches 2, red. Seed obliquely horizontal; radicle superior; ovary cel] lanate.
Qurensiann. S. T. Blake 6497: NSW 57373; Woodstock, west of Winton. Very common ou stony Gidgee country. Green bush up to 2 ft,, 29.VI.1934.— id, 6498: NSW 57372, Woadstock, west of Winton; very common on stony Gidgee country. Moré or Joss xpread= inv, rather pale green, reputed to be eaten by stock, 29,VIL1934— BR. Cameron 31; BRI: called by -partarilicts “Gidgee prickly Saltbush”. Good feed, It dies out at about 2 or
3 yeurs old and grows up from seed, [tis a round bunch-like Roley Poley and the stems turn bard, It is very hardy and stands dry weather. 1X,1934.
The specific epithet illustrates the Mrnb which is proniinent and hard. It does nit appuur ta have any close ally in this gems,
50, Bassia recurvicuspis Fitz,, Journ.W.Austral.Nat.Tist Soc, 1( Mayl904 )32; Gardner, En-Pl.Anstral,Oceid. (1931)38; Blackall, W.Austrat. Wildfl, 1(1953 ) 152.— Bassia litoralis Diels, BotJahrb. 35(Dec.1904) 186 fie.24,A-C.— Selerolaene recurvicuspis (Fitzg.)Domin, Bibl. Bot. 89(1921)623— — Selern- bassia litoralis (Diels) Ulbrich, Pflfam, ed.2, 16¢(1934)539 fig. 201 A-C, Wesrenn Auyruaua. W. V. Fitzgerald: PERTIT (holotype), NSW: Nunnine— A. W,
Wale iy PERTIT; Wooleen Take and Boolardy— N, Tl, Speck L079; AB, CANB; Milewra
SPECIES OF BASSIA IN AUSTRALJA 91 51. Bassia blakei Ising, spnoy.— Fig. 2.
Herba ramonsissima, glabra; rami evecti, sibtilissiove striati, Folia linearia, 4-14 mm lunge, 7-2 mm lata, obtusa, irregulariter Alexa; basis latior, margines membranaceis axilluer ubescentes. Flores axillaces solitarii,. Perianthium in fructu urceolatum, ca, 3 mm opvum, ca. 1-5 mm latum, glabrum, muris tenuibus; costae ca. 10, longitndinales; Suckes posterior plana; facies anterior conyexu. Spinue 4, uciculares, elabres; 2 divergentes cn. 3-5 tam longue, + rectae; 1 recurve ca. 3 mm longa; ) + erecta, ca. Lamm longa; 2 spine breviores ad basim rontionae, Limbug incuryus, brevis, ciliatns. Basis oblicgma, vata, eyneava, aliguantum dilata. Stylus glaber vel fere glaber, hasi Aexa vel convahitay yami stigmatic’ 2, punicei, Semen yerticale; radicula superiar.
Honotyrus; S$. T. Blake 123345: AD 96134035: Queensland. Breadalbane, north oof BRectowrie.— [Isatype: BRI,]
Plant much branched, wlabrous; branches + erect, sliglitly striate. Leaves linear, 4-14 mm long, &-1 mm wide, obtuse, irregularly bent; base wider: margins membranous; axils pubescent, Flowers solitary in axils. Fruiting perianth urceolate, ca, 3-4 mm jong, ca, 1k mm wide, glabrous, walls thin; ribs ca, 10, longitudinal; posterior face flat; anterior face convex. Spines 4, acicular, glabrous; 2 divergent ca. 54 mm long, + straight; one recurved ca. 3 mm long: wpe + erect, ca, | mm long; the 2 shorter ones close together at hase. Limb iu- curved, shovt, ciliate. Base oblique, ovate, hollowed, somewhat dilated, Style glabrous or almost so, bent or coiled at base; stigmatic branches 2, pink. Seed vertical; racdicle superior, 1
Note. B, blake is newest ty B, tubata Anders. which has curved, acute Jeatves, elie cries] trniting, perianth and straight style,
This new species iy nanied in honour of Dr. $. T. Blake, Queensland Merbartim, Brishonr.
52. Bassia divaricata (K.Br.)FvM., Cens. 1(1982)30; Fragm. 12(1882)13; FvyM., te Austral Salsol.PL 8(1891),t.77; Black, Trans.Roy.Soc.S.Anstval. 42(1918)171; Black, FLS.Austval, (1924)194; ed.2, (1948)304fig.396; Andersun, Pro, Linn. Soe.N,S.Wales 48(1923)334; Chippendale, Trans.Roy.Soe.S.Austral, 82 (1959)327,— Anisecantha edivaricuta R.Br., Prod. 1(1810)410; Mog. in DC.. Prod, 13/2( 1849) 122; Benth., Fl.Anstral. 5(1870)200 py— Antsacarntha erinacea Mog, in DC,, Prod, 13/2(1549)122.- A. erinaced var. longicuspis I'vM., Fragm. 7( 1869) 14 [“Stokes Range” (specimen not seen)].— Selero- laena divuricata (R.Br,)Domin, Bibl. Bot. 89(1921)624; Ulbrich, Pdfam. ed.2. 16¢ (1934 )533.
Nuw Sourn Wares. Brough and Beadle: SYD: Broken Thll-Towlers Gap— DBD. M. Linning; NE; ibikt— ©, EK, Trgrain 6558» Tage: Bourke — id, 9813: Nyngan-Brewarrina.— EH. Ising: AD96131145; 50 miles N.E. Broken Till- A. Morris 2050: ADW: Horse Lake— id. 78; AD, ADW: Broken Wil— Hidyeon and Vickery: SY: ibid— J. A. Thoropson 128: NE: Wilaannia.
Norris, Texmirony, N. T. Burbidge: GANB 18183: Tanamt.— GG. Chippendale au3.: CANB, NSW: 13 miles E. Pinke.— id. 8051: NT: Burt Flain— J B. Cleland: AD 98019109: Glen Helen.— id.: AD 96019108; Hanns Rgee.-Prowses Gap.— id.; AD 96019107: 50 milns N. Ayers Rock. — — ids: AD 96019110; 15. miles W. Liddles Hill, Angus Dowus. ‘This spect men dillers from B, divarieata in_haying 4-6 spines, two of theny often joined together at che base and borne on a horizontal lobe at the summit of the perianth. A very short spine ix nsually present at the hase of one of the longer ones — &, H. Ising: AD 9@131150; Rodinga.— id.; AD 96131149; 25 miles N.E. Alice Springs.— id.; AD_96131159, 60: Mac- donald Dowus— M, Lazanides 5805: AD, CANB: Lucy Creek Stan.— id. 3855; AD, CANN: Wauchope.- id, 5759: AD, CANB: Deep Well— E_ Reichenbach: AD 9ALS1020: Rodinga.— — R. Swinhonme 332: AD, N'l> Alfee Springs.-- id, 19: Ingr.: ibid.— id 490: NT: LO niles W, Yuencduniu,
Qveenstany, §.'T. Blake 12372, 12375: AD: Boulia.— &l. 11375; AD: Tranby-- S. L. Everist 3209: CANB: Arehmare.— irl, 8947; CANB: Cunnamulla.
42. EB. HM. ISING
Sourm Austracra. RK. Brown; BM (holotype): Inlet XU, South Coast Spencers Guill, 1802— G, H. Clarke: ADW 3200; Anacoora—_ J. B. Cleland: AD 9861-40089: Woomera.— id; AD 95820067; Mt. Chambers— id: AD 95820060; 25 miles N.W. Oodnadatta— _ ict. AD 95820058: Parachiina.— id: AD Tinga Tinguna— BR, L, Crocker: ADW 23016: Yodnapinna.— J. G. Dayiess ADW 3089: ibid,~ Hj, Eichler 12443: AD: Koonanucre.— id. 12547: AD: Charobers Gorge, Flinders Range-- N. Forde 347: CANB; Emu,— ¥, M, Hilton 477, 849: ADW: Yudnapinna.— id. 1409: ADW: Lyndhurst-Avondile.— jd. 1463: ADW: Bellana.— E, H. Ising; AD 96220027, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32; Rvelyn Downs.— jel; AD. 961331158: Moolacloo Sth— ids AD Y6ISII56: Callane.— ich; AD 9BIOI14S: Abminga— id.: AD 96131147: Stirling North— ids ADW 11560- Mt. Burey Stu— M. Koch: PERTH: Mt. Lyndhutst— H, Mintham 12: AD: Lyndhurst— _ B. J. Murray 192: AD: Areoona— id. 443: AD: Carriewerlou.— — T. B. Paliridge: GANB 97933, AD; Koo- namore— FP. A. Perry: CANB 18303: Iran Knoh— RB. Schndde 1118; AD: Koonamore— D. E. Symon; ADW 11466: Ellery Creek— id. 10254. NE: Andamonka-Stoats Wine — P, G. Wilson ‘79: AD: Pt. Augusta-Whyallu.
Wesrmnn Austnaua. N. T. Burbidge 25: PEHTH: Glenom— W, D. Carphell: PERTH: Bowder,— J. S, Johnston; PERTH: Leonora. A. §. George 5575: PERTH: Brockman Ck., Wonguwol Stn— id. 4499: PERTH: 15 miles E. of Layertan— id. A083: PER'NH: Windulda, Lavertan-Warhurton Re.— FE. Merralls MEL; Parkers Range — N. H, Speck 890: CANB: Meckatharra.- id. 733: CANB: Nanuine-- id, 671; CANB: Betrin- arr,
Norr, This species shows some variation in the collections, chiefly in the perianth and spines. The holotype hag av oblong perianth and 4 spines, the shortest spints straight jul often diverging upwards. Some specimens examined have a turbinate or obeonie perigath abeait as Jong as wide; spines may be 3 enly ov 3 with a 4th rudimentiry or very short. Sometimes the short spine iy horizontally curved across the posteriar face af the penanth. The limh, however, appears ta be constantly bent inwurds (inunrved ) and definitely not erect.
53. Bassia longicuspis FyM,, Je Austral,Salsol,PlL 8(1591),t.74; FyM,, Vict.Nat. $(1893)187; Black, Trans.Roy.Soe.S.Austral. 39( 1915 )823, 828; 41(1917)43, 351; Black, Fl.S.Austral, (1924)194; ed.2, (1948)303,fi¢.394; Andersem, Proc. Linn. Soc.N.S.Wules 48(1923)333; Chippendale, Trans,Roy.Soc.S.Austral. 82(1959)327— Anstrobassia longicuspis (FvM.) Ulbrich, Pflfam. ed.2, 16¢ (1934) 532,
New Sour Wares. B. Kenney: MEL (ayntype): Dorling River— A. Moris G91: ADW; Menindic Road— 6. BR. Paterson; NE; Fowlery Gap 7. A. Thonpsew 127: NT: Bymedale, W, Darling:
Nournern Tenrerory. H, Kempe si. MEL (leetotype), NSW: Charlotte Waters.
Queenstanp, J, Bancroft: AD 96309302: Longrench.—_ 8. "T. Blake 11902; AD; biro- manga.— id, 6693; AD, NSW: Bilbah Downs,— §, Lo Everist 3561: GCANB: Whyiint- I, S, Smith 6080; BRL; Whynot Stn., Quilpie
Sourn Austuasia. §, T. Blake 16921: CANB: Hookina. |. B. Cleland: AD 95520066, 96309301: Pedirka.— R. L. Crocker: ADW 4473: Clinders Nange— Hj. Hichler 12993: AD: Arvona Dam, Flinders Range,— FH. Tsing: AD 96131088-9: Pedirka— R. A. Perry 5536; CANK, NSW, N'T: Near De Rose Hill Stn— J. P. Richards: MEL ( synfype); Beltana— 1. Wotherspoon; Laer, 10105: Flinders Range-Lake Eyre. R, Tate: AD 96130021; Mt, Pau'ry,
64. Bassia tetracuspis White, Roy Soc.Queensl, 55(1944)76,
Queunstanp, S,.'T. Blake 5674: NSW: Morven— id. 5863; NSW: Palurdo.-- idl, 7501: AD, BRI: ihid— KE. Bowman: MEAL; Westwoul— S. L. Everist 1738; BRI 010644 (holety) Tah AD: ‘The Oaks, 20 miles W. Tara— id. 2508: CANB: 10 tiles BE, Ernerald.— id, S806: AD, BRI: Cypress Downs— — Hartniann: MEL: ‘loowoomba.— C. E. Hubbard 5041; NSW: Wandosow.— L.A, S. Johnson; NSW 457414) Jondaryan.— — Leiehhardt and Bunce: MEL: Subtropical Eastern Austral— J. Mani: NSW Atala: Chinchilla—_ F. Mueller: MEL: Suttors Rive.— [. A. O'Shanasy: MEL; Fiteroy River— ©, T. White 11305: BRI: Hanusford— ides BE: Wyaga,
SPECIES OF BASSIA IN AUSTRALIA wy
55. Bassia hostilis Diels, Bot Jalirb, 35(1904)185— Sclerolaene hostilis (Diels) Domin, Bibl. Bot. $9(1921)624; Ulbrich, Nat.PAfam. ed.2, 16¢(1934)533.
Westran Austnania, ©, A. Gardier 6298: PERTH (neotype): Mt. Tferhert Tablelane, 15.X.1941. [The holotype (and isotypes, if any} cannot be traced, Jt ds known that Diely Specinens were deposited in Berlin, Germany. Most of them were destroyed in wartime by a fire, It was, therefore, necessary to select a specimen as neatype]— N. ‘I, Burbidge S76: PERTH; Warralung H.5. id, 1209; PERT: Betweon Mt. Edgar Sti. and Marble Bar — id. 1336: PERTH: De Grey River Dist— J. Forrest; MEL: Sherlock and Yule Rivers, belWeen Rocboume and Pt. Hedland, 1878. A. 8, George 481: PERTH: Mirnelubullangana Stn.
Note, Andersen [Proc.LinnSoc, NS. Wules 48(1923)353) mentions that he had seen oa spectuen of B. hastilis, “but,” he says, “Lom nnable to separate it from B, dicaricata (KBr) Pw.M., the features of both species apparently agreepiny in every. particular.” The fruiting prttanths gre different; both have 4 spines, yet B. divaricale has sometimes only 3— CO, A. Gardner [Enum,.Anst.Ovcid, (1930)384 places A. Aostilig ax a synonym of B. diparicata which indicates that he had not seen at that time an inthentic specitien of 8. Yustilis, He collected a specimen of this. latter species later and detecmined it correetly.
56, Bassia eremaea Ising, spwov— Tix, 18— 8. spinosa Mwart and Day,, FIN. Terr, (1917)95,t,12,fie.1-3 (nom. illeg., Intern, Code Bot. Numencl. (1961 )52, Art. 71); Anderson, Prov.Linn.Soc.N.$.Wales 48(1923)350: Chip- pendale, Trans.Roy.Soc.8 Austral. 83( 1860) 199.
Soffrotes, omino cum pilis verticillatis densissime vestitis; caules el rani teretes, crstati. Folie oblanceolate, 5-22 mim Jonga, obtusa, crassa; asilla pilosa. Lerianthiann in troctu & eylindratum, ca. 2 mim Joogin, ca, 2 mm tahun; costae cu. 8, longitudinales: apex obliquus: peraistens, Spinae 5, 3 -+ subuilatue ad basiny conjunelae, spina centrali erecta. ad 8 pam dined, spinis toteralibus civergentibus, cv 3 inn Jotigis; 2 spinae 1-24 mm langae, reenreatae vel reetae. Limbus erectus, ea. Lonm longus, lobis 4, obtusis. dense pilusus. Basis expanya, nee cayata, 2 cireularis, maryo inevassatuy cum 2 tuberculis prominentibus, imbonatis: eudem amplesit. Stylus propo gleber; rani stigmaticl 2, mubri, Semen verticale; radicula SUpPCTIGT.
Tloretyeus: E, Reichenbach: AD 96335001; Bunclooma, N.Tern: 27.01.1553. [ists types; AD 96335002 (Tig. 18).]
Undershrub, very densely clothed with verticillate hairs on whole plant: stems and branches terete, ribbed. Leaves oblanceolate, 5-22 mm long, obtuse, thick, hairs in anil. Fruiting perianth, + cylindrical, ca. 2 mm long, ca. 2 mm wide; ribs va. 8, longitudinal; summit obliqne; very difficult to detach. Spines 5; 3 ol which = subulate, joined together at base, central one crect, up to @ mm long. others diverging ca. 3 mm tong; 2 others L24 mm long, recurved or straight, Limb erect, ca. | mm long, lobes 4, obtuse, densely hairy. Base spreading, nat hollowed, + circular; margm with rib and 2 prominent dome-like tubereles: stem clasping. Style almost glabrous; stigmatic branches 2, red. Seed vertieu}: radicle superior,
Norrnenn. Trnnrrony. GF. Hill 346; MEL (holotype of B. spinosa Ewart and Dav-; monstrous material), AD: Lander Creek. J. B, Cleland: AD 6140087; 25 aniles S$. Alier Springs— id.: AD 96152021- Huasts Bluff, M. Lawarides GL83; CANB, NT: Angas Downs Stu— D. J, Nelson 102: NSW: Mt. Wedge— B.A. Perry 3252: CANB, NT: Alice Springs. BR. Swinhourne 16; Tngr.: ‘emple Bur Creek, 12 miles S. Allee Springs, — id. 208: Ingr.: near Alice Springs. id. S342: NT: Alice Springy— id, 466: NT, Temple Buy Creek.— id. 4872 AD, NT: Alice Springs.— 1, 331; AD, NT: ibid— ide: N'EYO3O, AD: ibid— R. BE. Winkworth 262: CANB, NY: 13 miles SW. Alice Springs — id. 843: CANB, NT: Bast Mt. Wedge.— id, 317: NT: 25 miles W. Haasts BlufF.- AL J. Ware: NSW: Alice Springs,
Soutn Austrauia. J. &. Cleland: AM 95914013: North end vf Munn Nanges,— ‘fy HN, Lothian 1645; AD: Simpson Desert,
Wasrenus Avsrrauea, F, L. Hill 404: ADS Hermite, Monte Bello ts, il: CAN 28004: Hermile, Monte Bello Ts., 12.X11953— oN. H. Speck 979: CANB, PERTH: Lt miles south of Berringatra, Ervemaean Prey.
94 £, HW. ISING
Nore. The original description, in part, of B, spinosa Ewart and Day, is “fmitting perianths connate into a hard inass of ahout 2’ diam.” T have examined isotype material (AD) and cut sections of the “hard mass” and found in it several perianths and irregular tunaelling in which was an empty case or shell of the vacated insect. This is proof zhat the “hard mass” is a monstrous formation, an insect gall, Chippendale |Trans.Roy Soc,S.Austral, 83(1960)199] confirms this. B. spinosa Ewart and Davies was thus described from a mon- strosity, The name, though validly published, must he rejected [Intemn. Code Bat. Nomencet. ed. 1961, Art. 71]. I have, therefore, described this species from normal material (based om wu new type specimen),
The epithet of the neme B. eremaed is descriptive of the iype of country in whieh the species accurs,
57, Bassia clelandii Ising, spsiov.— Fig. 10.
Sullrutex; rami Jeviler costati, dense tomentosi. Folia caulis liveari lancevlata, ad 8 mim longa, ca. 1-45 mm lata, tenuia, obtusa, mucronata, dense hirsuta; folia Horuun + ovata, ca, 2°5 mm longa, ca. 1 myo lata, tennia, dense hirsuta. Flores axillares, solitarii. Stamina 5; filamenta membranaecea, nee latiora in parte inferiore, Perianthium in fructa + ablongim, 2Jobnm, ad basim unilateraliter gibbosum, ca. 8 mm Jongum, ca. 1-5 mm latum: facies +: planantur, cum 3-3 costis debilibus longitndinalibus, Spipac 5, 1-1-5 mm longae. simplices, reworvar, hirsutae, in lobis duobus recurvis productae; bases crassae. contiguac. Limbs erectus, ca. L mm longus, chartaceus, hirsutus. Basis - ovata, leviter obliqua, levifer cavata. Stylus tere glaber; rami stigmatici 2, punicei. Semen verticale: radicula superior.
be Hotes ievk J. B, Cleland: AD 96317117: Northern Territory. 44 miles west of Erlduuads, LVI. Hy
Undershrub; branches finely ribbed, densely tomentose, Leaves: stem, linear-lanceolate, up to § mm long, ca. 14 mm wide, thin, obtuse, mucronute, densely hirsute; floral, + ovate, ca, 2% mm long, ca. 1 mm wide, thin, densely hirsute. Flowers solitary in axil, Stamens 5; Blaments membranous, not wid- ened in lower part. Fruiting perianth + oblong, 2-lobed, unilaterally gibbous al base, ca. 3 mro long, ca. 1% mm wide; faces + flattened with 2-3 weak Jongitu- dinal vibs. Spies 5, 1-14 mm long. simple, recurved, hirsute, produced on 2 recurved lobes; bases thick, clase together. Limb erect, ca. 1 mm long, char- taccous, hirsute, Base = ovate, slightly oblique, slightly hollawed. Style almost glabrous; stigmatic branches 2, pink. Seed vertical; radicle superior.
Noxktaenns Texrmory. R. Swinboutne 30: Inger, NT 9046: T iniley S. Mt. Wedge Stn,
QusENsLAND. R, L. Crocker: NSW 55252: Kaliduwarry Stm., ca, 70 miles N.W, Birds
ville,
WesTenn Ausinatra, R, H. Kuchel 276; Al; Lake Christopher, 60 miles N,W_ Giles— D. K. Symnn 2342: AD, ADW: West end of Hopkins Lake, S. of Sir Frederick Range.
This species is unlike all others in the perianth being divided at the summit into 2 lobes which bear the spines.
Numed in honour of Prot. Sir Joh B, Cleland, Adelaide.
5. Bassia blackiana Ising, Tyans.Roy.Soc.S.Austral, 57(1933)91-2,fig.1-3; Black, Le. 38(1934)176; Black, FLS,Austral, ed.2, (1948)307,fiz.415; Ising, Trans. RuyalSoc.S.Austral. 78(1953)112,
New Sour Waces. 1, A, S$. Johusun 547/102; NSW 18850: Wilcannia (hrst recorel for New. South Wales).
Qurensianp. 8, T. Blake 11969: AD, BRI; Mt, Howitt Str, 80 miles W. Eromangu (fivst record for Queensland),
SouTn Avsrracia, K, H. Ising 8670: AD (holotvpe); ADW, MEL, NSW: Oodnadatta,— id, 3583; AD, ADW: Condiments, 45 miles §. Oadnadatta— id.: AT) 96230178, 96230192 to 962301590; Evelyn Downs.— id.: AD 96230048, 96230180-1: 20 miles E, Evelyn Downs.— ide: Al 30 miles §,W. Oodnadatta-- J. B. Cleland: AD 96309284: 32 miles W. Oocnaclattn.
SPECIES OF BASSLA IN AUSTRALIA oH 59, Bassia albolanata Ising, sp.noy— Fig, 9.
Suffratex; rami densissime albu-lanati, subtilissune costati, Folin linearia 7-18 mm longa, ca. 1 mm lata, tenuia, plana, acuta, villosx, denique prope glabra. Flores 2 axillares. Stamina 5. Perianthiwn in fructu depresso-hemisphaericum, ca. 2-5 mm diam., ca. 1 mmm longum, alboylanatum; apex + planus; costac ca. 5, longitudinales, rubiclae, Spinae, 5 raro 4 vel 6, 1-5-4 mm longas, subulatae, horizontales, inaequales, robidac, albo-lanatae, uno spina plerumque ad apicem dentato et obtuav, Limbus fere absens; lobi 5, Jati. Basis iniuuta, cirularis, non cavata, Styluy lanatus, crassus; rami stigroatici 2. rubidi. Utrieulus ad apicem lanatus, Semen horizantule; radicula daterntis,
Hotoryrus: J. B. Cleland: AD 95820121; South Australia. Between Mungeranie and Cowarie, 17.1X.1956,— — [Isotype: NSW]
Undershrub; branches very densely white lanate, finely ribbed. Leaves linear 7-18 mm long, ca. i mm wide, thin, flat, acute, villous, becoming almost glabrous. Flowers 2 in axils. Stamens 5. Fruiting perianth depressed — hemi- spherical, ca, 24mm dia, ca, 1 mm long, white lanate; summit + flat; rihs ca. 5, longitudinal, dark red. Spines 5, rarely 4 or 6, 14-4 mm long, subulate, hori- zontal, unequal, dark red, white lanute; one usually obtuse and toothed at apex. Limb almost absent; lobes 5 broad. Base very small, circular, not hollowed. Style lanate. thick: stigmatic branches 2, dark red. Utricle lanate at summit. Seed horizontal; radical lateral.
Nore. B, alholanata is near to B. chippendalet Tsing which has less dense indumentuit, solitary llowers, obconic fruiting perianth, acicular spines, and the style with a globulyr Ianute mass In wpper part.
The specific epithet describes the indumentum of the plant.
60, Bassia astrocarpa FyM., Fragm. 12(1882)12; EvM., Second Cens. (1889)31; FvM., Ie.Austral.Salsol.Pl, 7(1891).t.65; Anderson, Proc.Linn.Soc.N.S.Wales 48(1923)320; Gardner, En.P).Austral.Occid. (1931)38— B. astracantha FvM,, Cens, 1(1882)140 (orth,mut.) — [Chenolea astrocarpa FyM., Fragm, 12(1882)12 pro syn.|.— Sclerolaena astrocarpa (FvM.)Domin, Bill, Bot. 89(1921)624: Ulbrich, Plfam.ed.2. 16¢( 1934)533.
Wesrenn AvsrnatrA. N. T. Birhidee 620: PERTI[: Port Hedland (sometimes 2 perianths in the axil)— id. 1379: PERTH: Anna Plains Sti— id. 1308: PERTH: Nalzi Sto. 80 mile Beach (spines very short and obtuse)— id. 5807: CANB; Cowrie Greck, § Pt Hedland, Mrs. Crouch: MEL (holotype). PERTH: Nicol Bay, 1876— W. ¥. Fitz- gerald 115: PERTH: Brocme.—_ id. 96: PERTH; Port Hedland.— id.; PERTH: Goady- goodly — AS. George 3425: PERTH: Mundabullangana Station— A, Morrison: PERTH: Oislow.
61. Bassia densiflora Fitzs., Journ.W-.Austral.Nut.HistSoe, 1(May 1904)31, An- derson, Proc.Linn.Soc.N.S.Wales 48(1923)325; Gardner, En.PlAustral. Occid. (1920)38; Blackall, W.Austral, Wildfl, 1(1954.)158,
Westeny Avstuana. W-. EF. Blackall 364: PERTH: Leonora— N. T. Burbidge 71: WERTH; Glenom.-- J. B. Cleland: NSW 20528: Mullewa— W. V. Fitzgerald; NSW 55949 (leetotype): Gwalia, XL1903,— id.,; NSW 53950; Nannine.— ©, A. Gardner 6103; PERTH; Wandagee, Minilya River— <A. S. George 5511: PERTH: 14 miles E. of Carnegie H.S.— M. Koch: NSW 57303: Cowcowing— D, DB. MacKinnantz: PERTH: Leanora.— J, H. Maiden: NSW 57302: Laverton.— ids; NSW 20529: Cue— N. H. Speck G90: CANB: Mileura HLS.
fi2, Bassia chippendalei Ising, spnov.— Fig. 8. Canles et rami cinereo-«tomentosi, graciles. Folia + linearia, 5-10 mm Jonga, 162 min
lata, basi et apice changuslatur, dense pubescentia, Flores axillaves solitarii: Periantluny ii fructu & obeonicum, ca, 2:5 mo Jongum, dense albo-illosum: Spinwe 3 rectae, aciculares
96 F. H, LSING
diveruentes, debiles, m parte inferiore yillusae; 3 spinae 2-3 1m longac, 2 breviores ad hagim contiguae, Limbus breyis, erectus; lobau obtusae, membranaceae, dense pubescentes, Basis wblonga, + obliqua, leviter expansa, leviter cavata. Stylus in parte inferiore: wlaber, parte siperiore dense albo-lanatus in massa sphaerica; rami sliginatici 3, stylo longtores, tubidi. Semen horizontale; radicula lateralis,
Hey.orypus: G. Chippendale 4210; AD 96314181: Northern Territory. 89 miles SJE. of Granites, “grey perennial herb 1’, common in desert loamy soil?— — [Lsotype: NT]
Stems and branches grey tomentose, slender. Leaves + linear, 5-10 nim long, 12 mm wide, narrowed at hase and summit, obtuse, densely pubescent. Flowers solitary in axil. Fruiting perianth + obconic, ca. 24 mm Jong, densely white villous. Spines 5, straight, acicular, divergent, weak, villous in lower part, three 2-3 mm long, 2 shorter and close together at base. Limb short, erect; lobes obtuse, membranous, densely pubescent. Base oblong, + oblique, slightly expanded, slightly hollow. Style glabrots in lower part; densely Janate- in 2 white spherical mass in upper part; stigmatic branches 3 longer than style, dark red. Seed horizontal, radicle lateral.
Nore. B. chipnendglei resembles B. albolanata Ving whieh has 2. Howers in avil, ane spine obtuse and toothed, perianth ribhed and Nemispherical, style Tanata, all ayer,
Named in honour of the discoverer, Mr. G. M. Chippendale, Botanist, Animal Industry Reauch, Northern Territory Administration, Alice Springs, N,T,
fi3. Bassia ramulosa White, Roy.Soc,Queensland 53(1944)76— Figs. 19 and 21.
QyiuNstawp. Bussingthwaite and Cole 6» BRI (/ilatype), NSW G0286: Banchory, 42 miles W. Clermont.— GC. H. Allen A292: BRI, CANB: Ml. Morris, 75. miles N.W. Charle- ville. 5S. 'l. Blake 9982: AD, BRI: Milray Stn, S.. Pentlaned— S, T., Everist 2131: BRI: BRI, NSW 60287: Blendon, 53 miles N. Blackall— F. Mueller: MEL: Siuttor River.
64. Bassia obconica Ising, sp.nov.— Figs. 20 and 27.
Suffrutex; rami dense tomentosi; costae graciles. Folia linearia; 5-13 aun longa, ca. 1 mm lata, tenuia, obtusa; in basi angustiore; villosa vel pilosy. Perianthium in froetu obeoni- cum, ca. 2mm longum; ca. 4 costae longitudinales; aliquut custarum ex spinis decurrentinm; apex = concayns; pilosum. Spinay 5, inacquales, late diver“entes, aciculares, rectae, parte superiore glabrae; 3 longissimac 6-9 mm longae; 2 brevissimac ud basim contiguae, 1-5-3 mm ongae, cum costa deeurrenti. Limbus rectus. ca. 0-5 mm lengus, chartaceus, ciliatus. Basis ohlonga, obliqua, mee cayate. Stylus glaber; rami stigmatic’ 2-3, pumicei, Semen horizontale; rudiculp superior,
Hotoryeus: C, A, Gardner 6044-5: PERTU: Western Australia, 30-60 miles TEL of Carnarvon, 20.0%.1941, “diffuse, leaves grey-ureen,, fruits pale yellow; lower part of sand- hills”. (The label indicating the locality shows the numher 6044; however, the plant spect- men hits a label with the number 6045 tagecd on.)
Undershrub; branches dense, tomentose; rihs slender. Leaves linear, 5-13 mut long, va, 1 mm wide, thin, obtuse; narrowed at base; villous to pilose. Mruit- ing perianth obconic, ca, 2 mm long: ribs longitudinal, ea. 8, some decurrent from spines; surnmnit + concave; pilose. Spincs 5, unequal, widely diverging, acicular, straight, glabrous in upper part: 3 longest 6-9 mm long; 2 shortest close together al base, 14-3 mm long, with decurrent rib, Limb erect, ca. # mm long, charta- coaus, ciliate, Base oblong, oblique, not hollowed. Style glabrous; stigmatic branches 2-3, pink, Seed horizontal; radicle superior.
Westinn Ausrrauia. G, R, Meadly: PERTH: 55 miles K. of Carnarvon. LOVTT.J997 ‘The specific epithet is given in allusion to the shape of the fruiting perianth.
SPECIES OF BASSIA IN AUSTRALIA OT
fi5, Bassia quinquecuspis (FvM.)FvM., Gens, ini ii Cens. 2(1889)50; Fy M.. Tc. Austral. Salsol.Pl. 8(1891),t.76; Anderson, Proe.Linn Soc.N.S.Wales 48 (1923)341; Black, FIS.Austral, (1924)194; ed.2, (1948)305,fig.406, Ising, Trans,Roy.Sov.$.Austral. 59( 1934 )216; Black, le. 59( 1935 )254; Chippendale, Le. 83(1961)100.— Anisacantha quinquecuspis FvM., Trans, Viel,Lnst, (1855)134; FvM., Hook.J.Bot\KewMise. 8(1856)204— Chenalea quingue- cuspis (FyM.)FvM., Vragm. 10(1876)91— Anisaeantha muricata Moy., Chenop.Monogr.Enum. (1840)84 [non B, muricata (1L.)Aschers.|; Moq, in DC., Pred. 13/2(1849)122; Benth, F).Austral, 5(1870)199.- Selerolaena muricata (Moy.)Domin, Bibl.Bot. 89(1921)623; Ulbrich, Pflfam. ed.2, 16¢ (1934) 533.
New Soutn Wares. J. B. Cleland; AD 96138049; Narratyi.— id) AD 96247200: Menindie— A. Curmingham; MEL: Liverpool Plains,—C, K, Ingram 9853: Ingy.: Foutke.- id. 6479; Ingr: Mullengudgery,— E11, Ising: AD 96018137: Broken Hill.— Leichharde: MEL: Colray Creek,— C. Moore: MEL; Liverpool Plains.— A, Morriy 2052: ADW+ Horse Lake.— F, Mueller: MEL (holotype), Near the junction of the Darling and Murray Rivers, XU.1853,— KE. K. Winterhalder: NE: Mullengudgery,
Nosinran Trrrivony. Jolinson and Chippendales NT 3940; New Crown Stn.
Qurenszanp, W- Barton: WEL, (var. major PVM. nom.nud,); Armuadillo. - 8, T, Blaka 6598: AD: Limgreach— id. 3576: AN: Ciunnamiulla— id, 6530: NSW: Winton.— id. 12085; AD: Windorah,— id. 8027; AD: Minerva,— id. 77A2; AD: Rockhampton— — id, 10475: AD: Goondiwindi-— Ry L. Crocker: NSW: E. Andado, Simpson. Desert Exped.— W. MacGillivray: ADW: Blackall— — C. 'l. White 13058: CANB; Laidley.— ids NSW 60249: Walkunbilla— id.: AD 96112087; Muattaburra.
Sourn Ausikanea. J. B, Cleland: AD 96312118: Pandie Pandie.— RL, Crocker; AD; Diamantina River.— id.: AD 98130142: Andrewilla W. H., 73-km §. Birdsyille— Hi. Eichler 14407; AD: Mannum— id, 13832; AD: Remnark— M, Koch: AD 96130189: Me. Tynd- hurst— Tapp and Robertson 7351; ADW; Murray Bridge.
Victoria, H, 1, Aston 538: AD: Murphy's Lake, Kerang. — &. Greens MEL: Sunbury.
fbb, Bassia quinguecuspis var. lanata Ising, varnov.
Rami Janati. Volia livearia vel anguste oblancenlata, 6-12 amu longa, ca, | om data, obtusa, Janata. Peritothinm in fructu linatum. Spinue 5, in parte infoviare sparse villosne,
Honoryeus: R, A. Perry 5353: CANB 75390; Northern ‘Lerritory. 24 miles south of Barrow Creek Township; [.1X.1955; Hooded depression, possibly sation: “ureyish plant 1 41, high”"— [Tsntypes; NSW 60264, N.T.]
Branches lanate. Leaves linear to narrow oblanceolate, 6-12. mm long, ca. 1 mm wide, obtuse, lanate, Fruiting perianth lanate. Spines 5, sparsely villous in lower part.
Noaruern Tersrrony. G. Chippendale 4778: AD: Boomerang W.H., Lander River, 42 miles N.W, Willowera H,S.— Chippendale and Johnson BO8l: NT: 25 miles N, of Kulgera.- K, Swinhourne 492: NT; 12 miles S. of Stuart Bll Ranyes.— = id. 8032; AD, NT: EZ, of Alice Springs,— id, 21; Ings,: ibid— id. 142 Ingh.: 70 miles SVE. Yuendunn.
Westunnw Ausimatia, W, E. Blackall $59: PERTH: Yandil.— ©, FB. Reockway: PERTH: Sturt Meadows Stn.— N, T. Burbidge 81, 232: PERTH: Clenamm— N. Ef. Spewk 1442, AD, CANB: 36 iniles W. Yelma, Eremaen Prov.— D. E. Symon 23246- AB, ADW: West end of Hopkins Lake, south of Sir Frederick Range.
65c, Bassia quinguecuspis var. semiglabra Ising, var.noy.
Rami tamentosi. Folia superiora + obovata, 2°5-5 mm longs, ca. 2 mm lata, = obtusa, super glabra, infra villosa, ad basim attennata, tenia; inferiora + oblanceolats ca. 10 tn longa, ca. 2 mm lata, obtusa, super wlabra, infra sparse pubescentia, ad basim altenmmata tenia; omnia folia subtiliter rugosa, colore fuseo phimhi.
Hit E, H. ISING
Ionorypus; H. I. Aston 277; MEL: New South Wales, 20 miles north-west of Jerilderie, 98.1111959. “Shrub 4 ft. high x 3 ft. wide, common on open-forest-saltbush plain.”— — [fso- type: AD 95927087.]
Branches tomentose. Lexves: upper, = ubovate, 24-5 mm long, ca. 2 mm wide, + obtuse, glabrous above, villous below, tapering to base, thin; lower, + oblanceolate, va, 10 mm long, ca. 2 mm wide, obtuse, glabrous above, sparsely pubescent below, tapering to base, thin; all leaves finely rugose, dark lead culour.
New Sourn Waxes. L. Abraham: NSW 60256: Cobar.-- J. M. Black: AD 96142083: Coonunble— N. CG. Beadle; SYD: Condobolin.— Beadle and Tupper; SYD: ibid.— J, bh. Cleland: AD 96138046: Warren. CC. K. Ingram $336: Inge: Forbes— id. 3247: Iner.: Bathursti— FE. HH. Ising 2164: AD, NSW 60277; Gimningbland,— id. 2086; NSW 60278: Bogan Gate— H, Lynch: BRI, NSW 60289: Rathurst-- McBarron; SYD: Henty.— McClymant: NE: Moree.- T, W. Mills: NSW 60280; Forbes. E. Officer: NSW 60281; Wanganella— J, O'Reilly: NSW 60254: Boegabri— Shire Clerk: NSW 80281: Horse Shire— FF. Sulman: NSW 60263; Cutharoo— J. W.. Vickery: SYD: Moree — E. HL. Zeck: NSW 60251: Ashley,
QurensLtanp, §. T. Blake 10430: AD: Yelurbon— id. LO886> AD: Roma— id. 10638: AD; Noondoo.— — id, 10529; AD: Kildonan,- ‘SS, L.. Everist 763: BRI: Noondoo Stn.— J: Mann: BRI; Chinchilla-- E, Middletou; BRI: Texas..- Reid; BRI; Mitmenan.- Rh. Roe: BHI: Nindigullu- ©. T. White: AD, BRI: Dalby.
Vietorm, HH. BR. Williamson; NSW 60269; Mildun.— ide: MET: Bendigo.
65d. Bassia quinguecuspis var, villosa ( Benth.) Black, Trans,Roy,Soo.8.Austral. 39(1915)828: Ewart and Tovey, Proc.Roy.Soc.Vicl, n.s., 32(1920)191; An- derson, Proc,Linn,Soc.N.$,Wales 48(1923)341; Black, FILS.Austral, (1924) 194; ed.2 (1948)305; Chippendale, Trans.Roy.Soc.S.Austral, $4(1961)100.— Anisacantha gracilicuspis FvM., Fragm, 2(1861.)170,— —_Anisacantha muri- euta var. villosa Benth., Fi,Austral. 5(1870)199.- Selerolaena muricata var. villasa ( Benth.) Ubrich, Pilfam.ed.2, 16¢(1934)533,
Nuw Soutr Wares. Fo Breskwelle NSW 60252: Gurley— J. Brickner; MET,; Darling and Lachlan Rivers,-- E. Cheel: NSW 60267: Merriwa— E. F. Constable: NSW 5L97. Hay-Balranald.— A. B. Costin: NSW 60290; Couna— A: Cunningham 341: BM: Molles Plains,— id.: MEL: Liverpool Plains— HH. Doust: NSW 80276: Garden — 0.1D.E.; SYD: Flemington-Homebush Bay,— J, W. Hicks: NSW 60282: Youne.— C, K. Ingram: lner,: ooligal— id. 9796: Ingr,; Warren b&, H. Ising 2159, NSW: Bogan Gate.— L.A. 5. Jolngoi; NSW 60258: 15 miles W. Hilston— Jolwson wd Constubles NSW 48554; Rooligal. f. J. MeBarron 4419: NSW: Mulwala— ©, Moores NSW 60253: Namoai Hiver— — id, 644; CANB:; Trangie. A. Morris 1501); ADW, NSW; Moulamein— ie Olfleer; NSW 60260, 60968, MEL: “ara (Wanganeclla).— J. T, Waterhouse: SYD: Cal larenebri-—- H. A. Webb; NSW 60288; Batharst— W. M. Willoughby 51, 93; CANB: Deniliqnin,
Nontuens Tenarrouy, J. B. Cleland: AD 96142091: Maryvale— Kempe 281; MEL Vinke River,
Qukenstanp, §. T. Blake 5164: BRI: Teowoontba-Draytun.— id, 5391: BRT; Charle- ville.— id. 79380; AD: Minerva.— E. Bowman: MEL: E. Australia— oS. L. Mverist 271; BRI; Northampton Downs.— id. 818, 823: BRI; Noondoo Stn., Dirranbandi.- Holland and Gnauck 16: CANB: Mungindi— C. E, Hubbard 5646: BRI. ‘Toolbutra-Rose Hill— F, Mucher; MEL (holotype), AD (fragm.): McKenzie Downs — P. A. O’Shanesy; MBL: Springsire-— N. H. Shaw 318: CANB: Comet-Dingy.— W.E. Wehl: BRI; Surat— C T White: BRI: Dalhy— id. 13058: BRE: Laidley,
Soura Austratta, G. H, Clarke: ADW. AD: Parafield, Abattairs— J}. B. Cleland. AD 96033044: Welliitgton-Meningire— N. Loahmeyer: ADW: Pinnaroa, RK. Stthorlele 798: AD: Morgan.— D. E. Symon 388: ADW:= Ahattoirs,
SPECIES OF BASSIA IN AUSTRALIA 89
Vietora. H. 1. Aston 594: 4D, MEL: Kow Swamp, Gunbower.— A. C. Benuglehole $79: A.C.B.: Kuilkyne— RR. A. Black: MEL: Echnen— J. G. Luehmann: WEL: Swan Hi.— J. Minchin: MEL: Kerang TE. ‘Tl, Muir: A.C.B, 5257: Diniboola— R, M, Reader: AD, MEL: Borong, F.. Robbims; A.C.B. 6267; Rochester— EE, J, Semnicns: MEL; Sedgwick — P. St.John: MEL: Jeparit— J. Vickerys NSW 1978) Euston-Mildura. id.: NSW 2022: Echuea— 1. B. Williamson: MEL: Bendigo— Willis and Beauglehole: ACT. 3256: Chalka Creek.
(6, Bassia birchii RSM Je vM., Cens. 1(1880)80; FyM., Je.Austral.Salsal.Pl. S (1891),t.72; Black, Trans.Roy.Soc,S.Austral, 39(1915)828, 40(1916)60, Black, FI.S.Austral, (1924)191 p.p. ed.2 (1945)306,fig. 412; Anderson, Proc. Linn.Soe,N.S.Wales 48(1923)344, Chippendale, Trans, Roy,Soc.$.Austral, 52 (1959 )327,— Anisacantha birchit FyM., Fragm. 8(1874)163.- Sclerolaena birchii (FvM.) Domin, Brbl. Bot, 89(1921)623.— — Selerolacna muricata vav. birchit (FvyM) Ulbrich, Pflfam, ed.2, 16¢(1934)533.
_ New Sour Wares. E, F. Constalle: NSW 16428: Dubho-Beni— J. W, Groen 2345; NE: 14 miles W. Wartalda— _C. K, Ingram 4471: Inger: Nartabri— id, 65235: Inyr: Boorindal.— A, Morris 1254: ADW: Thorndale. J. W. Sutherland: NSW 61500: Natro- mine-— R, Tupper; SYD: Condcobolin,
Nortnenn Tenrivony. GC. Chippendale 680: ADW: Ayers Rock— id. ‘814; GANB, NT: 12 miles FE. Stokes Yard.— id, 6381; AD, NY: Lake Amadeus.— J. B. Cleland: AD YOUL9150 spines with reflexed barbs: Munulton Downs— M. Lazarides 3992; AD, GANB. NT; 25 miles SSW. Napperby Stn.
Queensnanp. C. W. Birch: MEL. (holotype), BRL: Bowen Downs, 1874— 8, 'V, Blake 6599; AD; Longreach— id. 7572: AD: Doulacca— id, S028: AD: Minerva, - id, 8086: AD: Blair Athol— id, 16719: AD: Narine.- id, 10912: AD: Moryen— id, 11570: AD: Prairie— R. Caralin 639: SYD; Tambe.— W-. R. Coates: AD 96309259: Miles — G. f. Gillespie: AD, CANB 3356: Dirranbandi— Hulluud and Gnanck 1235: GANB; Gil- ruth en W. T. Jones: CANB 36860: Gnoadiwindi,- C. T, White; AD 96309258: Barcaldine.
Sovutn Austnaria, Fo Hunrphris; ADW 5133: Jamestown,
67. Bassia costata Anderson, Proc.Linn.Soc.N.$.Wales 49(1923)347,t.36,fig.D-C; Black, FLS,Austral. (1924)191; ed.2, (1948)307,R¢.414; Chippendale, Trans, Roy.Soc.S.Austral. 82(1959)327— Austrohassia costata (Anders, ) Ulbrich, Pifam. ed.2, 16c(1934)532.
Nox#?nern Texerroxy, Burbidge and Gray 4195: CAND: Undoolya Gap.— GC. -Chippen- dale: 3079; NSW, NT: 15 auiles E, Woodgreen— id. 136L: NSW 61543, NT: Kulewra-- id, 7485: NSW, NE, NT; Alice Springs— ic. 8997: AD, NT: 18 miles N. Alice Springs.— id, 8224; NT: 18 miles W. Delmore Downs— id. 3694; AD, NT: Ammaroo— J. B. Cleland: NSW: Burt Well— id-: AD 96019115: tbhid— ide: AD 8G019114; Mt. Hay.— ices AD AO19112: Mt. Dareen.— id: AD 96019111; Macdonald Downs.— G.. F. Hill: NSW (lecte- type), MEL: 60 miles N,E. Camp 2 (Lander River)— D, J. Nelson 44: AD» Alice Springs.— BR. A. Perry 5219: CANB, NT: Alice Springs— id, 5354; CANB, NT: 24 miles & Barraw Creeki— oN, Sim; AD 961358034; Napperby— RK. Swinbourne 26: Ingr.: Mt, Doreer.— te, 140: Inpr.: Near Ammuroo Stn—_ id. 8, 75: Ingr.: Alice Springs— id, 347; AD, NT: ibil.— TD. E. Symon 69: ADW: 36 Miles TE. Hermannsburg.
Sourn AustRauA. A, §. George 5215> PERTH: 16 miles E. of Mt, Davies, S.A White: AD 96309208: Glen Ferdinand, Musprave Bange.
Westrun Austracra. C. A. Gurdner 11620: PERTH, N.T.: Hamilton Downs— A. S. George 4947: PERTH: Flder Creek, Warhurten Mission— A. Morrisuu: PERTH. Nann- tarra— N. H. Speck 636: PERTH: 30 miles $.E. Belele,
1u0 F, H, ISING
68, Bassia convexula Andersun, Proc.Linn.Soc.N.8.Wales 48(1923)346+.36.fic. A-C; |e, 59(1934)272; Black, FlS.Austral. (1924)191, (1929)684; ed.3, (1948 )306.fig.413; Ising, Trans. Roy.Soc.8.Austral. 82(1959)327— — Austro- bussia convexula (Anders. )Ulbrich, Pfam, ed.2, 16¢(1934)532— Bassia echinopsita [non (FvM,)Py¥M,, Gens, 1(1852)30]FyM., Ic-Austral.Salsol.PI. T(1891) 0.69 pp— — B. birehit [non (FvM.)FvM., Cens, 1(1882)30]F¥M,, et Tate, Trans.Rov.Soc.5.Austral. 16(1896)346,
New Sourn Wares, E. Betche: NSW (lectofype): Warreza River, TXASS5.-- — tel: NSW; Warrego-Paroo Rivers, VUOLI9N.— id: NSW: Girilambone.— CG. K. Ingram: NE- Coovltbah— =A, Morris 548: NSW 20414; Broken Hill, id. 332; NSW 2653/20; ihid.— R, Swinbourne G627; Inger; Byrrock,— id. 9890; inur.: Mt. Oxley.
Nortuenn Terarrory. G. Chippendale 1361; CANB; Kulwera.a— id. 3088: NT: Elkedra W.H.—_ id. 1107; AD, NT; 40 aniles TE. Marts Rew, P.S— id. 2888; NT: Mt. Olwa— ad, 221: NT: Toberniory— id. 7415: AD, NT: ara Creek— id, 2536: AD, NT: Warner Sp, - id, 3461; AD, NT: Harts Range J. B, Cleland: AD 96019035; Deep Well.—— idl.- AD 96019153; Yuendumo— id: G. R. Gramer: ADW 10045» Hermannsburg— BR. L. Grocker: AD 96130034: 75 km N.W. Birdsville.— FB. H, Ising 2704. AD: Horseshoe Bend — id,; AND 96132093: Macdonald Downs— Johnson and Chippendale 3939: CANB, NT: 36 miles KE, New Crown— M, Lazarides 5793; AB, CANB, NTs Aileron.-- R.A. Perry 3496: CANB, NT: Mt, Cavanagh Sin— VR. Swinbourne 494: NV: Mt. Doreen— D. FE. Symun. ADW 11658; 30 imiles E, Ayers Rock.— [t. E. Winkworth 650: CANB, NT: 70 iniles E. Ringwood Stu.
(creNsnann, G. FH. Allen 336; Nk. Riversdale, St, Ceorge— id. 412; CANB: Cuwna- mulla,— S, ‘I. Blake GOS9; AD; Pentland— id. 12090: AD: Windorah— id. WOOL: AT Moryen.— M8, Clemens: AD 96243265: Joricho.- §. T.. Everist 3120; CANB; Dinwwall— id. 2754. CANB: Boatman Sth.— id, 5766; AD, BRI; Thyhungra. - Holland and Gnanek 201; CANB; Bolton-Cuntiarmulla, R. Roe 135, 349: CANB: Gilruth Plains — ©, To White 11710; GANB: Nehine Creek.
Sour Austrauta. E, C. Black: AD 96207105. Granite Downs.-- WN, T. Burhidge; GANB 12628: W. Hawker— J. B, Cleland: AD 95420209; Evarard Hange— id.: AD YEI3209G: Lomkinson Hange,— EF. H. Ising: AD 96226023-4-5, AD 11542; Evelyn Downs,— N, Th Kuchel 344: AD: Piltadi R.H., Mann Range — VOR. N. Lothian 2012; AD: North Flinders Range— TT. B. Paltridge: CANB 3365: Koonamore.— Miss Strer: AD 96309279: Oodnaditta— D. E. Symon 3611: AD, ADW: Piltadi Greck, Munn Ranve— P, G. Wilson 2529; AD: Pilladi R.A. Mann Ranze.
Wustenn Ausrmaria. GC. Chippendale 4546: AD, N'Y: Gileyx— J, B Cleland: AB NGISATOSG: W. Rawlinson Range— A. 5. George 5309: PERTH: 28 aniles N. of Warbnrton Mission,— id, 3994: PERTH: 24 miles BE. of Windilda.— id. 4668: PER'I'H; Beegul, Laver- ton-Warburton Rd-— R, Helms; AD 96138022, PERTH; Great Victorin Desert,
fo, Bussia tubata Anderson, Proc,Linn,Soc.N.S.Wales 48(1923)339,,35, figs. A-C,
New Sout Waxes, BE. Breakwell: NSW (lectotype), AB: Coonamble.— He Mebane NSW. Coonauble.
QOunensrann, §$. TT. Blake 10474; AD: Goodiwindi,
70. Buassia intrieata Anderson, Proc.Laun.Soc.N.$,Wales 48(1923)340,t.35,fir.D-I; Black, FLS.Austral. (1924)193, (1929)684; ed.2 (1948)305, fig. 405; Ising. Trans, Roy,Soc.S.Austral. 57(1933)93; 58(1934)216; Chippendale, Trans, Roy. Sec,S,Austeal, 82(1959)327.— Austrobussia intricata ( Anders.) Ulbrich. PHfam, ed.2, 16e( 1934 )532,
New Sour Wangs. M). Collins: NSW (lectutype); Corona, Barrier Hanges— N.C, Beadle: SYD: 50 miles N. Wentworth,— P.N, and N.C. Beadle: SYD: Wanaxring-Bourke.— ic: SYD: 40 miles W. Wileannia— E. Betche: NSW 61439: Warrevo River— J. B. Clelancl: AT) 96247293; Moorna,— CC. H, Collier; NSW 61438; Milparinka— TD. 1. W. Henderson:
SPECIES OF BASSIA IN AUSTRALIA 101
NSW _ 20440; Quandong.— ©, K, Ingram 6560: Ingr.; Bourke — EF, H, Ising: AD 96131153; 30 miles N.E. Broken Hill— L. A. S. Johnson: NSW 48511: Balranald-Tlatfield.— Johnson and Gonstable: NSW 39988: Mt, Poole-Theldarpa.— id,; NSW 39064, N'C: Winnathee Sti.— inh NSW 614372 Mt. Poule Stn, A. Morris 2291; ADW: Pine Creck.— T. G, B, Osborn: SYD, CANB: Broken Hill.— R, Roe 573; NE: Brewarrina— J, A, ‘Lhompsan 28: NE:
NW, Boolital— E. K. Winterlilder: NE: Wilparinkau— T, M. Whailte 1248: NSW: Bao- ligut.
‘ NoRTHERN ‘l'Fexirons, G, Chippendale 2825: NT, NSW 61447: 21 miles N, Andudo.— id. 2728: AD, CANB, NT: N. Maryvale.— id. 9148: AD, NT: 29 aniles N. Alice Springs.— id. 4948; AD, NT: Hale Kiver— Chippendale and Johnson 5941: NSW, NT: 29 miles W. Andado.— BR. L. Crovker; AD 96120043: 110 km NINAW. Birdsville— id. AD 96129002: 123 km N.W\ Birdswille— K. H. Ising: AD 96131148, 4, 51, 42 Macdonald Sta,.— M. Luarides 6107: GANB, NSW, NT: Tenbury Stw— 2, Swinbourne 24: Ingrs Yamba Stu— id. 443: AD, NT; MeGrath Creek,
OveensLanp, §, I, Blake 11746; AID: Dynever Laken — id, 11836; AD: Nockatiunga— id. 11973; AD: Mt. Hawilt,
Souin Austra, Tl, GC. Andrewartha 8310; ADW; Purple BDowns,— J. Be Cleland: AD 95820051; Etadunna— id; AD 95820052: Woomera, - irks AD 98820056: Caraweena- Lake Crossing. —id.: Ald 95520053; 20 miles W. Qodnadatta— id.: AD 95820054) Mune geranie— ids: AD 96309347; Oodnacatta— id: AD 96300344. Mit, Nerwest— ides AD 94247202: Brauchina, KR. L. Crocker: AD 96129096, 075 kin S.S.W. Birdsville— td.; AD fAG1Z9045: 65 km S$. Blidsvie— jd.; AD 96129047; Lake Letty.— MW, M. Douglas: ADW 23017: Yuduaninna— G.. Gross; AD 8GOI8N7S; Whittata. IM. Hilton 1467: ADW: Beltana— F. A, Istugs ADW 11159: Evelyn Downs— id. 2671-2; AD: Macumlx.. 1 2663; AD: Wanginnna.— id. 2874, 2883, 9695; AD, AD 96131150: Pedirka— — tel: AD 96309346: Cordtllo Downs, id; AD 96314180: Mr. Harry Sln— MM. Koch 119 pp. NSW: Mt. Lyndhurst.— id. 367: NSW: ibid— EB. EF. Lord: AD 96207163: Oodinadatta,— A, Morris 635; ADW, NSW: Pinnacles-Cockburn-Mutooma.— id.; AD 96309345, NS\W 61446; Bovleoomatta— B. J. Morray 103: AD: Arcoma— L. Repse; AD 96131119. 20, 23;
Mionie Dewns,— Ti, Spencer: NSW 61442: Lake Myre fF. G. O. Tepper 236: ADs Lake Eyvre.— KK. Tate: AD 96120042: Warburton River and Mt. Norwest.
Nore. For RB. fatricate var. hirsute Black see chapter “Tosulliciently Known ‘Taxi, Wo, 83.
TI. Bassta jobnsonii Ising, spanov.— Fig, 1,
Sufrutes, dense tntricdtus, wlaber vel fere glaber, Rami a costwtii Folia teretia, com- ptessu, 3-10 mim longa. ea. 1 mm lata, obtusa; basis leviler angastatur. axa pilosa, Peri- anthiam in trivetu cylindsatum, ca. 2mm longum, apice convexo, ad basin: afin: glabeun. Spinue 35, 3 longissimis 3-7 mm longue, late separate, 2 ad businy contiguae 24 ia, Jona: ariculores, rectoy vel eurvalae, + horizontules, Linikus tacurvns, brevissiinas, efintas. Basis oblonga, Jevilur obliqua, nec cavata. Stwhis glabers cami stigmatiod 2, tubri Semen lori- ccintale; radienta superior.
Tlaovvrus; G, Clippyndiule and lL. AWS. Johnsou NT Sud0; NSW @0255: 36-2 mviles ki, of New Crown ILS., 12.X.1987; “Dwarf shrib te 1 fe Comman in sed sandy flat.” Hsotypes; AD, CANB, MEL]
Undershiub, densely intricate, glabrous or almost so, Branches + ribbed. Leaves terate, compressed, 3-10 mim long, ea. | rm wide, ohtuse; base slightly narrowed; huirs: in axil, Fruiting perianth cylindrical, ca, 2 mm long, summit cunvex, basally attached; glabrous. Spines 5, 3 longest 3-7 mm long, widely separated, 2 closé Logetber at base 2-4 mm lang: aciendar, straight or curved, + horizontal. Limb incurved, very short, ciliate. Base +> oblong, slightly oblique, not hollowed. Style glabrous; stigmatic branches 2, red. Seed hori- zuntal; radicle superior.
Nonrnens, Timurroay. G. Chippendale 4676: NT: 4 miles Nv of Connors Well, 22.V 1. 1958, Herbaecous, L ft, rare, in deep red sand— id. 4651; GANB, NSW 40239, NT; 26 tiles EF) Armatreng River— J. Bo Clolands AD 96309275; Maryyale— id. AD YGOLY1T9: Mitkdleton Ponds. - id.: AD 96120004: Mt, Wedge Stn— R. Ty. Crocker AD 96130145. NSW 60241; RB. Andado Stu— A, 8. George 5115: PERTH: 22 miles W. of Vietory Downs Hs— E. HU. Ising. AD 96312117: Buodoona— KH. Ho Kichcl: AD 96242151: 300 miles
LOZ E. H. ISING
W. Kulvera— M. Lavaricdes 6082; AD, BRI, CANB, NT, NSW 60240; 35 miles BE. Napperby stn, -E, Reichenbach: AD 96030102: Bundoomma.— RK. Swinhourne: Ingn; 5, Mt Wedye Stn— id.: NT 8401: 5, Mt. Wedge Shi.
Onrensianp. S. T. Blake 12051: AD: tlammond Downs.
Seune AusTaauia. F.C Black: AD 96207106: 20 miley N. Everard Kange.— N. Forde ain. CANB: 12 miles S.Emu— #. J) Ising 2885, 2892-3: AD: Pedirki.
Wesrern Ausinaia. A. $, George 4934; PERTH: Near Giles Ck, E, of Giles Met. Strn— D. E. Svinon 2361; AD, ADW: 10 miles S. of west encl of Hopkins Lake.
Named in honour af Mr, La Ay 8S. Johnson, National Herbarium of N.S, Wales, Sydaey,
72. Bassia calearata Ising, spnov— Fig. 25.
Suflrutex; muni costati, pilosi, Folia + teretin, 6-14 yun Ionga, ad 1 mm ata, obtuss, liirgnty, Lenutiter tugesa; basis latior, tenuis; axilla cium pilis ornuta. Flores axillares solitarti, Perinythinm in fructu oblongnm, ca, 2-3 aim longuin, ca. 2 min lau, pilosin costae ct. 5, longitucinales, suleis alternatae: apex leviter concavus. Spinae 6, plernque 1-2 mm longae verticules vel horizontales, rectae vel recurvae. pungentes, glabrae; plermqne 2 spinay a basi contiguae, divergents. Limbus erectus, ea. 1 mim Jongus, chartaceus, ciliatux. Basis = rircularis, obliqua, leviter cavata; plerumque cum calearibus duobus ornatis. Styhis glaber, Timi stigmatic? 2, punicei. Semen verticale; radicula superior.
Fidporyrcs: E. H. Tsing: AD 96226146; South Australia, Oorlwadatta, 20-VILL1955.
Undershrub; branches ribbed, pilose, Leaves + terete, 6-14 mm long, ca. 1 mim wide or less, obtuse, hirsute, finely ruguse; base widened, thin; hairs in axil, Flowers solitary in axil, Fruiting periunth oblong, ca, 24 mm long, ca. 2 mn wide. pilose: ribs ca, 3, longitudinal, alternating with grooves; summit slightly cincive. Spines 6, usually 1-2 mm long, vertical to horizontal, straight to re- curved, pungent, plabrous usually 2 clase together at base, divergent. Limb erect, ca, 1 mm long, chartaccous, ciliate. Base * circular, oblique, slightly hollowed: spurs usually present, 2. Style wlahrous; stigmatic branches 2, pink. Seed vertical; radieul superior.
Anisacantha echinopsila [non FyM.]FwM., Fragm. 7(1869)14 (nom, ileg-) ts t0 Balandoul River and Darling River specimens [excluding Bogan River speci- men (net scen) and Suttor River specimen which is Bassia anisacanthoides (FyvM_)Anders.]; Benth,, Fl.Austral, §(1870)201 us to deser. [excluding Desert of Suttur specimen|— Chenolea echinopsila [non (FvM.)FvM.] FvM.. Fragm. LO( 1876)92 as to descr. [specimens cited not seen]; FvM,, leonAnstral.Salsol-PI 7(1891).t.69 Fig. 6 4th and Sth drawings, Fig. 7 right hand drawing, Anderson, Proc. Lint Soc.N.S.Wales 48(1925)336; Black. FiS.Austral. (1929)684; ed.2 (1948 )305, Fig, 404 right hand drawing.
New Sourn Waves. B, Ament: NSW: Nynuan— L. Abraliam: NSW; Louth— N, C. Healle: SYD: Brewarrinn.— E. Betehe: NSW, MEL; Warrego River.— id, 114: MEL, NSW: Near Bourke. J. L. Boorman; NSW: Burren June,— N, T, Burbidge: CANB: Bourke-Brewarrina.— oN. A. Burges: SYD: Tibouburra.— Carron: NSW: Namoi River,— A. and TD. Carson: MEL: Namoi River-— FF. FP. Constable: NSW: Bourke.— M. J, Collins: SYM: Paroo River,— W. Collins; NSW: Moneulta,— 'T, Cotter: MEL: Camiaroo, Hungerford, Paran,— GG. 8. Couch: NSW: Tibooburra.-- J. Dallachy: MET: Darling River Desert — OD: SYD: Flemington-Homebush Bay— A.V. Giblin; SY; Gerongra Sta — _Clentiel)| Vet. Res, Sins NSW; Moree.— D. L, W. Tlenderson 361: NSW: Lower Trans. Darlingi— id.- NSW: Willotia Sur— Heory; MEL, NSW: Warrego Riven—_ C, K, Ingram 6559: Ine: Burke ida Ingr.; Louth.— id. 9898: logr.s Mt. Oxley— — Johrison and Constable. NSW 38812; Winnathes Stn— L. A. S. Johnson: NSW? Lake Memindee.- H.W, Looker- MEI: Balandoo! River— J, H, Maiden; NSW: Tourke.— Matcdenu and Boorman; NSW: Nyngan— A, W. Mulkm: NSW: Quantambone, Brewarrina,- A. Morris 1058: ADW, NSW: Wileaimnia— Miss Salmen: NSW; Cutharoa— J. 8 Webh: NSW: Colwoa River— A. Woelel; MEL: Upper Darling River.
NoaTarean TeKRLOHY, Johnson and Chippeudule 3928; CANB, NY: 13 miles EO Finke,— M, Lozarides 5946: AD, NT: Huckitta Sin— AL Swinboene 2: Tige.: 32 miles N, Alice Springs.— id, 442: AD, NT: McGrath Creek.
SPECIES OF BASSTA IN AUSTRALIA 103
Querwsnanp, S, ‘I. Blake 5932: NSW: Charleville— id. 6504; AD, NSW: Wond- slock.— id. 5915: NSW: Dalby.—_ id. 6563; AD, NSW: Dar— id. 4531: NSW: Winton.— id. 6695: NSW: Bilbah Downs.— idl. G5U6-7: NSW: Longreach, id. 6471: NSW: Boulia.— id, 5565; AD, NSW; Cunnamulla— id. A664; NSW: Isisford.— id. 10547: AD: Noondoo.— fi. Bowman: MEL: Crocodile Creck; thiy specimen is labelled by Fo Mueller “Anisacantha echinopsila FvM, var.” Tt has sometimes the young shoots villous and this is possibly the “var.” ment by him. The original diagnosis by Mueller (Trans.Phil.Tnst, Viel, 2(1858)78) describes the plant as “glabrous”, There are hairy forms of this species as noted by Anderson [Proo,Linn.Sac.N.$.Wales 48(1923)330)— id.; WEL: McKenzie River, 1871-— GC. L, Davies; CANB 3575; Noondoo.— itl: CANB 3377; GS. QOueensland.— S$. L. Everist 6257; BRI 6267, AD: ‘Thylungya— HH. Hecker 6659: AD: Longreach.— W. D, Francis: NSW: Blackwater,—_ Holland and Cnauck 1073; CANA: Near Mungiodii— Hubbard and Winders 6240: BAT: Curragh Sta,— S$. Jobnson: MBL: Gilbert-Cape River— K, Kennedy: NSW: Langreach— Gy Luehmann: MEL: N.E. Queenskind.— 8, S. Moore: MEL: Bulog River.— F. Mueller: NSW: Tockhamplon— O'’Shanesy: MEL, NSW: Rockhampton— RB. Hoe, C.H.A. 721: CANB, NE: Gilruth Plains— id, C:ANB 3376, 3378: Warrie, Moonie Rivern— id: CANB 3579: Warric, Nindigully— id. 320-1: CANB: Gilruath Plains.— Spencers MEL: Yuppunya.— D. Stibhard: BRI: Barealdine— W. Willuugliby; CANB 3405: Balogna.
Sourn Avsrrana, £, Hi Ising: ALD 98220454, ADW: Oodnadatta— — id, 2886; ADs Porirka, id, 2667; AD: Neules River, Oodnadatlu— L. Reeser AD 96140126. 96301019: Minnie Dowzis.
73, Bassia murrayae Ising, SRN Fig. 24— B, echinopsila [non (ivM.) FvM,] Black, FLS.Austral. ed,2(1948 )305,fi¢.404 left-hand drawing,
Rinni pilosi. Toha semiteretia, 5-10 mm longa, + acuta, pilosa, curvala: pars infovley Hana, latior, maryinibus membrinaceis; in axilla piluxa. Perianthium am (role & arceo- ea et. 3 mm tong, ca. 2 mm latam, glabrum; costae ca, 10, lomeitudinules; apex con eavus, Spinge 6, 1-2 mm Jongac, lanceolatac, — acutas, erectac, temies, 2-4 I panibus versus hasem conjunetie. Linhus aeetus, brevissimus, ciliatis, Basix plevumygue cireuluris, obliqua, loviter cayata, Stylus glaher: rami slivmutici 2. Semen non vidi, proahabiliter horizontale,
HoLoryris: B. J. Murray: AD YA301020: South Australia. Areoona, ween ef Take Torrens, IX,1927 (Herb. J. M. Black),
Branches pilose, Leaves semiterete, 3-10 wm long, + acute, pilose, curved; liver part flat, widened, margins membranous; pilose in axil, Fruiting perianth = urecolate, ca, 3 mm Jong, ca. 2 mm broad, glabrous; ribs ea. 10, lonitudinal: summit concave. Spines 6, 1-2 mm long, lanceolate, + acute, erect, thin, 12 pars united towards hase. Limb erect. very short, ciliate, Base usually circular, Oblique, slightly hulluwved. Style aluhrous; stigmittic branches 2. Seed not secn, probably horizontal.
The species ix quae to B. calvarate ty whielr both Black wid Anderson referred thas phint, &. caleerute, however, has an oblong finiting perianth coustrieted in the middle all
ribs prominent, spinex aviculur, some spreading, 2 close together at base: base wilh spreading spurs.
This Spewies 6) muned in honaur of the late Mixs 3. J. Murray, who eolleeted the HYeuies ura district af whick she mvestigatecdt the fora and vewetation thoroighly,
74, Bassia anisacanthoides (FvM.)Anderson, Proc.Linn-Soc.N.S.Wales 48(1923) 330; White. Roy.Soe.Queens), 60(1944)74— Lehinopsilon anisacanthoides FyM., Trans.Phil Inst, Vict. 2(1858)76.— Anisacantha brevicuspis FvM,. Fragorm. 4(1864)150, FvM., Fragm, 7(1869)14— Anisacantha echinopsila FyM.. Frag. 7(1869)14. nom. illeg. hased on Behinopsilon anisucanthoides excluding specimens Halandool, Bogan and Darling Rivers; Benth. FI. Austral. 3(1870)201 excl, descr. but ancl. Desert of Suttor; Bailey, Quverst, Fi. 4( 19011260 oxel. déser., and Crocodile Creek and Rockhampton; FvM.. Te, Austral. Salsol.Pl, 7(1891).t-89, probably Fig. 2 and left-hand drawing of Fig, 6; Builey, Compr.Cat.Qucensl.Pl. (1913)409.— Threlkeldia brevicuspis
Ina E. H. ISING
| FvM,)FvM. ex Benth, FlAustral. 5(1870)198; Bailey, Queens). FI. 4(1901) 124); Bailey, Compr-Cat.QueensLPl. (1913)409— Chenolea echinapsila (FyM.)FvM., Fragm. 10(1876)92 excl. descr. (specimen not seen).— Bassia echinopsila (PVM_.)FvM_, Cens. (1882)30 p.p; FvM,, Fragm, 12( Dec, 1882) 33 (specimen not seen), FvM., Key Vict.Pl. 2(1855)16— Bassia brevicuspis (FvM,)FwM., Cens. (1882)30; FyM., Second Cens. (1889)52; FyM., Ic, Anstral,Salsol,Pl. 7(1991),t.67 (excluding 4th fig. No. 7); Maid. and Betche. Cens.N.S.WalesPl, (1916)69.— Selerolaena anisacanthoides (FvM )Domin, Bibl. Bot. 89(1921)624; Ulbrich in Engler and Prantl, Nat.Pilfam. ed.2, 16c (1934)533— Coilocarpus breniguspis (FvM.)Domin, Bibl.Bot, $9(1921) 625 [vide FvM.,, Fragm. 8(1873)38).
New Sours Wares. N. G. Beadle: SYD: Broken Hilh— KK, W, Gondou; NSW 5386-7; Condobolin— CG. W. E, Moore 351; CANB,: Trangie— A. Morris 717: AD, ADW, BRE, NSW 531438— J]. T. Waterhouse: SYD; Collarenibri.
QuRENSLAND, W. Barton; NSW 53393: Armadilla— Bassingthwaite and Cole 11: BRI 024753: Darr— C.W, Birch: MEL: Thomson River—_ 5, 'T, Blake 6694: AD, BRI; Enunet, Bilbah Downs— id. 11469; AD: frensham— id. LO718$: AD: Dirrunhandi— id. 11972: AD; Mt. Howitt— ipl. 5507: AD, BRL: Cummanulla— id, 11674; AD: Richmond— id. 104746: AD: Goondiwindi, id, 7575; AD: Dalacea— id. 6640: BRI, NSW 53389; Long- reach-Anillulah— id. 6933: NSW 53390; Mimerva.— id, 6260: AD, BRI, NSW 53391- Huvhenden— id. 6564: AD, BRI, NSW 53302: Darr. id. 6487: BRI: East of Boulia. Bowman; MEL: Peak Downs— (EL?) Bowinan 267: MEL (holotype) of Antsacantha brevi- cuspis (FyM.): Cape River— M. 8S, Clemens: BRI: Jericho. K. Domin: PR: Flinders River, Hughenden ind between Longreach and Winton.— $, L. Everist 757: BRI: Nooncdan Stu, Dirranbandi— id. 13804: BRI: Athel— id, 2022: BRI; Malvern Hills,~ id. 1933: BRI: Blackall— il, 6254: BRI, AD: Thyhmgra— N.C. Ford 3524: NSW 53386: Tiree Str.— Hobbard and Winders 7235; BRI: Bundoran.— W-. MacGillivray: ADW (Ferb, A, Morris}: Blackall FF, Muellerys MEL (hototyne) Suttor River.- KR. Rae: CANE 30417: Warrie, Nindigully.— ids CANB 3248: Bulayna, Moouie Biven— F, Spencer; MEL; ‘Thar- womdnda — ©. 'T, White: BRT: Quilpie — ide: BRI, NSW 53398: Tower EL— id.: BRL. NSW 3334: Dalby— id: BRI: Wallumbilla,
Note. I have examined Dovtin’s specimens which he quoted when he described the venus Coilocarpus. “hey avrec in all detily with B. drdsacantholdes, the type spectinen of which 1 glso investigated, Coilocurpus is hased on Anisacantha brevicuspis T¥M., a taxonomic syoumyrn of B, anisacanthoides (Fy¥M) Anderson, ‘Che two superposerl cavities al the Sruit ave apparently the main “diagnostic” features of Dontin’s werns. on characteristie of all the epecies of Bassia with the deeply hollewed base of the fruiting peranth,
The lower cavity of the fruiting perivoth is the larger wien the ovary is fertile; il then has a dare basal opening to he seen when detached from the stem. Tf the lruiting perianth ts intertile the lower cavity in much sonller or absent and it has ne basal opening. The upper cavity cootaing the seed,
75. Bassia urceolata lsing, spnov.— Fig. 12.
Ruani yvraciles, glahbri. Folla lineana, 4-6 non longa, ca, 1 mim data, abbtisa, tenia, glabra, aed businy angustiora. Perianthiuns in fruct: urewolatim. ca. 2 nm longum latumque, Jeviter indarata, glabrum; 5 alae obtusae prominentes Jongitucinales ab spims decurrentes; plerumque una costa debilis alis alternatis, Spinae 6, 0-°5-1-5 mm longac, ohtusac, crassae, rectae, glabrac, duobus cuntiguis super appendicem erectam, Limbus erectus, brevis, char- taceus, ciliatus, Basiy + circularis, ohliqua, profunde cavata, leviter dilata. Stylus shiber: rari stigmatic? 2, rubri. Semen hoerizontale: radicula superior,
Hototyrus: BR, E. Winkworth 382: NT: Northern Territory. 10 vniles cast of Mt: Wedye H,S., [-V1I.1954; “small shnib, 6 inches tall; Hesby leaves; associated with Atviples on drainige flats along mountain range *
Brandes slender, glabrous. eaves linear, 4-6 mm long, ca. 1 mm wide, obtuse, thin, glabrous, narrowed at base. Fruiting perianth urecolate, ca. 2 1mm Jong and wide, slightly hardened, glabrous; 5 obtuse prominent IJongitudinal
SPECIES OF BASSIA IN AUSTRALIA 105
wings decurrent from the spines, usually one weak rib alternating with wings. Spines 6, 4-14 mm long, obtuse, thick, erect, glabrous, 2 close together on an erect appendage. Limb erect, short, chartaceous, ciliate. Base = circular, oblique, deeply hollowed, slightly dilated. Style glabrous; stigmatie branches 2. red. Seed horizontal; radicle superior,
NoxtHern Tesnitory. R. Swinbourne; NT 9047; 9 iniles cast of Mt. Wedge ILS., 18.X.1961; “approximately & inches high straggling succulent herb, an very saline soil with
Arthvoenemuin sp. -» Chippendale and Johmsan: NT 3984, AD: 25-8 miles north of Kualgera: J4AA.19ST: sneculent wreen herb 6 to 9 inches; fruit green; rare: in red clayey soll,
76. Bassia microcarpa Anderson, Proc.Linn,Soc.N8.Wales 48(1923)348,
Wrstenn Avstnanm. A, McGregor: NSW 20515 (holotype}: Poison Creck via Leonora.
77. Bassia clavata Ising, spnov— Fig. 17,
Rami tamentosi, Folia clavata, 1-52-35 mm longa, obtusa, hispida, sulstiliter rugosa; basis coangustior, tenuis, Flores axillares Solitarii. Perianthium in fructu + turbinatuin, ca. 2mm longum, ca, 2-5 mm latum, pubescens; apey planus; costa ab spinis duobus brevis. simibus decurrens, tenuis. Spinne 6, aciculares, glubrae, divergentes: 4 longisshnae, 3-3 im tongae; 2 hrevissimae 1-1-5 mn longae, ad basin eontitaae, Limbns minimis, erectis, Basis + cireularis, ca. 1 ram diam, leviter cayata. Stylus pilosus: rarai stigmatic? 2, rubri: Semen horizantale; fadienla lateralis,
Ho.oryevs: For Ranger Day: PERTH: W.A., Southern Cross. Angust, 1902.
Branches tomentose, Leaves clavate, 142% mm long, obtuse, hispid, finely cugose: base narrowed, thin, Flowers solitary in axil, Fruiting perianth + tur- hinate, ca. 2 mm long. ca. 2% mm wide, pubesvent: summit flat: rib, decurrent from 2 shortest spines, slender. Spines 6, acicular, glabrous, divergent; 4 longest 3-5 mm long; 2 shortest 1-18 mm long, close togetlier ut hase. Limb very small, erect, Base + circular, ca. 1 mm dia., slightly hollawed. Style pilose; stigmatic branches 3, red. Seed horizontal; radicle + lateral.
5. clavate is similar ta B. parviflora Anderson which has horizontal, shorter pines, linvar-clavate longer (to 12 mm) leaves, sleride: branchlets, and glabrous style: und ta B. convertla Anderson which has villous, linewr-clavute (5-10 ram Jon) leaves, - globular to turbinate perianth, convex at summit, 3, rarely 6, spines, and glabrous style.
The specific epithet refers to the shape of the leaves.
7%. Bassia parviflora Anderson, Proc.Linn.Soc.N.S.Wales 48(1923)347,1,36,fx, H-L; Black, FlS.Austral, (1924)191; ed.2 (1948 )306,fig.410; Austrobassia parviflora ( Anders.) Ulbrich, PAfam, ed.2, 16¢( 1934 )532,
New Sourer Wares. J. Minchin: NSW: Darling and Murray Rivers junelion.— F, Mueller: NSW: Darling River, Victorian Expedition.— ‘Tucker; NSW: Lachlan River.
Queensiann. §. T, Blake 10794: BRI; Miltonise Stn, St. Ceoree.— G. H, Allen 936: GANB: St, George.
Sourn AusTRALIA. J. M. Black: AD 96216278; Minnipa.— id.: AD 96216282, Mal- booma.— Hj. Kighler 187493: AD: Monash.— NN. Forde 441: GANB; 16 miles S. Emin— D. W. Gande; ADW 4917: Malbooma-— EK. H. Ising 1275: AD, ADW: Ooldea— 1D. By Symon 1069; NE: Coober Pedy— P. G. Wilson 537: AD: Gawler Rane:
Vicroma. A.C. Beaugichole 961. 3249; A,C.B.: Knlkyne Nat. Park,— H. B: Williamson: AD 96216284: Onyen.— id.: AD 96216280: Murrayville.
Western Austrauia. Young: MEL (leetotype), NSW; Victoria Sprmgs— A. 3, George 4102: PERTH: 22 miles $.6. of Windulda.— id. 5540: PERTID: 2 riley E. af Gar- negie H.S., spines wide anc flat downwards— BR. Nelms: AD 96738050: Victoria Desert,— Anonym: NSW: Doodlakine,
106 i. TL ISING
79%. Bassia cornishiana I'yM., Austral. Chem.Drugg, (1885), repr.(orig.n.v.); Fy M., Bot. Centralbl. 26(1886)225; Black, Trans, Roy.Soc.S.Austral, 39(1915)828 in obs.; Anderson, Proc.Linn,Soc.N.S,Wales 48(1923)343; Black, FlS.Austral, ed.2 (1948)306,fig.411; Chippendale, Trans.Roy.Soc.S.Austral. 82(1959) 337.— [Chenolew cornishiana FvyM., Bot.Centralbl.. 26(1886)228 pro. sy, FyM., Trans.Roy.Suc.S,Austral. 9( 1887 )213 nom.nud.].— Bassia birchit [non (FvM.)FyM., Cens, 1(1652)30] Black. FLS Austral. (1924)191 p.p.
NortHern Terartory, G. Chippendale 680: NSW, NT» Ayers Rock.— id. 2091: NSW, NT: Hamilton Downs,— id. 1106: AD, CANB, NT; 40 miles E. Harts Range,- id. 2496; NT: Ooratipra H.S— id. 305; AD, CANB, NT: Argadarguda H.S.— id. 2969: NT: 38 tiles $.W.. Tobermory.— id. 5595; AD, NT: Tanami.— id. 5682: AD, NT: 53 miles N.E. ‘Vanami— id. 7019; AD, NT; 21 miles N.B, Banka Banka,— id. 3695; AD, NT: 25 miles E. Woodgreen.-- ], B. Cleland: AD 96019155; Mt, Doreen id: AD 96019172, NSW 61485; Finke— ids: AD 96019153: Thomsons R.H.— id,: AD 96019152: Mt. Eclipse — id,; AD 96019157: 50 miles NF. Avers Kock,— id,; AD 96019171: Yuendumu— id; AD 96019147: Mt. Liebig,- G. R. Cramer: ADW 10046; Hermannsburg.— Horn Expedition. NSW: Ilpilla— M. Lazarides 5789: AD, CANB, NT: Aileron.— ‘T. R. N. Lothian 284; AD: Narwietoona— C.J. Mulhearn 885: NT: Banka Stn.— D. J. Nelson 63: AD: 21 miles W. Tobermory, RB. A. Perty 543: CANH, NT; Tennant Creek,— KH. Swinbourne 6; Ingr.: Burt Plain— 0D, BE. Symon 72: ADW: Heubury-Curtin Sp.— id.; AD W11580: Mt. Olga.— R. FE. Winkworth 310: CANB, NT: Derwond H,S,
Qvrews.anp. ‘S. T. Blake 5476: NSW: Earlstonn.— id. 17930: CANB: Barclay Dawny.— id, 12036: AD: Keeroungooloo— id. 12089; AD: Windorah.— id. 12563: AD: Wyaabu— id, 11884; AD: Mt. Margaret Stu— id, 12400: AD: Dajarra— W,_H. Cornish: MEL (holotype), AD 96309236; Near Field River and boundary of Queensl, and S,Austral— §. L, Everist 8880: CANB: E. Windorah— M. Lazarides 4384: CANB, NSW, NT: Mt, Isa.— R. A, Perry 4041; CANB, NT; Dajarra.
Westrnn AustiAura. i M. Rermett 222: PERTH: Carnegie Sta,- id. 43; PERTH: Wongawal.— 1. B. Cleland: Al) 96131055; S, Rawlinson Ranye— <A. S. George 977; PERTH; 92 miles N. Mundiwindi— id, 3530; PERTH: Millstream Station — id. A794: PERTH; Cavimach Rance; A. Stewart: PERTH: Rey Fill.
INSUYFICIENTLY KNOWN “TAXA
80. Bassia sp. aff. B. brachyptera (FyM.)Anders—E, M. Packe; NSW 35253; Sandalong Golf Links, ca. 14 miles east of Mildura, Victoria, 29.1X.1949.— The only specimen I have so far scen is a branch ca. 9 om long with several short branchlets and a few flawers and perianths. ‘This specimen has. branches and leaves sparsely pubescent; Ieaves 5-8 min long; spines straight, one more obtuse arid longer than the others; base shallow, areole thin. Although the dif- ferences between this specimen and B, brachyptera are fairly well marked it sverns better to wait for more material before describing it as a new species,
$l. Bassia sp. afl. B. elubra (FvM.)FvM.—F. Mueller collected material at Sturts Creck, N. Terr, (near W. Austral, border) in 1856. Part of the material was named Bassia glabra and part Kentropsis glabrap longicuspis by Mueller, but the latter was not pwhlished, However, t.66 figs. | and 6, le. Austral,Salsul.PI. 7(1891), illustrates this “variety, but.as no other material is available it is advis- able to delay publication as a new species for the time heing.
SPECIES OF BASSIA IN AUSTRALIA 107
$2. Anisacantha kentropsidea FvM., Trans.Vict.Inst. 1(1855)133.—This name was tentatively placed as a synonym of B. diacantha (Nees)FvM, in Isiny, Trans.Roy.Soc.$.Austral. §4(1961)91. As no type specimen could he located, the application of this name remains doubtful.
$3. Bassia intrecala var. hirsula Black. FLS.Austral, (1924)194. “Branches and Ieaves tomentose. Everard Range.” [ have searched for this specimen, but have riot found it in any Australian Herbarium, It is not recorded in the second edition of Black’s Flora,
84. Bassia micrantha (Benth.)FvM., Cens. (1882)30,—Enchylaena ? micrantha Benth., Fl.Austral. 5(1870)181,—I have not yet seen the type specimen which is probably ut Kew (K) and, therefore, am nnable to make any comment. Cf. Anderson, Proc.Linn.Soc.N,§.Wales 48(1923)348. [sphalm. B, micranthera ( Benth.) FvM. ]
83. Kentropsis lanata Mog., Chenop.Enum, (1840)83; Moq. in DC., Prod. 13/2(1849)138.— This is placed as a synonym under Bassia hicornis (Lindl. ) FvM, [Sclerolaena bicornis Lind].] in Bentham, Fl.Austral. 5(1870)195. I have not yet seen the type specimen [“In Nova-Ilollandia (Cunningh.). Salsola ? mollis Cunningh, in herb, ... (v.s. in h.Mus.Paris.ct Hook,)"] and consider its position, therefore, as doubtful.
86, Sclervolaena coriaeea Mog. in DC., Prod. 13/2(1849)123.—The only specimen cited by Moquin is “In Novae Hollandiae ins,sterilibus (h.Mus,Paris! ).” In his description he says .. . “calvce fructifero mutica...” Having no spines, this specimen apparently is not a Bdssia, but as yet I have not scen the specimen, Bentham, Fl.Austral. 5(1870)194, referring fo this specimen says that it was unknown to him and doubted if it was a true congener as it had no spines, Ander- son, Proc.Linn,Soe.U.S,Wales 48(1923)354, also mentions Bentham’s reference,
SPECIES ‘ro BE EXCLUDED
87. Bassia carnosa (Mog.)FvM., Cens. (1882)30, = Kochia carnosa (Moq.)Anderson, Proc,Linn.Sov.N.S.Wales 48(1923)353.
88. Bassia enchylaenoides. (FvM.)FvM., Cens, 1(1882)30, = Duriala villosa (FvyM.)Ulbrich, Pflfam. ed.2, 16¢(1934)537.
89. Bassia inchoate Black, ‘Trans.Roy.Soc.S.Austral 38 (1914) 463,038 fig, 1-4, = Threlkeldia inchoata (Black)Black, FI.S.Austral. (1924)203.
80. Bassia lanuginosa White, QueenslAgric.Journ., ns. 15( 1921 )216t.24, = Kochia carnosa (Moq,)Anderson, Proc.Linn.Soc.N.S.Wales 48(1923)353.
91. Bassia longifolia Fiteg., Journ. W.Austral.Nat.Hist,Soc. 1(1904)32, = Kochia fimbriolata FyM., Fragm, 9(1875)75.
108 E. H. ISING
92. Bassia salsuginosa (FvM,)I'vM., Cens. 1(1882)30, = Threlkeldia salsugimosa (FvM.)Benth., Fl. Austral. 5(1870)197.
93, Bassia tricornis ( Benth.) FvM., Cens. 1(1882)30, = Malacocera tricornis (Benth,)Anderson, Proc.Linn.Soc.N.S.Wales 5L (1926 )382,t.25.
4, Bassia walkeri White, Proc.Roy,Soc,Queensl. 55(1944)77,t.1V, = Cyrilwhitea walkeri (White)Ising, Trans.Roy.Soc.S.Austral. 88(1964) pp. 61-2.
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
My thanks are heteby expressed tu the curators of varions State Herbarix and to the awners of several private Herbaria, as recorded in the heginning of this paper, for the loau of material; to Mr. L. Dutkiewiez for preparing drawings; to Mr. P. G. Wilson for the Latin translations; and to Dr. Hj. Michler-for facilities provided for the werk at the State Herbarium of South Australia and for his valuable help and enconragement.
Invex to NAMES
(Bold designates new taxa, new combinations or new names; italies inelicate synonyms: numbers refer to species)
Anisacantha R.Br. (1810) Bassia All. (1766) hicornis (Lindl.)FvM. 28 § Anisacantha Volkeus Sect. 7 bicuspis FvM, 32 § Asterocarpus (FvyMJIsing Sect. 3 birchit FvM. 66 ee Seet. 1 brevicuspis FyM. 74 y Dissocarpus Volkens Sect. 3 diacantha Nees 20 § Echinapsilon Volkens Sect. 1 divaricatyu R\Br.. 52 § Eriochiton Anders. Sect. 2 drummondii Benth. 44 Maireanw Volkens Sect, 5 echinopsila FyM.(72) 74 § Platyacantha FyM, Sect. 6 erinacea Mog. 53 , Spinosissimae Ising Sect, 4
var, longicuspis FvM. 52 ; Uneinatue Ulbrich Sect. 1 kentropsidea WyM. (? 20) 82 aellenii Ising 43, fig. 16 glabra (FyM, )i’vM. ex Benth. 31 albolanata Ising 59, fig. 9 eracilicuspis FyM. 65d indersonii Ising 42 lanicuspis FvM. 37 anisacanthoides (FyM)Anders, Td muricata Mog. G65 articulata Black 39 var. cilfosa Benth. 65d astracantha FvM, 60 quinguecuspis FyM, 65 astrocarpa FvM. 60 treuspm FvyM, 41 bieorniy (Lind],)FvM. 25 var, horrida (Domin)White 25b Austrobassia Ulbrich (1934) bicuspis (FVM) FvM, 32
a ak i biflora (R.Br.)FyM. 7 § Stelligerae Ulbrich Sect. 6 ; ‘ ; t & brachyptera (FyM)Ulbrich 11 var. cephalocarpa ree) ples Th
Y saaiee ders ia ; var, villosa Ising 7 ances, {and [Ue 8 bc iat )FeMt 9, (08), (79) decurrens (Black)Ulbrich 84 bicebians ea i 5 iitridata (Anders.)Ulbrich 70) iat SING) Bie NES
brachyptera (FyM)Anders, 11
lonzicuspis (FVM)Ulbrich 53
luehmannit (FyM,.) Ulbrich = 8 aff. brachyptera 80
brevicuspis (FvM.,)FVM, 74
parallclicuspts (Anders,) Ulbrich 18 dake seie ae - as parviflora ( Anders.) Ulbrich 78 previa as 30, fig. 26 selerolaenoides (FyM.)UlIbrich 4 DUTDIG ELE fing te é stellizera (FvM.)Ulbrich 10 calcarata Ising (2, hg. 25 tatei (FvM,) Ulbrich 17 caput-casuarit Willis 15
cenlricosa (Black) Ulbrich 38 carnasa (Mag. )F’'vM_ 87
SPECIES OF BASSIA IN AUSTRALIA 109
chippendalei Ising 62, fig, 8 clavata Ising 77, fiz. 17 clelandii Ising 57, fig, 19 vonstricta Ising 25 convesula Anders. 68 cornishiana FyM 79 costata Anders. 67 crenata Ising 21, fiz. 3 cristata Ising 22 fig, 4 cucullata Ising 49, fig, 1L dullachyana (Beuth FVM. 4 deeirens Bluck densiflora Fitzz. 61 diaecantha (Necs)I'vM. 20 divaricata (R.Br.)FyM. (41), 52 drummendii (Benth.)FvyM. 44 _ var. hispida (Moore) Anders. 44h echinopsila (FyM.)FyM. (68), (73), 74 eichleri Ising 24 enchylaenutdes (FvVM.)FvM. 88 eremaea Ising 56, fi. 18 ériacanth:, (FYyM)Anders, 14 onrotioides (f'vMJjEVM, 3 everistiana Ising 35, fig. 13 filiformis Tsing 45, fig. 14 forrestiana FvM. 47 gardneri Ising 15 reurgel [sing 6. fig. 38 glabra (FvM)F VM, 31 afl glabra 81 globosa Ising 27, fir. 5 holtiana Ssing 23 hostilis Diels 58 hyssopifolia (Pall.})Kuntse 1 inchouta Black 89 intricata Anders, 70 var. hirsuta Black 83 johnsonii Ising 71, fig. § lanieuspis (FVM.)FVM. 37 lanuginosa White 90 limhata Black 33 litoralis Diels 50 longicuspis FVM, 53 longifolia Fitze. 91 Inelhmannii FyM. & micrantha (Benth.)FvM. 84 nucrocarpa Anders. 76 minuta Ising 48, fie, 6 muelleri (Benth,)Fy.M. 2 muricata (L.JAschers. see Sect, [ murrayae Ising 73, fig. 24 oheonica Ising fi, figs, 20, 27 obliquicuspis Anders 29 oppositicuspis Ising 40, fig. 23 paradoxa (R-Brj)FYM. 5 var. latifolia Black 5b parallelicuspis Anders. 16 parvillora Anders. 78 itenticuspis Anders. 36 Tpollaekiane FyM. nonmemid. 33] quingnecispis (P'vM.)hvM, 65 var. lanata Ising 65b var. semiglabra Ising 65c var. villosa (Benth.Black 65d ramsayae Willis 46, fig, 22 ramiulosn White 63, figs. 19, 2
recurvicuspis Fitzg, 30 salsuginosa (bvyM.)FyM. 92 sclerolacnoides (FvM.)FyM. 4 spinosa Ewart and Dav. 56 stelligera (FvM.)FvM. 1G symoniana Ising 9, fig. 7 tatei FvM, 17 letracuspis: White 54 tricornis (Benth;)FyM. 93 tricuspis (FyM,)Anders. 41 tridens FvM. 12 tubata Anders. 69 uniHora (R.Br,jFvM. 19 var. incougruens Black 25 urecolata Ising 75, fig, 12 yentricosa Black 38 walkert White 94 wilsonii Ising 26, fiz, 15
Chenolea Thusb, (1781)
[ustrocarpe FvyM. nom.uud. 60] bieornis (Lindl, )FvM, ex Tate 28 bicuspis (FvM.) FvM, ex ‘Fate 32 biflora. (R.Br, )#'vM.
[vornishiana FvM. nommnud, 79] (allachyang Benth. 4 diacautha. (Nees )FvM. 20 cchinopsila (FyM)FyM. (72), T4 eurotioides (FvM.)FyM. ex Benth. 3 mueller? Benth 2
puradoxa (R.Br.)FvM. 5 quinguecuspis (FvM,)FvM. 65 sclerolaenoides (Fy¥M.)E'yM. ex Benth, 4 tricuspis (FyM)FVM. 41
(tridens FvM. nom.mud, 123]
Chenopodium L. (1753)
lanuginasum Moench 1 clllysum Lam, 1
Coilocarpuy FVM. ex Domin (1921)
brevienspis (FvM.)Domin 74
Cyrilwhitea Ising (1964)
walkeri (White) Ising 94
Dissocarpus FyM. (1858)
hiflorus FvM. 7 puradoxus {RJBr,)i'yM. 3 vur. lutifolius (Black) Ulbrich 5h
Duriala (Anders. ) Ulbrich (1934)
villosa, (FVM) Ulbrich 88
Echinopsilon Moy. (1834)
anisacunihutiles FyM. 74 hrechypterus (FyM.)FyM, {1 eurotioides FyM. 3 hyssopifoliwm. (Pall.)Mog. 1 lanatium Mog. 1 selevoluencides FvM. 4 stelligerus (hvM.) BVM, 10
110 E. H. ISING
Enchylacna R.Br. (1810) micrantha Benth. 84
Kentropsis Moq. (1840)
[cornuta FvM. nom.nud, 20] diacantha (Nees)Moq. 20 eriacantha FvM, 14 glabra FvM. 31 lanata Moq. 85 Kochia Roth (1801) brachyptera (FvM.)FvM. ex Benth. 11 carnosa (Moq.)Anders. 87, 90 fimbriolata FvM. 91 hyssopifolia Roth 1 stelligera (FvM.)Benth, 10 Maireana Moq. (1840) § Asterocarpus FyM. Sect. 5 stelligera FvM. 10 Malacocera Anders. (1926) tricornis (Benth.)Anders, 93
Salsola L. (1753)
hyssopifolia Pall, 1 lanaia Vahl 1
Sclerobassia Ulbrich (1934) litoralis (Diels) Ulbrich 50
Sclerochlamys FvM. (1858) brachyptera FvM, J1
Sclerolaena R.Br. (1810)
anisacanthoides (FvM.)Domin 74 astrocarpa (FvM.)Domin 60
bicornis Lindl. 28
var. horrida Domin 28b bicuspis (FvM.)Domin 32 biflora R.Br. 7
var. cephalocarpa FvM. Tb birchii (FvM.)}Domin 66 coriacea Mog. 86 diacantha (Nees)Benth. 20
var. longispina Benth. 20, 29, 36 divaricata (R.Br.)Domin 52 drummondii (Benth.)Domin 44 eriacantha (FvM.)Ulbrich 14 forrestiana (FvM.)Domin 47 glabra (f'vM.)Domin 31 hostilis (Diels)Domin 55 lanicuspis (FvM.)FvM. ex Benth. 37 limbata (Black)Ulbrich 33 muricata (Moq.)Domin 65
var, villosa (Benth.) Ulbrich 63d
var. birchii (FvM.) Ulbrich 66 obliquicuspis ( Anders.) Ulbrich 29 paradoxa R.Br. 3 patenticuspis (Anders.) Ulbrich 36 recurvicuspis (Fitzg.)Domin 50 tricuspis (FvM.) Ulbrich 41 tridens (FvM,)Domin 12 uniflora R.Br, 19
Suaeda Forsk, ex Scop, (1777) hyssopifolia Pall. 1
Threlkeldia R.Bd. (1810)
brevicuspis (FvM.)FvM, ex Benth. 74 inchoata (Black)Black 89 salsuginosa (FvM.)Benth. 92
Willemetia Maerkl, (1800) lenata Maerkl. I
TWO NEW SPECIES OF AUSTRALIAN FROGS OF THE HYLID GENUS NYCTIMYSTES
BY MICHAEL J. TYLER
Summary
The Hylid frog genus Nyctimystes is reported from Australia for the first time. Two new species are described from montane rainforest in north-eastern Queensland, and it is suggested that the distribution of Australian Nyctimystes will prove to be confined to similar environments within that area.
TWO NEW SPECIES OF AUSTRALIAN FROGS OF THE HYLID GENUS NYCTIMYSTES
By Mictrart J. Tyuor® [Read 11 June 1964]
SUMMARY
The Hylid frog genus Nyctimystes is reported from Australie for the first time, Two new species are described from anontane rainforest in north-eastern Queensland, and it is suggested thut the distribution of Australian Nyctimystes will prove to be confined to similar environments within that are;-
INTRODUCTION
Within the Australian zoogeographical region the frog family Hylidae is represented by two genera: Hyla and Nyctimystes. Nyctimystes (as re-defined by Zweifel, 1958) may be distinguished from Hyla by the presence of a pal- pebral venation and the shape of the constricted pupil (a@ vertical slit in Nyeti- mystes as opposed to a horizontal slit in Hyla), Myla is widespread throughout Australia and New Guinea, whercas Nyctimystes is believed to be confined to New Guinea,
In 1956, Mr. William [losmer collected a small, conspicuously coloured Hylid frog in north-eastern Queensland which subsequently proyed to be a Nyctimystes species,
A seeond specimen of Nyctimystes from north-castern Queensland was recently found by the author amongst a collection of unidentifed Australian Hylids received on loan trom the Naturhistorisches Museum of Vienna. Com- parison of this specimen with the one taken hy Hosmer reveals that they are distinct species, each of which is new to. science.
Nyetimystes hosmert new species
Holotype—American Museum of Natural History No. 65538, a male from Tully Falls, Cape York Peninsula, Queensland, Australia, collected by Mr. Williain Hosmer on April 22, 1956,
Description of Holotype—The vomerine teeth are in two small, almost cirenlar series which ure widely separated from oue another and situated he- neath the posterior borders of the choanac. The tongue is halt as wide as the mouth, cordiform in shape, its posterior border free and yery slightly indented. The head is slightly longer than broad (head length 11-$ mm; head breadth 11:4 mm). The snout is rounded when viewed from above, and rounded in profile with an obscure canthus rostralis and oblique loreal region, ‘UVhe nostrils are inconspicuous and separated from one another by a distance which is slightly less than the distance between naris and eye: cye to naris 3-4 mm: internarial span 3°2.min. The eye is prominent with a horizontal diameter of 4-7 mm; the pupil is almost completely dilated and nicked medially on its superior and interior horders, The tympantum is small, 1-4 mm diameter, and indistinct and separated from the eye by u distance equal to its own diameter.
The distance between the snout and the vent is 33-5 mm,
* Department of Human Physiology und Pharmacology, University of Adelaide. Trans. Roy. Soc, S, Aust, (1964), Vol. 88.
2 M. J. TYLER
The ngers are long and slender with small terminal discs, and are approxi- inately one-half webbed. The fourth finger is slightly longer than the second, but does not quite reach the disc of the third; the dise on the third finger covers approximately two-thirds of the tympanum. There is a rudiment of a pollex which projects slightly
The toes are almost fully webbed, the webbing on the fourth tue reaching the base of the penultimate phalanx and continuing to the disc as a fringe. The toe dises are smaller than the finger discs; the disc on the fourth tue covers slightly more than one-half of the tympanum. There is a narrow inner but no outer metatarsal tubercle. The legs arc rather long; the tibia length is 18-8 mm and the ratio of tibia length to snout to vent length is 0-561, When the hindleg is adpressed the heel reaches well beyond the tip of the snout; when the limbs are laid along the sides the knee and elbow overlap considerably; when the hindlegs are bent at right angles to the axis of the body the heels overlap slightly,
: The skin covering the dorsal surfaces of the head and body is smooth except in those smal] areas marked with cream where it is granular. The lateral surfaces are slightly granular, and the throat, chest, abdomen and lower femur coarsely granular. There is a weakly defined supratympanic fold, but no trace of a skinfold across the chest,
The dorsa] surfaces of the head, body and limbs are dark brown, On the head and hody are several ronghly circular, asymmetrically arranged, large cream
ri = _* I Ee a ng wy oe 45 ot oS SS Sea eee et
Vig. 1. Palpebral Venations, Top: Nyctimystes vestigea; bottom: N- hosmeri.
NEW SPECIES OF AUSTRALIAN FhOGS 113
spots, Hach of these spots lus a black ventre. On the tibiae are traces ot irregular banding or marbling of pale brown. The lower surfaces of the limbs are at dull yellowish-brown; the posterior surfaces of the thighs are dark brown and there are traces of pearl in the groin.
The palpebral venation consists of pearl-coloured veins distributed in the form of a reticulum, with a tendency for most of the longer veins ta be orlentated in the vertical plane,
Collector's Notes—The specimen was found on a leaf of a tree during the daytime. Its colour in life was described as light green above with conspicunuc white, black-centred, spots; below yellowish-white; anal region darker, Taker at an altitude of 2,670 [eet ahove sea-level,
Comparison with other Spectes—The unusual colouration and the long slender digits with their very small dises will distinguish N. hosmeri from the sixteen other species known at the present time. Two species (N. humeralis (Boulenger) and N. forleula Tyler) share with hosmeri a similar dorsal colour, Init these species lack the distinctive markings exhibited by hosmeri. Nyctimystes Remeralis is an extemely large species in which the males may attain a length of up to 100 mm, and are characterised by the presence of a’ sharp projecting spike on the interior face of the humerus, The palpebral venaliun of foricula consists of extremely broad, oblique, black veins permitting light ta enter via narrow slits, In hosmeri the veins ave extremely broad and torm aa irregular, pearl-coloured network,
Nyctimystes vestigia tew specics
Holotype—Naturhistorisches Museum, Vienna, No, 17187, 4 female from Mount Bartle Frere, Cape York Peninsulie, Queensland, Australia, collected Feb- ruary, 1897, Collector nnknown.
Description. of Holetype—The yorncrine tecth are on two large, triangulur elevations fused in the midline and lying beneath the small, oval choanae. The tongue is one-third as wide as the mouth and cordiform in shape, its posterior border free and very slightly indented, ‘the head is large, flattened and broader than Jong (head breadth 18-3 mm; head length 17:9 mm), The snout is large, rminded when viewed from above, and strongly raunded in profile, The canthus rostralis is straight and inconspicuous; the loreal region is concave and oblique, the upper lip flaring out strongly below it. The nostrils arc promiment and separated from one another by a distance which is slightly less than the distance between eye and navis; eye tu naris distance 5-0 mm: inter- natial span 4-6 mm, Tho eye is large and prominent, its horizontal diumeter 5-8 mm; the pupil is dilated and nicked snedially on its superior und inferior borders. The tyinpanum is small with a diameter of 1-8 mm, and indistinct, only 4 portion of the tympanic annulus bemg visible; the lympanum is separated from the eye by a distance whieh is nearly equal to the diameter of the tympanum.
The distance between the snout and the vent is 53-2 am.
The fingers are broadly fringed and two-thirds webbed, the webbing on the outer finger reaching slightly above the subarticular tubercle at the base: of the penultimate phalanx; fourth finger longer than second, nearly reaching disc of third, which covers about two-thirds of the tympanic urea. ‘The first finger is almost completely opposed to the fourth. The finger discs do not project laterally beyond the fringes,
The toes are fully webbed and the dise of the fourth toe covers slightly more than two-thirds of the tympanic urea, There is a distinct, narrow, oval immer but no outer metatarsal tubercle, The legs are rather long with a tibia
IL4 M. J. TYLER
length of 28-7 mim, and a tibia length to snout to vent length ratio of 0539. When the hindleg is adpressed the heel reaches beyond the tip of the snout, when the limbs are laid along the sides the knee and elbow overlap slightly, wiiga, the hindlegs are bent at right angles to one another the heels overlap slightly. :
The skin covering the dorsal surfaces of the head and body is minutely clandular. The lateral surfaces of the body are slightly granular, and the thruat. chest, abdomen and lower feraur coarsely granular. There is a wide patagium extending from the back of the upper arm to the side of the body, a supri- tympanic fold hiding the upper portion of the tympanum and w disrupted dermal ridge along the outer edge of the forearm.
The dorsal surfaces of the head, bedy and limbs are light brown with indistinet creamish-brown markings as follows: a poorly defined patch beneath the canthns rustealis, and irregular mottling on the coccygeal region, thigh, tibia, foot, forearm and hand. The posterior surfaces of the thighs. are very dark brown. The lower surfaces of the body and limbs are cream; the palmar and plantar surfaces are pale brown, and the anterior surface of the thigh a pale slate colour.
The palpebral venation consists of a few fine, slightly disrupted, Jaryely vertical veins.
Comparison with Other Species—The presence of extensively webbed fingers, apposable first finger and the form of the palpebral venation distinguish N, vestiges from N. hosmeri and all other Nyctimystes species known at the present Lime. The finger webbing of N. perimetri Zweifel is almost as extensive as that of vestigea but, in addition to the differences in the position of the first finger and the form of the palpebral venation (a pattern of oblique to almast vertical lines with a few horizontal connections in perimetri), pertmetri exhibits a triangular dermal appendage on the heel and a distinct tympanum, and there is little likelihood of confusing the twa specits.
DISCUSSION
‘The eighteen Papuan Nyctimnystes species known at the present ime are confined to areas of subtropical rainforest, There are only two records of speci- mens being found at altitudes of less than 1,000 feet above sea-level, and in fact the vast majority have nat been taken helow 3,500 feet. As the N. hosmeri holotype was collected at an altitude Gf over 2,500 feet at Tully Falls and it is possible that the vestigea holotype could have been taken at a similar elevatiun un Mt. Bartle Frere. it seems reasonable to predict that the distribution of Nyctimystes in Australia will prove to be restricted to montane rainforest. Such a Uistribution pattern would provide a parallel to that of the Australian specics ct the predominantly Papuan Microhylid genera Cophixalus and Sphenophryne reported by Zweifel (1962).
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
I wish to record my thanks to Dr. J. Eiselt of the Naturhistorisches Muscum, Vienna, and Mr, William Hosmer and Dr. Richard G. Zweifel of the American Museum of Natural History, New York. fur permitting me to examine the specimens reported in this paper.
REFERENCES
Zweerec, A. G, 1958: Results of the Archbold Expeditions, No, 78, Frogs af (ee Papnan Hylid Genus Nyctimystes. Amer. Mus. Novit, No. 1896, pp. 1-51.
Zweiest, BR. G., 1963: A Systematic Review of the Micruhylid Frogs of Australia. Amer. Mus. Novit. No. 2113, pp. J-d0.
M. J. TYLer PLATE |
Top Nyctimystes vestigea Holotype; bottom N. hosmeri Holotype. N.B. The white patches on the knees of N. hosmeri Holotype are strings and not markings, Trans, Roy. Soc. S. Aust. (1964), Vol. 88.
A DESCRIPTION OF A NEW MALLEE SPECIES OF EUCALYPTUS FROM CENTRAL AUSTRALIA
BY MICHAEL J. TYLER
Summary
Arbor, multi-stirpibus, 3-4(-7)m altar, ad basim cortice rugosa et persistent!, sursum levi et griseo. Folia adulta alterna, petiolata, pallido subflavida virida, sub-nitida, coriacea; petiolus 9-12 mm longus; lamina oblonga, apice longe acuminato, basi in petiolum sensim contracta, 7-11 cm longa, 1-1-8 cm lata. Inflorescentia; umbellae axillares; pedunculus brevis, robustus, 4-8 mm longus, cum 5-7 (-10) gemmis. Gemmae leves, cylindrico-pyriformae; operculum toro equum, late vel obtuso conicurn, 8-10 mm longum (pedicel10 2-4 mm longo incluso), 3-4 mm latum. Pedunculus in fructu robustus, compressus, brevis, 4-8 mm longus. Capsulae breviter sed distincte pedicellatae (in speciminibus cupuliformibus) vel sensim attenuatae (in speciminibus subsessilibus sub- pyriformibus), 7 mm longae et latae. Valvae manifeste exsertae, breviter subulatae, plerumque 3; discus convexus, ca. 2 mm latus. Anthera oblongo-reniforma, loculis manifeste separatis, sub- versatilis filamenta ad basim connectivi indistincti inserta, glande terminali parva, loculis poris magnis dehiscentibus.
A DESCRIPTION OF A NEW MALLEE SPECIES OF EUCALYPTUS FROM CENTRAL AUSTRALIA
By C. D. Boomsma*® [Read 13 August 1964]
Eucalyptus mannensis nov. sp.
Arbor, multi-stirpibus, 3-4(-7)m alta, ad basim cortice rugosa et persistenti, sursum levi et griseo. Folia adulta alterna, petiolata, pallido subflavida virida, sub-nitida, coriacea; petiolus 9-12 mm longus; lamina oblonga, apice longe acu- minato, basi in petiolun sensim contracta, 7-11 cm longa, 1-1-8 cm lata. Inflo- rescentia; umbellae axillares; pedunculus brevis, robustus, 4-8 mm longus, cum 5-7(-10) gemmis. Gemmae leves, cylindrico-pyriformae; operculum toro equum, late vel obtuso conicum, 8-10 mm longum (pedicello 2-4 mm longo incluso), 3-4 mm latum. Pedunculus in fructu robustus, compressus, brevis, 4-8 mm longus. Capsulac breviter sed distincte pedicellatae (in speciminibus cupuliformibus ) vel sensim attenuatae (in speciminibus subsessilibus sub-pyriformibus), 7 mm longae et latae. Valvae manifeste exsertae, breviter subulatae, plerumque 3;
discus convexus, ca, 2 m tus. Anthera oblongo-reniforma, locnlis manifeste separatis, sub-versatilis fi nta ad basim connectivi indistincti inserta, glande
terminal parva, loculis poris magnis dehiscentibus.
Holotypus—Northern Territory, 20-3 miles north of Angas Downs Head Sta- tion, 15.x.1957, G. Chippendale and L. Johnson 3986 (AD 95951147). Isotypes in N.Y., N.S.W., Canb., Bri, Melb., N.E.K., Perth.
It is a mallee in habit, 3-4(7m) high with rough bark at the base, smooth and grey in colour above. Cotyledons deeply bifid, seedling leaves at three months of age number § pairs, the first pair being sessile, the others shortly but distinctly pediccllate, narrow-lanceolate 3 em x -8 cm. Mature foliage pale yellowish green when dried, to sub-glossy dark green when fresh; thick enough to be rigid when dried, well spaced along branchlets, alternate, tapering at the apex to a long acuminate point and at the base gradually into the petiole which is sometimes twisted.
Venation obscure in dried material; central vein furrowed on upper surface, intrumarginal nearly coinciding with leaf margin, lateral veins pinnate for 35-50 pairs. Petiole 9-12 mm Jong, mature lamina oblong to oblong-lanceolate, rarely narrow-lanceolate 7-11 cm long, 1-1-8 cm wide.
Inflorescence; umbels axillary of 5-7 (-10) spaced buds; peduncle short, robust, 4-7 (-8) mm long generally shorter than the capsule.
Buds smooth, cylindrico-pyriform, operculum equal to torus, broadly or obtusely conical, rarely hemispherical, 8-10 mm x 3-4 mm including the pedicel which is 2-4 mm long. Anthers oblong-reniform, typical of the Platyantherac (Blakely), cclls distinctly separated, sub-versatile, filament inserted at the base of the indistinct connective, terminal gland small, visible from the front, de- hiscence by large circular pores.
Capsules from shortly but distinctly pedicellate in cupular shaped specimens to gradually tapering in sub-sessile sub-pyriform specimens, 5-7 x 5-7 mm. Valves obviously exsert, shortly subulate but fragile and often only the bases remain attached, usually threc, dise raised to almost domed, about 2mm wide, equal to half the radius of the capsule.
Distribution—Widespread in the far north-west of South Australia, north-
° Department of Woods and Forests, Adelaide. Trans, Roy, Soc. §. Aust. (1964), Vol. 88.
116 C, D. BOOMSMA
wards into Northern Territory, and prubably westwards into the adjoining moun- tain ranges in Western Australia.
South Australia, Mann Ranges, 1955, J. Johnson, AD 96 340 086, dup. Woods and Forests Dept,, Herb, Of the 29 specimens examined those showing extremes of characters include a long peduncle of § mm (18 miles north of Curtin Springs, N.T., N. Forde 182), a hemispherical operculum (22 miles north of Angas Downs, N.T., Winkworth 53) and narrow-lanceolate foliage (4 miles south of Palmer River, N.T., N.T. 12064).
This species is typically found on reddish sand dunes associated with well- recognised drought resistant species, such as Triodia basedowii, T. pungens, and Cassia nemophila. In the easier conditions of the ranges it is found associated with Eucalypts, E. oleosa, E, gamophylla or E. oxymitra; and occasionally L. terminalis (J. Johnson, personal communication).
Its position would seem to be in the series Subulatae (Blakely) because of its longish, fragile subulate valves; but the broad, flat to raised disc to the capsule separates it from the broad conical operculum forms of E. oleosa which appears to be nearest to EB. mannensis.
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS My thanks are due to the Director of the Botanic Garden for the successful raising of a seedling, and to the Keeper of the State Herbarium for technical assistance with the text, not the least being the Latin translation carried out by Mr. P, Wilson,
1 i | I | | ' i H \
N.T | \ ! \ | i] 1
\ Pati ALICE SPRINGS
Ll, ef Q. L AMADEUS oS, ts ANGAS DOWNS WA. MANN RA. Katte — i” Ae L eT ee=4 f I ® CODNADATTA| t a ! er — t ~— a | ! | ‘ N.S.W. Ky
E. mannensis
Area of occurrence margined thus: sxuser Fir. 1. Map of Australia showing the reported occurrence as at April, 1964.
a
C, D, BoomsMa PLATE |]
A typical occurrence of Eucalyptus mannensis nov. sp. on sand dunes just north of Mt. Lindsay in the far N.W. of South Australia. Herb specimen ADW 25129.
. Photos by courtesy of D. Symon, Trans. Roy, Soc. S. Aust, (1964), Vol. 88. Waite Agricultural Research Institute
A DESCRIPTION OF A NEW MALLEE SPECIES OF EUCALYPTUS FROM CENTRAL AUSTRALIA
BY MICHAEL J. TYLER
Summary
Arbor, multi-stirpibus, 3-4(-7)m altar, ad basim cortice rugosa et persistent!, sursum levi et griseo. Folia adulta alterna, petiolata, pallido subflavida virida, sub-nitida, coriacea; petiolus 9-12 mm longus; lamina oblonga, apice longe acuminato, basi in petiolum sensim contracta, 7-11 cm longa, 1-1-8 cm lata. Inflorescentia; umbellae axillares; pedunculus brevis, robustus, 4-8 mm longus, cum 5-7 (-10) gemmis. Gemmae leves, cylindrico-pyriformae; operculum toro equum, late vel obtuso conicurn, 8-10 mm longum (pedicel10 2-4 mm longo incluso), 3-4 mm latum. Pedunculus in fructu robustus, compressus, brevis, 4-8 mm longus. Capsulae breviter sed distincte pedicellatae (in speciminibus cupuliformibus) vel sensim attenuatae (in speciminibus subsessilibus sub- pyriformibus), 7 mm longae et latae. Valvae manifeste exsertae, breviter subulatae, plerumque 3; discus convexus, ca. 2 mm latus. Anthera oblongo-reniforma, loculis manifeste separatis, sub- versatilis filamenta ad basim connectivi indistincti inserta, glande terminali parva, loculis poris magnis dehiscentibus.
PERMIAN-JURASSIC HISTORY OF THE WESTERN GREAT ARTESIAN BASIN
By H, Worrnen® [Read 13 August 1964]
SUMMARY
The Late Palaeozoic and Ue Mesozoic history of the western portion of the Great Artesian Basin was characterisecl by periods of short-lived intereratonic sedimentation which were scparated hy extensive intervals uf erosion, ‘he periods of sedimentation were the Lower Permian and the Upper Jurassic-Lower Cretaceous.
The Lower Petmian sequence, comprising in ascending order, glacigene, marine and freshwater deposits, obtained their preatest thickness in deep, narth- west to north-noerth-west trending troughs Sf derieehthy pre-Permian origin. The upper Jurassic deposits consist substantially of terrestrial beds but become freshwater in otigin towards the deener (eastern) portion of the basin, The presence of Middle Jurassic freshwater strata is predicted beneath the urea of Lake Eyre, ‘he western boundary of Middle Jurassic deposition is formed by a north-north-west to north-west trending hinge zone, situated along the western shore of Lake Eyre and termed the Lake Eyre lineament,
The interval between the Permian and the Middle to Upper Jurassic was a petiod of erosion which, in conjunction with (?) pre-Middle Jurassic uplifts in the area west of Lake Eyre, led to severe truncation of the Lower Permian sediments and older rocks. As tnincation approached near-peneplain conditions, Jateral tetpert gradually decreased and a strongly kaolinised, deep weathering proms developed. Lateral transport was apparently eastward and led to the
eposition of the kaolinitic-Middle Jurassic sundstunes (Walloon and older equi- valents) in the depressed arcas east of the Lake Fyre lineament.
The process ef peneplanation was terminated by the Lower Creticeous
Lianstression, INTRODUCTION
Recent investigations of the Western Great Artesian Basin by the South Australian Geological Survey have revealed some interesting aspects of the pre-Cretaceous history of this portion of the basin. In addition, data became available from recent exploration by the French Petroleum Company of Ans- traliz and some of this information has been incorporated.
The purpose of this paper is to summarize available information and to lry to answer a few of the many questions regarding the geological cyents con- trolling the present distribution of the Lower Permian and Jurassic sediments,
THE AREA
The area dealt with in this paper comprises the western portion of the Great Artesian Basin, approximately between 134° and 138° east longitude.
Monotonous plains and low table lands form the characteristic features of most of the area, The monotony of the topography is only interrupted by the Peake and Denison Ranges and the Stuart Range,
The Peake and Denison Ranges consist of a NNW trending chain of rngged Upper Proterozoic hills which rise to a maximum elevation of 1,350 feet above
*Senior Petroleum Geologist, Geulogical Survey of South Australia, published with the permission of the Director of Mines,
Trans, Roy, Soc, 8. Aust. (1964), Vol. 88.
118 H. WOPFNER
sea-level, As a morphological feature, these ranges are not older than Upper Tertiary, as indicated by steeply dipping Mid-Tertiary duricrust, dragged along. the taults which led to the present elevation of the raliges.
The Stuart Range consists of low, slightly west dipping cuestas formed by Cretaceous and Tertiury strata,
Purely on the development of the Mesozoie sequence, the westerm Creat Artesian Basin can be subdivided into a stable, western “shelf"-area and a newa- tive, eastern basin-area. The stable area is characterised by thin Mesnavic deposition whilst several thousand feet of Mesozoic sediments were laid down in the negative basin area, The boundary between these two areas is formed by a NW to NNW trending zone of faultmmg and monoclining situated approxi- mutely along tie western shure of Lake Eyre. For convenience this zone js referred to as the Lake Eyre Lineament. Faulting affecting Cretaceous strata tan be observed on outerops at the lower reaches of the Neales River, abant two to six miles east of the Lake Eyre shore. The latest movements are neat older thai Upper Tertiary, similar to the movernents which tock place on the easter margin of the Peake and Denison Ranges. However, syn-Mesozuic movements must have taken place so as to aflect the deepening of the eastern huisin avea., This is inclicated by some seismic evidence, as shown in Fig. 3.
The importance wf the Lake Eyre Lineament as a line of demarcation for perMesuzoiv racks is problemutical,
STRATIGRAPHY Pre-Perxuan
The oldest known rocks in the area are granites. hornblende-graniles, adamellites and gneisses. They ave purt of the Australian shield and are Archean wt Lower Proterozoic in age, They are widely exposed along the south-west margin of the Great Artesian Basin and form the basement inlier of Mt. Wooils (sve Figs. land 4). These rocks were also encountered in Lake Phillipson bore, helow 3,140 feet.
Hast of Mt, Woods, the ancient shicld-rocks: are overlain by unmetampr- phosed sediments of Upper Proterozoic age. They are comparatively thin aud Godisturbed in the vicinity of the shield but increase in thiekness. towards the vast, More than 30,000 feet of unmetamurphosed but moderately folded Upper Proterozoic sediments of the Adelaide Svstem (Willouran toa Stortian Series}, wre exposed at the inlier which forms the Peake and Denison Ranges (Reyner, 1955), The Upper Proterozoic succession exposed at the Peake and Denisin Ranges consists largely of clastic sediments with minor carbonate developments, Basic voleanics (Douglas Creek Voleanies) are associated with the oldest of Hmese sediments (Willouran Series).
Lower Proterozoic schists, ynéisses; migatites and basic meta-sediments ovcur on the north-eastern side of the Peake and Denison Ranges. The same sediments apparently also underly the area between the ranges and the western shore af
Fiz. 1. Geological map of Western Great Artesian Basin showing Periniim oulecop and approxi- mate nulline of Permian subenyp. Borcs containing proved Permian secdimenty are mmmbered: }-L1. 1, Coorie Appa: 2. Margaret Creeks 3. Marpoo: 4. Anna Creek; 5. Boorthanna; 6, Lake Phillipson: 7. Stuurt Range No. 1; 8. Stuart Rane No, 2; 9. FPCA Witcherrin No, 1; 10, FPGA Parni No. 10. 1, 11. Maleolms. Figures in brackets behind the riumber of the bore show repper aod Jewer boundaries of Permian beds below ground level. Last figure underlines indicates depth of Permiau-pre-Permigyn contpet. Last figure not anderiined Indicates total depth at which bore bottomed in Permian.
PERMIAN-JURASSIC HISTORY OF WESTERN C.A.B. 119
MAP OF WESTERN GREAT ARTESIAN BASIN SHOWING
MAJOR GEOLOGICAL UNITS
——— . = 48 SCALE IN MILES 50 joa
Ae)
Ad
PANDIE BURRAQ 2.5 Net
LEGEND
f a Pertnlon OUFCTOQ Lower Paleozoic Will (Cambrian Aa
viene oximare Devonian)
ouifine af
A Petrie sug eCae HINT Uoper Praterazare
K ,4aprox, outline or
Fy eastern Permian Wa] 4rcheen € Lower fb basin (Dultiagaré- \BSSe Prorer azole ‘cy Grogesios regraty) le y” * Domest UpWwerp (o0-i104FT,) Sores
Mile 4 Adslong Bird svitle confaiing proved Lit sack Permian
Det Bk €#-s07 Af Woprner S.A. Dent of Afines
L20 HH. WOPFNER
Luke Eyre, where (hey occasionally protrude through the younger sediments ic forin small, isolated inliers like Lagoon Hill, Mt. Charles, and Springhill.
The nature of the pre-Permian rocks beneath Lake Eyre is unknown but it is generally thought that Upper Proteruzoie ta Lower Pulaenzoic sediments underly this portion of the hasin.
PERMIAN
Permian sedimentation was initiated by ubiquitous deposition of glacigene material, ranging from basal tills to fluvio-glacial and glacio-marine sediments higher up the sequence, These glacial sediments are of Lowermost Permian to perhaps Uppermost Carboniferous age and they rest unconformably on any af the older racks described previously, The yvlacigene deposits eousist of pebble to boulder beds with generally textureless cluyey or sandy matrix (Plate 1, Vig. 1). Outerops of these beds along the Peake and Denison Ranges exhibit a great abundance of soled, striated and saimetimes Huted pebbles (see Plate 1. Fig, 2), They are dominantly locally derived from the underlying Upper Proterozoic sediments and commonly facetted and striated cobbles or boulders consisting of well-consolidated Sturtiin Tillite (Adelaide System) can be oh- served, Some outcrops show indistinct, sometimes distorted bedding of the sandy matrix, indicating deposition under fluvio-glacial environment.
The Lower Permian glacial sediments are widely distributed slong the western Hank of the Peake and Denison Ranges. The same beds were also en- countered at the base of the Permian sequence in the Lake Phillipson, Coorsie Appa, Margaret Creek and Anna Creck bores (Ludhrook, 1981). They are further known from Yellow Cliff near Finke, from where, in fact, the first Ceutral Australian occurrence of Permian glacials was described (Tate, 1898). Tillites of assumed Permian age and containing plentiful striated, soled and fluted pebbles and boulders also occur in the Ficld River area (N.T.) on the northern margin of the Great Artesian Basin. They rest unconformably on Upper Pro- terozaie sediments and should nat he confused with the Upper Proterozoic “Field River Glaecials” or overlying clastics of Mesozuic age.
There can be little doubt as to the true glacial nature of these basal Permian beds, They show all the criteria one can expect to observe on a tillite except glacial pavements. Furthermore, their age is identical with occurrences in southern South Australia where ut several lovalities Lower Permian boulder tills fest on well-preseryed glacial pavements (e.@. Inman Valley) (Campana sud Wilson, 1955; Horwitz, 1960).
The basal glacigene horizon is followed by a few hundred feet of Tver Sakmarian marine calearenites and shale. This horizan has not been recognised in wutcrap, but was proyed in several bores, eg. Lake Phillipson, Boorthanna arkL Coorie Appa (Ludbrook, 1961).
The marme horizon is overlain by a thick fresh-water sequence of Upper Sakmarian to Lower Artinskian age (Balme, 1957; Ludbraok, 1981), Tt consists af bituminous shale, carbonaceous siltstone and sandstone and is concluded by widespread depasition of coal. This unit is known from many bores alony the westernmost Arlesian Basin and its existence has been proyed as far north as Malcolm's Bore, ahout 100 miles NE of Finke (Balme, 1959). The only knows outerop is at Mt. Toondina where | B. Frevtag (1963) discovered glossopteris and other Permian plant remuins in a distorted and steeply dipping siltstone, shale and coul-sequence (Plate 1, Fig. 3).
121
PERMIAN-JURASSIC HISTORY OF WESTERN G.A.B.
“aUO}spuRg BuUBeNgoB_[y Burapapui oY] TOIT Payeredas jou aw SSUO SPURS [PUOSSaISSULI SNOBORJOIT) LAMOT ‘AuUOWSspULg vUySNGas;yy a4} jo UoHiscdap ay} OF JOuUd syuaUTpAs UETUUAY Jo UONYOUNI pue yBnog ay} jo asunfd wyszou Aurmoys ‘eurpuooy, YX a7 eddy antoup wory ysnoxy euurypso0g Ysnoiy} woysI9s [eowofosd [eurpny Buoy, +g ‘ALT
Sous yo juaiupsensg pf > veuscogg ‘Hy BSE-b9 Wat red.
Sjuewipas auabize/c) SPog FUE VELEUYES waMaz ueay HONOYL VWNNVHLYOOR . MaMeT ; vewewyes sade 0 uerysuipiy some) NOILD3S SSOYD IVDINO10aS
auoyspueg euiyongab)y gssemnp teddy &”6€ Uc ae -
ol S37iN 4A1VoOS
SUSU PIS BUIJEUS SHOBIIEJIG TD WoMOT
GN39]34171 woyrajas quusras AG pajerpul ps0 m*%
pyyos Ajual wo buihy (8,f Wash apiepapy —_—~
< m x 4 a > r a a > | nm
i544 NI
MANN
122 Hf, WOPFNER
The freshwater sequence appears to overlap the marine horizon (Rochuw, 1963). Considerable thinning of the freshwater sequence takes place actoss stru¢tural highs, which demonstrates the existence of a pre- and/or syn-Permian topography.
No Upper Permian strata have been recorded from the area and it is assed that the deposition of the Artinskian freshwater and coal beds con- chided the Permian sedimentation,
Present duy distribution of the Lower Permian is the result of the interplay of several factors, viz. pre- and syn-Permian topagraphy and structure, pust- Permian uplift and tilting of the southern portion of the area and pre-Upper Jurussic truncation,
Two areas of major Permian distribution occur on the western side of the Peake and Denison Ranges: the Boorthanna trough situated between the Pro- terazoie ranges and the Archean of Mt. Woods, and the Lake Phillipson trough, WSW of Mt. Woods (Fig. 1),
The Boorthanna trough is fault bounded on its eastern side but onlaps onto the Archean of Mt. Woods on its western limit and onta Praterozvic ta the south. Its axis tends NNW and shows a marked plunge to the north (Fig, 2}, vaused by post-Permian uplift of its southern portion, Aeromagnetics and recent seismic reflection suryeys carried oul by the S.A, Department of Mines show a miximim depth to the pre-Permian unconformity of about 4,500 feet in the vicinity of Mt. Tvondina (pers. com, B, A, Milton and K, R. Seedsman).
Little is known about the Lake Phillipson trough and its configuration is still somewhat problematic, The Lower Permian encountered in the Stuart Range bores Nos, 1 and 2 probably belong te the same trough. A shallow inter- veusection between the Lake Phillipson trough and the Boorthama trough in the yieinity of Mt. Willoughby is indicated by sparce seismic evidence (see Fig. 1).
No Permian sediments are known from the area between the Peake and Denison Ranges and Lake Eyre. Except for a few shallow water bores which penetrate only the Mesozoic sequence to the lop of the Algebuckina Sandstone, there is litthe subsurface information available from this area,
A seismic reHection survey, comprising two-mile correlation shooling and intermittent continnons profiling was carried out by the S.A. Department of Mines behveen Mt. Dutton and the northern shore of Lake Eyre (see Fig. 3). Between Mt, Dutton and shot point D.K. 28, the survey shows # thin Mesozoic sequence (Algebuckina Sandstone and younger) resting directly on a shallow high velocity lever. representing Proterozoic or Archean basement.
East of shot point D.K. 28, however. consideruble and rapid deepening of the “hasement” reflector is observed, As shown in Fig. 3, the deepening of the basement is effected by a series uf faults and flexures affecting both Mesuzeic and pre-Mesozoie rocks. These faults are part of Ihe Lake Eyre Lineament ancl a NW to NNW trend af these faults is indicated. In conjunction with the deep- ening of the basement. however. additional séismic reHectors appear below the horizon of the Algebuckina Sandstone (“C") and the “Basement” (“Z"). These intermediate rcHectors, designated P; and P., are considered to represent Lower Permian sediments.
In Fig. 1, the western limit of Permian reflectors is connected to the area af Permian outcrop near Finke and this fine is considered the western limit of Lower Permian suberop within the Lake Eyre Basin. This line has recently heen substuntiated by two more seismic [raverses and by the French Petroleum
PERMIAN-JURASSIC HISTOHY OF WESTERN G.A.B. 123
Company's vil exploration wells, Witcherrie No. 1 and Purni No. b. which both encountered Lower Permian sediments underneath the Mesozsic sequence.
The eastern and southern bourdaries vf Lower Permian distribution, as shown on Figs. ] and 4, may be regarded as conjectural. However, seistuic data obtained by the S.A. Department of Mines along the Birdsville track show that Permian sediments are absent over this upwarped region, Furthermore, it will be noted on Fig, 4 that no Permian was encountered in the Delli-Santes Well Pandieburra No. 1,
Correlation between the Lower Permian of the western Great Artesian Basin and the Permian encountered hy recent petroleum exploration work in the Innu- ininicka-Gidgealpa area is still uncertain and beyond the scope of this paper, The discussion of this problem cannot be attempted until reliable datings of this eastern Permian sequence are available. From the sparse information ou lane it appears that this sequence may extend well into the Upper Permian,
Jurassic-Cretackous
Within the western Great Artesian Basin, the oldest Mesozoic sediments can he expected in the deeper parts of the basin, Le. east of the Lake Eyre Lincament, The reader will recall the pronounced deepening of the basement east of shot point D.K. 28, along the Mt. Dutton-Like Eyre seismic line. Together with this deepening of the basement and the appearance of Permian reflectors, one also observes a marked Increase of the interval “P"“C” (Fig. 3). This thickening of the post-I'ermian section beyond the normally experienced thickness of the Upper Jurassic seqnence is thought to be duc to the presence of Middle Jurassic sediments (Walloon equivalents and older), similar to the known Middle Jurassic succession as revealed by recent drilling us far west as 130°25’ vast longitude (Delhi-Santos Pandieburra No, 1). Sediments of Middle Jurassic age were also encountered in F.P.C.A, Purni No, | well. Unfortunately, how- ever, it is not known whether the Middle Jurassic sediments overlap or outlay the Lower Permian.
West of the Lake Eyre Linegment, Middle Jurassic sediments ace absent and the oldest Mesozoic rock known from outerop as well as from subsurface information is the Algebuckina Sandstone. It forms the basal stratigraphic unit of the Mesozoic sequence in the westernmost portion of fhe Creat Artesian Rasin.
The Algebucking Suidstane rests unconformably on either Permian, Pro- lerozoic or Archean rocks (Figs. 2.and 4), which ure invariably and intensely kaolinised beneath the contact (Plate 2, Figs. 1 and 2). This feature is particu- larly evident on feldspar-rich metamorphics such as gneiss or schist in whicli quarts romained the only unaltered constituent,
The busal beds of the Alecbuckina Sandstone consist of white, cogrse and eross-bedded, kaolinitie sandstones and lenticular pebble conglomerates. The dominant constituents. of the conglomerates are pebbles of milky quartz of au average size of two to five inches diameter. Pebbles of quartzite, tourmnuline quartzite and acid igneous rocks occur as accessories. The pebbles are generally: well rounded but dreikanters and case hardened, hollowed and pitted pebbles are commen. The hysal conglomerates also contain residual gold deposits (Brown, 1894), These characteristics in conjunction with the strong kanlinisa- tion of the underlying racks indicate that the basal Algebucking Sandstone was furmed on a deep weathering profile under terrestrial and Huviatile conditions. he basal terrestrial-fluviatile depusits are followed by clean, coarse to medium-
‘96 Wuod JOYS Jo ysva ayy OF FY pur Ty soy Ayer una Ayqeqord yo MnVIEsdAY Pu +, 1N}IW—POL ALozoseapY oy] Jo Bulusdaap Burmoys yoorg yrdooyyypey o} uayNG YA Woy uoTas ssora-auny anustag “E “Aly
sautpy go {uauuedag ‘YS Jelifdoyy HH 69E-79 WH ed
‘ UBWISPIAS “by ple Uo TY AQ Beg 2IUISlas oe oF G1 o SALA. NI a1Wos SUI JIY SNONUT{UOISH (7 DO,LE1 00.88. GE .5EL YRtOAE Ts Buipucoy i AfidsQfuogupy UElLKsa yf -dlef i ayD: Servew iN a
Jd PUP A Se ~~" 8 40{99/ Jad UCIMIAS fGlJOL) or : By gs \ \ , auojspueg eulyangeb/y f
Jo doy “xovdde JOfs28) jal I/AZOSay/ { Spek Oe va wawnaoo ,
00 82
QN4399 1
TaA¥ aL
———s Sai oz
H. WOPFNER
SwWiL
SQONCDASITIIN, NI
1S BACEY LA0CL wolya
25M @ AO uw shee nN
HAGWNNN JTOH- LOHS
YD HVdOOWVTIVM OL NOLLNG “LW NOILOSS SSOYD-AWIL DINSIAS
124
PERMIAN-JURASSIOC HISTORY OF WESTERN C.A.B. 125
grained [acustrine sandstones, containing well-preserved plant fossils of Lymer Jurassic to Lower Cretaccous age (Wopfner and Heath, 1963),
The Algebuckina Sandstone is considered to be an equivalent of the Upper Jurassic formations of the Blythesdale Group.
The maximum thickness of the Algebuckina Sandstone measured on out- eraps along the Peake and Denison Ranges is about 120 feet, Tlowever, the thickness increases to. the north (186 teet in Suntus Oounadatta No, 1 well) and to the east, particularly across the Lake Eyre Lineament.
The Algebuckina Sandstone tarms a nearly continuous blanket, shrouding most alder rocks of the westera Great Artesian Basin, Its cover is interrupted only where basement inliers break the surface (Fig, 4).
In the northern and eastern portion of the western Great Artesian Basin, a transition zone leads from the non-marine Algebuckina Sandstone to the Lower Cretaceous marine shale sequence. In the southern parts, however, a coarse, transgressional facies is developed which commonly overlaps the non-narine sequence, (Due to the small vertical seale, this sandstone is not separately shown on cross-sections Figs. 2 and 4.)
GEOLOGICAL HISTORY
From the evidence presented in the previous part of this paper, the follow- ing sequence of geological events can be deduced:
1, Deterioration of climatic conditions and lowering of the mean temperature in the Uppermost Carboniferous Ied to extensive glaciation, covering « stable and mature land surface of pre-Permian origin. ‘lo what extent and in what manner this surface was controlled by geolovical structure is uw question which still needs clarifying. '
2. The scouring action of the glaciers superimposed a distinctive glacial topography onto this. pre-Permian landscape which led to the development of well-defined Permian troughs. At the same time, widespread deposition of moraines and other forms of glacial debris took place.
3. On the retreat of the ice-cover the sea advanced and the Lower Sakmarian horizon was deposited. Glacial compovents were incorporated by means of reworking and ice drift, whilst Huvio-glacial sediments were laid dawn in the wake of the retreating glaciers,
4. Marginal uplift, perhaps induced by crustal rebound following the re- moval of large parts of the ice cover, disrupted the connection with the open sea in Upper Sukmarian time, A continuing and excess influx of freshwater flushed out the remaining basin and subsequent sedimentation veeurred in a substable, intracratonic freshwater basin or basins. As the troughs filled up with sediments they became decidedly shallow and swampy, so forming the enviroument in which the Lower Artinskian carbonaceous sequence was deposited.
5. The succession of events in the Lower Permian, viz. glaciation — marine incursion — freshwater deposition and swamp environment. is surprisingly similar tu the sequence of Quaternary events in northern Europe. One might speculate therefore whether the Lower Permian succession was not similarly cuntrolled by isostatic adjustments and fluctuations of sea-level,
§. The interval between the Artinskian and the Upper Jurassic, eovering some 80 to 90 million vears, was essentially a period of erosion, demidatian anc
“UOBAY AIAT aYLT ay Ykatuapun syuAupas osseanf aypprypy PUF UeTOIAaT potunssy puy syFnaay euUuLYQwOOg pu vosdryTyd ayeT Aurmoys ‘acoq uosdyplyd ayry pue [ ‘oy vungarpurg -giq Waomjaq upseg uvIsayLy pois WoPsoAy RuOTYy HOODS janqsey pF ‘Big
SauiPY JO puPuieded YS valegdagy Ht £80-P9 Wim fT
fuewaseg auiyje;shsa
IYHIES 3, Ay WoTOLeOLy saMOT pUe ve2EeY IY SRUPISRUES ERE LAM
SS SS Ss ; SAA 08 oF oz Qa ol 02 S37IN waysnt> sete lee (sivaedinia ebooy pur euysmngabyy) [i 11
WOZHOd wad salosspules isseuny wadi/) a1vosS Sf ? r
f SYUeuUNpas suadiIe/9 (Aiaha ogutey pue eos) )
i S{UAWWipas ausdeul Snoazesal7y wana i f . 7 ‘
YENI Spay aunew Ueelyed daMoz vaMe 7 | Syuaulloss JaseMysay)
aissersy vaddn (pajeiuavazypun) uptleuyes Jedi) Of Welysuliapy JaKe | (ainba wojuiys) Sjurunpas. jeuofe)
PHE GOJEMYSILY SNOBIP/Id GAH]
QgN39397
TWOlLaaA
a1yv3s
H. WOPFNER
| YNNVH1LHOOd NosdiVilkd Sd¥a
1354 =N!
NISV@ NVISALYVY LVSY9D NYALSIM AHL HONOYHL NOILDSS WDI901039
PERMIAN-JURASSIC HISTORY OF WESTERN G,A,B, 127
peneplanation. As the surface reached the stuge of a near peneplain, deep weathering profiles devcloped,
7, These processes were only briefly disturbed by minor uplifts and faulting Which affected the area between the western margins of the Peake and Denison Runges and the Lake Eyre Lineament. Positive movements also look place in ihe Margaret Creek area and, following Upper Triassic sedimentation, also in. the northern Flinders Ranges. These positive movements were responsible for the narth-tilling of the Tower Permian troughs (Fig. 2), ‘The dating of these move- ments is obscure. Evidence from the Leigh Creek region in the northern Flinders Ranges suggests a post-Triassic age (Parkin, 1953), Furthermore, it iy thought that the positive movements west of the Lake Eyre Linearnent were compensated by down warping east thereof, thus conceding the deposition of Middle Jurassic sediments, Todeed, the uplifted western regions wonld have furnished the sdurce for the highly kaolinitie clastic material of the Middle Jurassic deposits, [Tf this reasoning is correct, the movements have to be placed in the upper Lower Jurassic. If would futher mean that the Lake Eyre Linea- ment approximates the Middle Jurassic shore line,
8. West of the Lake Eyre Lineument, however, terrestrial conditions pre- vailed and the country mderwent extensive peneplanation, whilst the uplifted portions were eroded and truncated and substantial portions of the Permian sections were stripped, particularly io the southern parts of the area (see Fig. 2). Soon, however, the uplifted portions were reduced to a near peneplain again. Rudiments of palaeosoily and ferruginisation of the Permian sediments at the contact with the Algebuckina Sandstone (Heath, 1963) as well as the intensive kaolinisation of ulder rocks at the same contact bear witness to prolonged ex- posure to weathering.
9. The overlying basal units of the Algebuckina Sandstone also indicate the existence of a Jurassic peneplain, The combination of the basal conglomerate itself, consisting of the most resistant materials only, the presence of dreikanters, the abundance of case-hardened, hollowed and pitted pebbles and the enrich- ment of alluvial gold are together characteristics of a terrestrial residual depasit developed by prolonged weathering under peneplain conditions. The compata- tively small amonmnt of debris which was laterally removed was transported eust and deposited in the shallow Middle Jurassic freshwater hasin which existed east of the Lake Eyre Linewment.
10. Slight subsidence in the Uppermost Jurassic Jed to partial inundation of this peneplain and the deposition of the plant bearing freshwater sandstone.
I. The Lower Cretaceous marine transgression finally covered the whole of this ancient peneplain, Pronounced subsidence to the east of the Lake Eyre Lineament resulted in the development of a thick Cretaceaus marine sequence. The area west of the lincament, however, remained shallow and comparatively stable througheut the existence of the Cretaceous sea.
REFERENCES Baume, BE 1057; Upper Palacozuie Misrofloras in Sediments from the Lake Dhillipsen Bore, South Australia. Aust. Jonrn. Sel. Vol. 20 (2), pp, 61-63, : Baume, B. EL, 1959: Palynolagical Report No. 47 (impublished), Heovene, FY. Ly. 1894; Report on the Peake and Denison Ranges and Adjoining Country
with Special Reference to the Oceutrence of Gold, Annual Rept. Govt. Geol, for 1894, pp. 3-14,
128 ; ‘1H. WOPFNER Campana, B., and Winson, R. B,, 1955: Tillites und Related Glacial Topography of South Australia, Eclog. Geol. Hely., Vol. 48.
Fneyrac, J. B., 1963: Geological Reconnaissance at Mt. Toondina, Ooduadatta 4-1nile Sheet. Geol, Surv. §. Aust. Rept. No, 2520 (unpublished ).
Heat, G. R., 1963; The Geology of the Mt. Dutton Area. Geol, Surv, S. Aust. Rept. No. 2732 (unpublished),
Horwitz, A. C., 1960: Geologie de la region de Mt. Compass (feuille Milang), Australie Meéridionale. Eclog. Geol. Helv., Vol. 53, pp, 237-244,
Luprrook, N. H., 1961: Permian to Cretaceous Subsurface Stratigraphy Between Lake Phil-
Epeon and the Peake and Denison Ranges, Sth- Australia, Trans, Roy. Soc. §, Aust., fol. 85.
Parkin, L, W,, 1953; The Leigh Creek Coalfield, Geol, Sury, $. Aust. Bull. No, 31.
Pann, L. W., 1956: Notes on the Younger Glacial Remnants of Northern South Australia. Trans. Roy. Soc, 8. Aust., Vol. 79.
Reyner, M, L., 1955: The Geology of the Peake and Denison Region. Geol. Surv. S. Aust. Rept. Inyest,, No. 6.
Rocuow, K, A,, 1963: Notes on a Reconnaissance Survey of the South-Western Margins of the Great Artesian Basin with Re-evaluation of Available Bore Information, Geol, Surv. S$, Aust. Rept. No. 2750 (umpublished ).
Tare, K., 1898: On the Occurrence of Clacial Boulders at Yellaw Clif, Crown Point Station, Finke Valley, Central Australia, Aust. Ass, Ad. Sci., Vol. 7.
Worrnes, H., and Hratn, G, K., 1963: New observations on the basal Creta-Jurassic Sand- stone in the Mt. Anna Region, South Australia, Aust. Journ, Sci., Vol. 26 (2).
EXPLANATION OF PLATES
Puare 1
Fig, 1, Lower Permian glacigene sediments containing striated and fnted cobbles in unsorted kaolinitic sandy matrix. Outcrop on west flank of Peake and Denison Ranges, 4-5 iniles
NNE of Warrina, (Author’s photograph )
Fig. 2, Striated and soled pebbles from west flank of Mt. Dutton and from outcrop shown
in Fig. 5. (Author's photograph )
Vig. 3. Steeply dipping Artinskian fresh-water scdiments at Mt. Toondina. The Pernnian js
capped by flat-lying Pleistocene limestone. (Photugraph G. RB, Heath) Pare 2
Fig. 1, Uneonformity between steeply dipping (?.) Lower Proterozoic gneiss (PL) and Alge- buckina Sandstone, west of Algebuckina Hill. Feldspars and micas of the gneiss are com- pletely kaolinised, only quartz remaining unaltered. The intense kaolinisation is the result of a pre-Upper Jurassic deep weathering profile. (Author's photograph) Fiy. 2. Contact between Lower Permian pebbly shale and Algebuckina Sandstone west of Mt, Dutton. The dark bands below the contact (arraw) sre ferruginised zones in the Per- nian sediments. The shales below are slightly kaolinised. (Authors photograph)
H. Worrner PLATE
Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Aust. (1964), Vol. 88.
H. Woprner PLATE 2
Trans, Roy, Soc. S$. Aust. (1964), Vol. 88.
LOWER CAMBRIALN STRATIGRAPHY OF THE FLINDERS RANGES'
BY C. R. DALGARNO
Summary
The distribution and relationships of Lower Cambrian units in the Flinders Ranges are illustrated by a panel diagram and sketch maps.
A new rock name, Hawker Group, is introduced for six formations of Lower Cambrian age which represent a phase of marine transgression following the deposition of the Pound Quartzite. An archaeocyathid biostrome development associated with graben faulting above the Oraparinna Diapir is noted.
The Billy Creek Formation is considered to lie disconformably on the Hawker Group in several areas and to represent a widespread phase of uppermost Lower Cambrian marine regression. A thin but persistent tuffaceous unit occurs in the lower half of this formation.
LOWER CAMBRIAN STRATIGRAPHY OF THE FLINDERS RANGES* By C, R, Daicarnat
{Read 13 August 1964]
SUMMARY
‘The distribution and relationships of Lower Cambrian units in the Flinders Kimges are illustrated by a panel diagram and skelch maps.
A new reck naine, Hawker Group, is. introduved for sin formations of Lower Cambrian age which represent a phase of marine transgression follow- ing the deposition of the Pound Quartvite. Am archaeocyathid biostrame ile- velapment assueiated with graben faulting above the Oraparinna Dinpir is noted.
The Billy Creek Formation is vonusidered to lic discanformably ou the Hawker Group im several areas and to represent a widespread phase of upper- most Lower Cambriin marine regression. A thin hut persistent tuffaceous unit oceurs in the lower half of this formation,
INTRODUCTION
The early reeards of Cambrian sequences in the Flinders Ranges are those of Howchin (1922, 1925). in which he described the Bunkers Range and Wilson sections, and Mawson (1937, 1938, 1939), who recarded two sections at Nepa- bunna and the Parachilna, Ten Mile Creek and Balcoracana sections, Segnit (1939) gave a description of the Mt. Svott Runge and exposures near Anda- mooka to the west of Lake Torrens,
The only detailed biostratigraphic study has heen carried out by Daily (1956), From the Flinders Ranges he discussed the Wilson-Quorn, Mt. Scott and Yen Mile Creek sections. His paper vives a comprehensive historical summary of studies on the Cambrian System in South Australia; it provides the basis for the subdivision and nomenclature of the sequence, and it demon- strates the biostratigraplic significance of his twelve faunal ussemblages,
Regional mapping of Cambrian exposures of the northern Flinders Ranges was largely completed by the Geological Survey by 1953. Subsequently, [orwitz (1962b) mapped the sheet Arrowie and completed Cadnia using the work of R. Grasso (unpub. M.Sc. Thesis, Uniy. of Adelaide). Webb and Von der Borch (1962) have mapped the Cambrian synclines of the Wilson and Quorn areas in the southern Flinders Ranges.
Sections measured during 1956 hy R. B. Wilson (unpub.) for Santos Petro- leum were the first Cambrian traverses at Brachina and Bonyeroo on the western Hank of the central Flinders Ranges. B. Daily (pers. comm.) identified from fussils collected, the three important limestone units of the Lower and Middle Cambrian. In 1959, Daily (unpub.) recognised the Wirrealpa Limestone in the Mermmmema syneline and he subsequently tabulated the rock units and the fannal assemblages present in that locality.
B. P. Webb (unpub.) compiled a sketch section of the Lower Cambrian sequence east of Reaphook Hill alter a brief reconnaissance traverse in 196] of the hitherto unknown Cambrian exposure.
Ke Published with the cousent of the Hon. the Minister of Mines for South Australia. _ } Geologi¢al Survey of South Australia.
Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Aust. (1964}, Vol. 88.
130 C. R. DALGARNO
DISTRIBUTION OF CAMBRIAN SEDIMENTS FLINDERS RANGES
WERTALOONA =
att ll
ba BLINMAN®@*
Og ‘D i
TORRENS
LEGEND LAKE FROME GROUP,
WIRREALPA LIMESTONE & BILLY CREEK FORMATION
SYSTEM
HAWKER GROUP
ZG WILPENA GROUP UMBERATANA GROUP
Steatiqgraphte secrions
ADELAIDE CAMBRIAN
SYSTEM
Bace oF fanal Disgram
focatitn of sect/ons fabulaled 48 MILES
Le. 27, 64-408 Sd, Dear of Mires
Fig. 1, Distribution of Cambrian Sediments, Flinders Ranges. 1. Mt, Scott, 2, Angepena.
3. Nepabunna, 4. Arrowie, 5. East of Nilpena B.S. 6, Parachilna. 7. Point Well, 8. Bal-
oorarana Creek. 9. Ten Mile Creek. 10. Two miles south of Ten Mile Creek. 11. Mt.
Frome, 12. Reaphook. 13, Brachina. 14. Bunyeroo. 15. Mernmerna, 16, Chuce Range- 17. Wilson area,
STRATIGRAPHY OF THE FLINDERS RANGES 131
The Wirrealpa Limestone was recognised west of Wertaloona H.S. by R. P. Coats; and brachiopods and trilobite fragments collected by J. E. Johnson and the author from this limestone during 1960, were identified by B, Daily as referable to his faunal assemblage ten. The sequence extending to the south was faund to be a fairly complete development of the Lake Frome Group. East of Mt. Frome, a further area of exposure of the Lower Cambrian sequence and Wirrealpa Limestone has been mapped (Dalgarno and Johnson, 1963).
The present paper gives the general relations, distribution and approximate thicknesses of the formations employed diving mapping of the central Flinders Ranges together with details of the mapping im some of the areas which have proved critical to the understunding of the relationships of the units. The thicknesses given are approximate, having been scaled from aerial photographs ata seale of 60 chains per inch,
STRATIGRAPHY
The Cambrian seyuence in the Flinders Ranges follows with general struc- tural conformity the Pound Quartzite, the uppermost formation of the Wilpena Group (Dalgarno and Johnson, in Thomson et al., 1964), The Cambrian beds
sa Saki *\SILPENA Zz
‘ fal ANGEPENA
iN
WIRREALPA LIMESTONE
BILLY CREEK FORMATION
Furfecsors wee
HAWKER GROUP Narina Grey wacke Oraparinna Shale Bunkers Ssedstone
arora Limestone
2 WY
VERT. SCALE REAPHOOK
P en . HORIZONTAL SCALE Wilkawil'ina Limestone MILES o 5 10 S20 ao MILES
Lit ‘ - — GH Parachilne Formation ———
Del BE BA-AF0 Su4. Deas. of Afines
Fig. 2. Panel diagram of Lower Cambrian sediments, Flinders Ranges. lsomorphic base. Datum hne of diagram shown on Fig. 1. Broken lines indicate units not exposed.
132 C. R. DALGARNO
oceupy broad synclines with moderate dips. Faulting is relatively common and oblique structures with displacements of a few hundred feet often show influ- ence over the facies and thickness of the Cambrian sediments. Major faults may have displacements of the order of several thousand feet and these often bear close relationships to diapiric structures (Webb, 1958; Coats, 1964). These intrusive bodies occur along fairly well defined trends particularly in the central Flinders Ranges, and there is clear evidence from the [facies and thickness of the Adelaide and Cambrian Systems that the cores were actively rising and eroded during deposition.
The most significant feature of the Lower Cambrian Series in the Flinders Ranges is the basinal structure described by Horwitz (1962a) in the Arrowie area. <A thickness of 12,000-14.000 ft. of Lower Cambrian sediments has been measured in this region (Tig. 1: 4). This contrasts with the more normal thick- ness of approximately 2,000 ft. in the stable shelf zones (Fig. 1: 1, 6,8, 11, 12, 13).
CLASSIFICATION OF THE CAMBRIAN SEQUENCE, FLINDERS RANGES
TABLE 1
LAKE FROME CROUP
Grindstone Range Sandstone Unnamed sandstone Balcoracana Fomnation Moodlatana Formation
WIRREALPA LIMESTONE, AROONA CREEK LIMESTONE
Middle Cambrian Series
— BILLY CREEK FORMATION
HAWKER GROUP (new name)
Narina Greywacke (new name) Oraparinna Shale
Bunkers Sandstone
Parara Limestone
CAMBRIAN SYSTEM
Ajax Limestone Wilkawillina Limestone
Lower Cambrian Series
Parachilna Formation
WILPENA GROUP
Pound Quuartzite, ete
Marinoan Series
ADELAIDE SYSTEM
STRATIGRAPHY OF THE FLINDERS RANGES 18 Hawker Grove (new name)
The mapping of Lower Cambrian formations in the central Flinders Kanges inclicates a natural grouping of the units proposed by Daily (1956) from the Lake Frome region, The Parara Limestone, Bunkers Sandstone and Oraparinna Shale and also the Narinu Greywacke (new name) are closely related and in one locality all but the last unit change laterally to the facies of the Wilka- willina Limestone (seu Fig. 3, point b).
The Hawker Group is defined comprising the seven formations listed above, There is « distinct mappable contact at the top af the Pound Quartzite which forms the boundary between the Wilpena and Hawker Groups; and the unit uverlying the Hawker Group, the Billy Creek Formation, has a sharply defined base in all areas. Locally, the Billy Creek Formation may be disconfornmable au) the underlying units,
The geographic name for the Group is taken from the township of Mawker (3L°53’S.; 138°25°E.).
A representative section for the Hawker Group js Ten Mile Creck south of Wirrealpa (Fig. 3, XY). which ts the type area of Daily's units (Daily, 1956). The Parachilna Formation and Narina Greywacke are not developed. Sections which are convenient for examination aud which show imparfant unils of the Hawker Group occur at Bunyeroo Gorge (Fig. 4), along ihe east flank of the Wilson syncline a few miles novth or south of the old town, in the Mernmerna syncline near the abandoned rail cottages and east of the Big Hill on the Blinmun- Witrealpa Road. Alsc. the track north-west fram the bore near Old Wirrealpa provides an instructive section of the upper units.
Howchin (1925) described the Cumbrian exposures in the vicinity of Wilson and used the term “Wilson Series” although no definition was given — His sequence as shown in bis seetions (Howehin, 1925, Fig, 6, p, 19) wus. incorrect. Thus his nit A is variously the Bunyerou Formation (Thomson ef al, 1964) of the Wilpena Group and the Oraparinna Shale. Although four formations of the Tlawker Group are now recognized in this area, the name “Wilson” is not adopted. For cartographic reasons it is desirable to have distinctive initial letters lor the Group names; thus Wilpena Group, Hawker Granp, Further- more, the name Wilson's Bluff Limestone (Singleton, 1954) is in common use in Terliary stratigraphic nomenclature.
The Hawker Group represents ulmost the entire Lower Cambrian Series in the Flinders Ranges. Glacssner (1963) has discussed the concept of the base of the Cambrian and he states that there is commonly an interval where dating is uncertain and that this should be indicated im map legends. However, in the Flinders Ranges the base of the Parachilna Formation has been adopted as the top of the Adelaide System (Thomson et ul. L964), and the Patachilna Farma- lion is arbitearily assigned to the Cambrian, although the first recognizable Lower Cambrian fossils appear in the Ajax and Wilkuwillina Limestones. The hase of the Middle Cambrian is considered to fall somewhere within the Billy Creck Formation (Daily, op. cit. ).
Pavachilna Formation (Glossary, Thomson et al, 1964).
Type Section—South side of Parachilna Creek 2) yards downstream from the peint where the road from Parachilna to Blinman first enters the creek, The unit corresponds to the “passage beds” of Mawson (1988), viz. units 28-38, Thickness; 230 ft. It comprises white argillaccous sandstone with seuttered pebbles at the base, overlain by 30 ft. of ferruginous weathering sandstone witli
134 C, R. DALGARNO
vertical burrows. ‘This bed forms. a prominent marker buth in the Ranges and at Ediacara (Nixon, 1963), The remainder of the Formation comprises sandy unils and calcareous silts and shales with minor oolitic limestones. The upper limit is marked by the appearance of dominant carbonates. In the Parachilna section the top of the Formation corresponds to the base of Mawsan's unit 39, comprising 918 £t. of massive, flaggy and oolitic limestones. This unit is referred to the lower (unnamed) member of the Wilkawillina Limestone,
Iu the Mt. Seott Ranee, Segnit (1939) described the ParachiIna Formaticn oe unit Ela) as a light grey, caleareons shale 150 f€. in thickness, tying discon- ormably on the Pound Qnartzite, the hollaws at its base being filled with arenaccous, material.
In the Nepabunna area, Mawson (1937) did not differentiate the beds with worm burrows from the Pound Quartzite, but a mappable contact is clear here as also ut Angepena and in the Arrawie syncline to the south. The Formatiun reaches its maximum thickness of approximately 1,200 ft. in this area, The unit diminishes to zero south of Wirrealpa. At Mt. Frome there isa thickness af 15 ft. and further south quartz-pebble conglomerates vecur in the unit east of Reap- hook Hill, Mere burrows penetrate into the top of the Pawnd Quartzite but none originate within this formation, suggesting hiatus before deposition of the Parachilna Formation..
At Brachina and Bunyeroo, the Formation does not exceed 80 ft. although thicknesses of several hundred feet oceur in the region about Wilson, Worm borrows und evidence of worm activity remain a consistent feature of the sand- stones. Thomson (1962) has recognized the characteristic lithology aud worn burrows of the Parachilna Formation in the Wilkatana Bore where the Pound Quartzite is not distinguished.
The burrows have previously been designated Scolithus by the author { Dalgarno, 1962) althongh some examples of U-shaped burrows were known, A critical examination on tle suggestion of M. F. Glaessner has revealed thut the burrows are better referred to Diplocraterion as the single burrows exposed in vertical section frequently have a paired shaft on the bedding surface, indicat- ing the U-form of the burrow.
Wilkawillina Limestone (Daily, 1956).
South of its type section, Wilkawillina Gorge (Ten Mile Creck), the forma- tion lies with inferred disconformity on the lower (unnamed), reddish member af the Pound Quartzite (Fig. 3, a). The upper, more resistant member, is absent along the Bunkers Range northward as far as the Binman-Wirrealpa Road, bul tu the south of Ten Mile Creek in the vicinity of point ¢ (Fig. 3), it exceeds 1,000 tt. in thickness. Mawson (1939, p, 345) stated that there was no sign of wiconfurmity, but that there was some evidence of an overlap at the base of the Cambrian limestone in Wilkawillina Gorge. This is supported by the ohser- ration hy J. E. Johnson (pers. comm.) at point e, Fig. 3, of fannal ussemblige two of Daily, which occurs at the top of the Wilkawillina Limestone in its type seetlou, lying directly on the upper member of the Pound Quartzite.
The name Wilkawilling Limestone is uscd in a broad way in this paper for the Lower Carobrian limestones im the Flinders: Ranges, other thar mu the Mut. Seett area, which either occur stratigraphically below the Parara Limestone ur
STRATIGRAPHY OF THE FLINDERS RANGES 136
represent continued deposition of thick-bedded Archaeocyatha limestones, There is considerable variation in lithology but essentially two members may he recog- nized. The lower is poorly fossiliferous with arenaceous and shaley bands, the limestones being relatively thinly bedded, dolomitic and frequently oolitic. Algal-rich units are notable in the Brachina, Mernmerna and Chase Range areas near the top of this sequence, The upper member is best developed in the stable shelf zone of the central Flinders Ranges and comprises relatively pure and light coloured foassiliferous limestones in very thick beds, In the basinal areas south of Mernmerna and north of Wirrealpa, mottled blue-grey massive and thick-bedded limestones may be developed at the top.
LAKE FROME
UM BERATANA
UM BERATANA
CRONP FOR LEGEND SEE FIG.IT
SCALE MILES 0 4 MILES
Del FB - 64 402 S.A Dept of Mines
Fig. 3. Craben and Cambrian biastrome development, Ten Mile Creek area. XY is the ‘Ten Mile Creek section of Daily (1956).
136 Cc. Kh. DALGCARNO
The areas in which archaeocyathids ure best developed are the Wilka- willina Gorge and immediately to the sonth, the Brachina area and parts of the Mt, Scott-Ajax region.
A mile to the south of its type section, the Wilkawillina Limestone facies inter-tongues with the Parara Limestone, Bunkers Sandstone and Oraparinna Shale (assemblage nine) so that the npper boundary of the formation is markedly time transgressive, varving between faunal assemblages nine and two within a few miles. The name Ajax Limestone (Daily, 1956) is applied to the equiva- lents of the Wilkawillina Limestone (this paper) in the Mt. Scott Runge arca.
Pararud Linestotie
The name Parara Limestone was extended fromm Yorke Peninsula by Daily (1956), In the Ten Mile Creek sevtion the formation comprises flaggy lime- stones and dark calcareous shales, In the central Flinders Ranges it is lithologic- ally distinct from the underlying massive limestune and the contact is normally quite sharp. In the basinal areas, such as about Hawker and Arrowie, a shale unit is common at the base. New nomenclature may be necessary later for notable caleareous und carbonaceous shale units within the formation in the ares i areas, The most common fossils are fragmented trilobites and archaeo- cyathids.
The unit is discontinuous in the central Flinders Ranges, being absent from the Mt. Frome, Reaphook, Brachina and Mt. Scott areas. Daily (op.cit.) records fannal assemblages three and four, typical of the Parara Limestone, from the Ajax Limestone at Mt. Scott, bnt the Parara facies is not developed. A similar situation may apply in the other areas; thus at Reaphook faunal assemblage two apparently occurs In the middle part of the Wilkawillina Limestone, whereas it vecurs at the top at Ten Mile Creek.
Near Baleoracana Creck the Parara Limestone is lenticular and does not exceed 20) ft. in thickness, but aorth of the Wirrealpa Diapir and in the Arrowic area, it reaches 5,000 ft. North of Bunyeroo Creek, the formation wedges out against a fault which controlled deposition (Fig. 4, point a).
Bunkers Sandstone (Daily, 1956).
This formation attains its thickest development (600 ft.) in its type section north of Ten Mile Creek, It wedges out within a few miles to the north and south and is lenticular between the type orca and Point Well. Ir does not exceed 150 ft. in thickness in these oceurrences and there are no other develop- ments of the formation in the Flinders Ranges. It was recorded from Reaphowk (Dalgarno aud Johnson, 1963) but subsequent work has shown that the sand- stone overlying the Wilkawillina Limestone in that area represents the lower part of the Billy Creek Formation.
In certain areas the Bunkers Sandstone interdigitates with the Parara Lime- stone and Oraparinna Shale, e.g. Fig. 3, ¢. Oreparinne Shale (Daily, 1956)
The Oraparinna Shale is a green, very thinly bedded silty shale which normally breaks with a conchoidal fracture. Immediately north of its type section, the Oraparinna Shale rests on the Parara Limestone (Fig, 3, ¢c) and
STRATIGRAPHY OF TIME FLINDERS RANGES 137
it uppears to Wansgress this wit on lo the Wilkawillina Limestone in the yicinity wf point d (Fig, 3). In the occurrences about Hawker the formation has an apparent transitional contact with the underlying Parara Limestone. North of Bunyervo the Oraparinna Shale overlaps the Parara Limestone on to the Wilka- willina Limestone (Fig. 4, b) and then thins to zera, It oceurs above shaley ’arara Limestone in a local area east of Nilpena Siding but neither facies is developed in the Mt. Scott section nor ta the north of Brachina Creek,
The Oraparinna Shale is not developed in the Mt, Frome and Reaphook ureas and it is missing for a distance of approximately two milcs along the Bunkers Range in the vicinity of Balcoracany Creek. It is alsa absent immie- Giately north of Wirrealpa H.S., but it is present further west, both north and south of the Wirrealpa Diapir, where it is interbedded with more silty units, In this region it apparently interdigitates with the Narina Greywacke. The Ora- pirmans Shale carries trilohites together with brachiopods and simall archage- cynthids,
Narina Greywacke (new name) Geographic feature: Narina Head Station (30°56’20"S., 138°33’40"E. ).
Type section; Adjacent to the track from Mulga View HL.S. to Irish Well, Arrowie |:63,360 sheet, viz., 30°48'30"S,, 139°01'20°E. to 30°49'00"S., 139°01' 45°E. The formation corresponds to unit (f) in Horwitz’s (1962h) tabulation of the Cambrian sequence. It comprises’ interbedded grey silts and grecnish ereywacke sandstones with minor calcareous units. The formation is truncated hy a Fault at its upper limit in the type section. In the only other important exposure near Point Well the top of the unit has been removed by ergsion sv that nowhere is its relationship to the Billy Creek Formation observed. The contact with the underlying Oraparinna Shale is transitional. A minimum thickness of 4,500 ft, is given for the unit on the Arrowie Sheet (Horwitz, op.vit.); however, Fig. 2 shows only 2,000 ft.
R, P. Coats (pers, comm.) has mapped neav Angepena a tillacenns nuil sirtilar in lithology to the Narina Greywacku,
Buay Carex Formation
In the central Flinders Ranges there is an important marker bed above the Oraparinna Shale which is notable as a ridge former. It comprises a unit of Alaggy and finely laminated, buff-weathering dolomitic limestone approximately 10 ft. in thickness and it is commonly underlain by a thin, brown, tossiliferous limestone which was chosen by Dalgarno and Johnson (1962; 1963, section 3) as the base of the Billy Creek Formation.
In the vicinity of Ten Mile Creck the dolomite follows rubbly limestones at the top of the Oraparinna Shale and it has been mapped te within a quarter mile of Balcoracana Creek. B. Daily and K, Pocack (pers. vomm.) have recently ubserved the unit immediately north of Baleoracana Creek and below it is a thin development of Oraparinna Shale. However, one mile beyond this both units ure considered to be absent and the marker dolomite is not known beyond this area. East of Ten Mile Creck this unit occur above massive Archarorryatha limestones which represent a tongue from a biostromal development (Fig. 3, b),
138 C. R, DALGARNO
\\
4
Q
a)
we
\ EN
MILES 0 3 MILES
Det &.7 64-403 A. Leer of Mines
Fig. 4. Cambrian sequence near Bunyeroo Gorge.
On the western side of the Range the laminated dolomite and fossiliferous bed are known north of Brachina lying directly on the Wilkawillina Limestone. They are prominent at Bunyeroo (Fig. 4, ¢) and in the small syncline to the south. The same marker beds occur above the Oraparinna Shale in the Mern- merna area and alsu in the keel of the syncline four miles north-east of Wilson.
The Billy Creek Formation is dominantly red-brown micaceous shale with a lower member comprising alternating red and grey-green silts with minor sandy bands and thin dolomitic beds. This is separated from the upper portion of the Formation in the Ten Mile Creek-Balcoracana area by a fairly persistent dolomite associated with three tuffaceous units, The latter are a characteristic
STRATIGRAPHY OF THE FILLINDERS RANGES 139
salmon pink colour and were first collected by B, P, Thomson from Bewthina and Ten Mile Creeks, Subsequently tuflaceous units have been fuund at Bun- yeroo, Wirrealpa and along the entire length of the Bunkers Hange te south af the type section, where they occur in Mawson's anits 41-43 (Mawson, 1939 )- They occur also at Reaphaok and Mt, Frome, but are not known in the Billy Creek Formation at Mt. Scott.
The uppermost units of the Billy Creek Formation are red-brown micaccous sandstones very similar in character to the Moodlatana Forimation, The Billy Creek Formation as a whole is considered to represent an entircly different phase of deposition from the Hawker Group and shows close affinities to the Lake Frome Croup. It is known only in the areas of relatively thin Lower Cambrian sedimentation, but it is inferred to represent a phase of general regression with minor marine Huctuations,
It is probable that the Billy Creek Formation is disconformable py the Ajax Limestone at Mt. Scott where faunal assemblages six to nine are absent (Daily, 1956). North of Brachina Creek the basal dolomitic unit of the Billy Creek Formation lies directly on the Wilkawillina Limestone facies so thal a similar relationship may exist lere, although biostratigraphic information is Jacking. South af Ten Mile Creek the Formation onlaps on to the Wilka- willina Limestone (see below) and may actually be in contact with the Pound Quartzite below alluvial cover, East of Reaphook Ilill a prominent sandy unit oceurs low in the Billy Creek Formation, but this is uot a basal unit, as sandy limestones at the top of the Wilkawillina Limestone are overlain with a sharp contact by red silts in the intervening valley. Facies cliunges do oceur along strike in the basal beds of the Billy Creek Formation, particularly on the north side of a small obliqne fault, A disconformity of small importance is inferred but faunal studies have not been done,
Just to the south of Balcoracana Creek halite casts vccur at the tup of a 6 ft. calcareous sandstone above the basal dolomitic unit of the Billy Creek Formation, indicating emergence during the early part of its deposition. Halite casts nnd raindrop impressions have been noted throughout the formation and trilobites are rare. No other marine furms have been reported.
A suite of trilobites was collected by J. E. Johnson and the author Ayan approximately 25 ft. below the lowest of three tnffaceous bands in the lower part of the Billy Creek Formation near Baleutacana Creek. They are at present heing described by K, Pocock and B. Daily of the University of Adclaide,
Worreanpa Tawrsronn (Daily, 1956)
The Wirrealpa Limestone is known in all areas, with the exception of Heuplivok, in which the Billy Creek Formation occurs. It thus forms a usetul datum for discussion of the Cambrian in the Flinders Ranyes. Its thickness on the western side of the range is approximately 300 ft.. whereas in the Ten Mile Creek-Wirrealpa region, it is 350-400 ft. thick. The lithology of the noit varics little, there being a fairly persistent massive dolomitic unit at the base which contains siderite and flecks of galena, Commonly a few feet above this, in thin-bedded limestones, is a persistent bed containing broken fragments aud spines of Redlichia. Brachiopods and Girtanella are abundant higher in the unil ju inare shaley and rubbly limestones.
140 C, R. DALGARNG
The unit occurs west of Wertaloona HLS. where it has 4 facies similar to the Areona Creek Limestone (Daily, op,cit.) ou the opposite side of tle Ranges. The sequence here is faulted at the base against the Adelaide System, but red beds referable to the Billy Creek Formation do oceur. This is the only evidence ot the persistence of these two formations in the deeper hasin area.
Lake Frome Grotr (Daily, 1956)
The Moodlatana Formation overlies the Aroona Creck Limestone at Mt. Seott and the Wirrealpa Limestone at Brachina and Bunyeroo and m the Wir- realpa area. Jt also outcrops east of Mt. Frome and south-west of Wertaloona. In all areas the contact is conformable ane apparently represents a return to deltaic conditions similar to those of the top of the Billy Creek Formation. Two cherty, petroliterous-smelling dolomitic limestones near the base of the unit are persistent marker beds on the western side of the Ranges.
Conditions appeur to have been uniform across the present Ranges during deposition of the Balcuracana Formation which is a repetitively bedded unit of thin dolomitic limestones and red-green micaceons silts, probably representing enclosed basin conditions. This unit together with the overlying terrestrial- deltaic sandstone (unnamed) is known in only three areas, viz.. north ot Bunyeroo Creek to Commodore on the west side of the Range, in the Grind- stone Range area and south-west of Wertaloona. The Grindstone Range Sand- stone, of deltaic character, is known only in the latter two areas.
The entire sequence {rom the base of the Billy Creek Formation through to the Crindstone Range Sandstone, totalling 12,000 ft, appears to show ne significant break in deposition, Daily (op.cit,) considers the Lake Frome Cron to be contained within the Middle Cambrian,
DISCUSSION
Ten Mite Crrek Locatiry
Mapping of the Ten Mile Creek area showed that the structural settine of Daily’s standard section is a graben developed above the Oraparimna diappir. The structure is related to diapirie uplift which took place during deposition of the upper Marinoan and Lower Cambrian. Reterence to Fig. 3 shows the relative displacement of the Umberatanu Group (Coats in Thomson et al., 1964), Wilpena Group, Hawker Gronp and the Middle Cambrian Wirrealpa Limestone.
ln detail, the upper member of the Pound Quartzite is absent within the graben and for more than five miles to the north, although it is very stronuuly represented to the south of the point b. The Parachilna Formation is absent from the whole region so that the Wilkawillina Limestone rests disconformably on the Pound Quartzite.
For the Hawker Group, the thickness in the central part of the graben is 4,100 ft., whereas at point d, the unit is approximately 1,500 ft. and at point e, only 200 ft. Here the basal limestones uppear te represent faunal assemblage two of Daily so that the lower part of the Wilkawillina Limestone is absent. The significant feature of the mapping is the interdigitation of the units of the Hawker Group at points h. c and d. See Vig, 3 and Plate 1, Figs. 1 and 2.
STRATIGRAPHY OF TIIE FLINDERS RANGES 141
The deyelopment of Wilkawillina Limestone at point b constitutes a bio- strome controlled by the actively subsiding fault bounding the graben. The entire structure aud the processes which imterfinger with the basinal facies are comprised of richly fossiliferons bedded archaeocyathid limestones similar to the Wilkawillina Limestone in its type section. No detailed stidy has been mide of the faunas or rovk types, but the prelimimary mapping shows that the biostrome persisted throughout much of the Lower Cambrian as a localized urea where growth of carbonate secreting organisms, notably Archaeocyatha, flourished.
The Billy Creek Formation is 3,300 ft, in thickness in the graben and to the north (Mawson, 1939, units 39-46): however, the formation is reduced near paint e to approximately 1,800 ft. Here the upper part of the Formation (viz. Mawson’s units 44-46) appear to transgress the Wilkawillina Limestone, but it is not seen in contact with the Pound Quartzite as the red shales do not outcrop south of point ec, The basal marker bed of the Billy Creek Formation is not known east of the point b and the three tuffaceous beds and associated dolomite ave not present beyond the major fault.
Bunyvernoo Reciox
The features of the Hawker Group ihistrated by Fig. 4 are the restriction of the Parara Limestone facies to the zone south of the fault (point a) and the tongue of Oraparinna Shale which extends northward to point b. The upper part of the Wilkawillina Limestone about point b and further north in the vicinity of Brachina Gorge is extremely rich in archacocyathids. Southward, nearer the fault, brachiopods become very abundant. In Bnnyeroo Gorge arehaeocyathids are relatively less comraon and brachiopods and trilobite fragments are the im- portant fossils at the top of the mnit, The faunal assemblages have not been determined for the sections north and south of the fault so that two interpre- tations are possible.
1, Archaeacyatha were abundant north of the fault (point b) prior to the development of the Parara Limestone and Oraparinna Shale, but then deposi- tion ceased in this area until the basal member of the Billy Creek Formation (hig. 3, ©) was deposited..
2, The lateral equivalents of the Parara Limestone and Oraparinna Shale are represented north of the fault by a slowly accumulated binstromal archaeo evathid development.
This situation exemplifies the problem of interpreting geological events without the evidence provided by fossils, which in this area, are abundant but unstuclied,
GEOLOGICAL, HISTORY
Conditions in the Adelaide Geosyncline during deposition of the upper part of the Wilpena Group (late Marinoan) appear to have been generally marine, with thinly-hedded silts and marls deposited. Prior to the Cambrian, rejuvenated erosion and marine regression resulted in widespread deltaic and shallow marine conditions over the area of the present Ranyes (Pound Quartzite ) and on the Stuart Shelf to the west of Lake Torrens broad areas were covered hy clasties of the Tent Hill Formation.
142 C. BR. DALCARNO
A fairly clearly defined sedimentary change related to renewed transgressinn acourred at the base of the Hawker Group. A littoral er shallow marine sand- stone with scattered pebbles at the base and abundant vertical burrows was deposited over a wide area (Parachilna Formation). This development is: absent from the southern part of the Bunkers Range and the Cambrian limestones lie disconformably on the lower member of the Pound Quartzite, On the shelf wea near Andamooka, Segnit (1939) described transgressive relationships at the base of the carbonates,
Over the greater part of the area discussed the Cambrian carbonate followed transitinmually the arenaceous units. Dolomitic limestones were developed on the stable shelf in the main transgressive phase and oolitic and algal beds were cammon. In the middle part of the Lower Cambrian clean limestones and archaeocyathid biostromes were widespread but were less well developed in the hasinal zone to the north-east.
Subsidence adjacent to minor faults resulted in limited thicknesses of thin- bedded limestones on the stable shelf (Parara Limestone) but limestones of the same character accumulated to thicknesses as great us 5,000 ft, in the unstable vanes. Adjacent to the hinge line above the Wirrealpa Diapir (Fig. 2, 7) these husiual limestones interdigitated with sandy units (Bunkers Sandstone),
In the upper part of the Lower Cambrian green silts and shales (Ora- pariinw Shale) overlapped the thin developments of Parara Limestone in the wcritral Flinders Ranges on to the clean shelf limestones. Deposition may have ceased Ipcally in the western und central provinces, but clean biostromal lime- stones continued to form slowly in local areas, e.g. south of Ten Mile Creek and pussildly near Brachina.
Close to the hinge line at the Wirrealpa Diapir silty interbeds developed in the shales und more rapid deposition occurred immediately to the north. A clastic unit several thousand fect in thickness (Narina Greywacke) was de- posited in the main basin area during an interval of non-deposition over much of the central Vlinders Ranges.
Yollowing deposition of the Hawker Group, the ved argillites of the Billy Creek Formation appear to represent a mud flat environment with occasional incursions Of the sea, indicating regression with large supplies of fine terrigenous elastics. Verv small scale oscillation ripple marks, halite pseudomerphs and niiudeop impressions are environmental indicators. The last phase of deposition in this wnitis more arenaccous with cross-hedding, suggesting a deltaic environ- ment, Thin tullaceaus bands in the lower part of the Formation may be related ta yuleanism in the province to the east.
Shallow marine transyression over a broad stable shelf resulted in the Middle Cambrian Wirrealpa and Arvona Creek Limestones, which were clearly cuntingos over much of the northern and central Flinders Ranges, The basal unit may have been a chemical precipitate of an enclosed basin but the trilobite breccias, beachiopod-rich bands and rubbly limestones of the upper part of the unit ds the ventral areas, suggest open, shallow water environments.
The Middle Cambrian marine beds and the inderlying Billy Creek lorma- tion have yenerally been removed by erosion trom the areas of thicker deposi: thon but both units are considered to have been widely distributed.
STRATIGRAPHY OF THE FLINDERS KANGES 145
The environment of deposition of the Lake Frome Group alternated between deltaic, enclosed basin and terrestria) conditions and these mnst be regarded as the final phases of deposition in the Adelaide Geosynclinc. The Lake Frome Group is knuwn in only four areas, but it is clear that the lower units at least extended without lithological change across the present Flinders Ranges.
The broad folding and final movements of the larger faults of the Flinders Ranges are presumed to have taken place in the late Cambrian and Ordovician. There is no evidence of diapirism within the Ranges later than the upper Lower Cambrian, the only evidence of later movements heing provided by the infolded Triassic coal basins.
The present topygraphy of the Ranges is regarded as due to broad arching during the Tertiary and Quaternary which has resulted in the young dissecte uravels of the Range margins and the shallow dipping duricrusted sands which dip under the Lake Frame and Torrens Plains. in the latitude of Blinmun.
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
The author is indebted to Mr. T. A. Barnes, Director of Mines, for permis- sion to publish Departmental work. Messrs. L. W. Parkin and B, P. Thomson encouraged the author’s interest in the Cambrian of the Flinders Ranges by their choice and direction of his mapping project.
Particular acknowledgment and thanks are due to Mr. J, E, Johnson with whom almost all the work was done. fis field experience and interest in the Cambrian faunas were of great value.
Mr. R. P. Coats and Drs, B. Daily and B. McGowran have been helpful in discussion, The author also wishes to thank Mr. Bruce Thomas for his careful drafting of the figures.
REFERENCES
Coats, R. P., 1964: The Geolog’ and Mineralization of the Blinman Dome Dinpir. Rep. Invest, Geol. Surv. §, Aust., 26,
Dary, B., 1956: The Cambrian in South Australia. XX Congresa Geol. Internacional, Mexico 1956. El Sisterna Cambrico su Palaeoueoueaphia y el Problema de su Base, 2 yp. 91-147.
Dateanno, C. BR. 1962; Basal Cambrian Scolithus Sandstone in the Flinders Ranges, Geol. Surv. &. Aust, Quart, Geol, Notes, 3, July, 1962.
Daccdnno, C. R., and Jrawson, J. E., 1962: Cambrian Sequence of the Western Flinders Ranges, Geol. Sury, 8; Anst, Quart. Geol. Notes, 4, Octoher, 1962, Darcanno, ©. H., and Jonnson, J, E., 1963; Lower Cambrian of the Eastern Flank of the Flinders Ranges. Geol. Surv. §. Aust, Quart. Geol. Notes, 7, July, 1963. Gpaussner, M. 7., 1963: The Buse of the Cambrian. Journ. Ceol. Sec, Aust. 10 (1). pp. 225-241,
Honwrrz, BR. C., 19624: Some Aspects of Metal Distribution iu Sediments of the Upper Pro- terozoic — Lower Cambrian of South Australian. Uelogae Geologicue Helvetiue, 55 (1), pp. 275-279.
Horwiiz. R. C., 1962h: The Geology of the Arrowie Military Sheet. Rep. Invest, Geol. Surv. 8, Aust, 21,
Howcrnn, W., 19222 A Grological Traverse of the Flinders Rauge from the Parachilns, Gorge to the Lake Frome Plains, Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Aust, 36, pp. 46-82,
Hower, W., 1925: The Geograpbical Distribution of Fossiliteraus Rocks of Cambrian Age in South Australia with Ceolowicul Notes and References, Trans. Roy. Soc, §. Aust, 39, pp, 1-26.
144 C. R, DALGARNO
Mawson, D., 1937: The Most Northerly Occurrence of Fossiliferous Cambrian Strata yet Recorded in South Australia. Trans. Roy, Soc. S. Aust., 61, pp. 181-186.
Mawson, D., 1938: Cambrian and Sub-Cambrian Formations at Parachilna Gorge. Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Aust., 62 (2), pp. 255-262,
Mawson, D., 1939: The Cambrian Sequence in the Wirrealpa Basin. Trans. Roy. Soc, S. Aust., 63 (2), pp. 331-347.
Nixon, L. G., 1963: The Ediacara Mineral Field. Aust. 1 M.M. Proc., 206, pp. 93-112.
Seenit, R. W., 1939: The Precambrian-Cambrian Succession. Bull. Geol. Sury. S. Aust., 18, 191 pp.
Sincteron, O. P,, 1954: The Tertiary Stratigraphy of Western Australia. A Review. Proc. Indian Ocean Sci. Congr., Section C, Geology, pp. 59-65.
Tuomson, B. P., 1962: Lead Distribution in Basal Cambrian Sediments, South Australia, Geol. Surv. S. Aust. Quart. Geol. Notes, 3, July, 1962.
TuHomson, B. P., Mimams, R. C., Coars, R. P., Forses, B. G., Datcarno, C. R., and Jounson, J. E., 1964: Precambrian Rock Groups in the Adelaide Geosyncline. <A New Subdivision, Geol, Surv. S. Aust. Quart. Geol. Notes, 9, January, 1964,
Wess, B. P., 1958: Diapiric Structures in the Flinders Ranges, South Australia. Aust. J. Sci., 22 (9), p. 390.
Wess, B. P., and von per Borcn, C., 1962: Geol, Atlas of S$. Aust., 1:63,360 Series, Sheet Willochra.
C. R. Datcarno PLATE |
2 0 Fig. 1, A. View north over Ten Mile Creek and the Bunkers Range. Points b, ¢ and d refer to
Fig. 3. Photo H. Wopfner. Pw Wilpena Group, Ch Hawker Group, Cb Billy Creek Forma- tion, Cw Wirrealpa Limestone, Cf Lake Frome Group.
Vig. 2. B, View south over the zone of interfingering of the formations of the graben with the Archaeocyatha_biostrome at point bh (Fig. 3 and above), Pw Wilpena Group, Chw Wilka- willina Lst., Chp Parara Lst., Chb Bunkers Ss., Cho Oraparinna Shale, Ch Billy Creek
Formation. Trans. Roy. Soc, 8. Aust. (1964), Vol. 88.
THE LARVAE OF AUSTRALIAN CYBISTER SPP. CURT., HOMOEODYTES SPP. REG. AND HYDERODES SHUCKARDI HOPE. (COLEOPTERA : DYTISCIDAE.)
BY C. H. S. WATTS
Summary The larval stages of Cybister tripunctatus (Oliv.), C. godeffroyi Weh., Homoeodytes atratus (Fab.) and Hyderodes shuckardi. Hope are described. The larvae of Homoeodytes scutellaris (Germ.) are
redescribed in greater detail than in the original description.
Descriptions of all instars except the first of H. atratus are included.
THE LARVAE OF AUSTRALIAN CYBISTER spp. Curt., HOMOKODYTES spp. Reg. AND HYDEROQDES SHUCKARDI Hope. (COLEOPTERA : DYTISCIDAE.)
By C, H, S. Watts* (Communicaied by I. M. Thomas)
[Read 13 August 1964]
SUMMARY
The larval stages of Cybister tripunctatus (Oliv.), C. godeffroyi. Weh., Homoeodytes atratus (Fab) and Hyderodes shuckardi Hope are described, ‘The larvae of Homocodytes scutellaris (Gerni.) ure redeseribed in greater detail than in the original description,
Descriptions of all instars except the first uf MH. atreéuy are inclnded,
During a recent trip through Eastern and Northern Australia, 1 collected several Jarge Dytiscid laryae belonging to the Oybisterini. Among them were two specimens of a Homocodytes Reg. other than H. seutellaris (Germ.) the larva of which is known (Watts, 1963). As H. atratus ( Fab.) is the only other species of this genus in Australia and an adult specimen was. taken at the same time as the larvae, it seems certain that these larvae belong to H. atratus. The collec- tion also contained larvae of two species of Gybister Curt., one of which, C, tripunctatus (Oliv.) was identified by breeding out the adult. Larvae of the other species have been assigned to C. zodeffroyi Wel., the only other Cybister, other than the following, recorded from Australia. Blackburn, in 1888, de- scribed a Cybister under the name of CG. granulatus. 1 have seen the co-type and specimens identified by Blackburn in the $A, Museum and consider that they represent the more granulated forms of C. tripunctaius, there being an unbroken gradient from smooth to rough elytra in this species. In addition, the larvae in question are much larger than those of C. tripunetatus which is the same size as C. granulatis,
Xambeu (1904) described a larva from Madagascar under the name of C. tripunctalus. The description of the colour does not match that of Australian specimens and the fact that the sive of the larva he described was a great deal larger than the true C, fripunctatus (length 80 mm as against 57 mm) indicates that he was mistaken in assigning his larva (which he did not rear) to this species.
In September, 1962, T visited a pool in a slowly flowing creek at Williams- town, S.A., and found it to contain a large number of Dytiscini larvac, Several at the larger larvae were bred aut and proved, as expected, to belong to Hyderades shuckardit Hope. A month later I made a trip to the same pool in an attempt to collect adults. However, no specimens of any stage were found. As it was hardly likelv that all the larvae present one month earlier had pupated, mauy being first instars, it seems likely that the whole population had heen
* Bureau of Animal Population, Departinent ef Zoological Field Studies, Oxford.
¢ Dr. IL. Bertrand has pointed out to ine thé existence of a previous description of the Srd instar of H. shuckardi cf, Bertrand. 1932,
Traus. Roy, Soc. S. Aust. (1964), Vol. 88,
146 C,H, S, WATTS
destroyed in the meantime. Further trips also produced no specimens, nor had 1 taken the species there on numerous previous occasions stretching hack ayer twin years.
This paper coutains descriptions of the larvae of the aboye four species 2s well as a redescription of those of H. scutellaris made desirable by the discovery of thé larvae of closely related species. Hyderodes Hope is endemic to Australia; H. shuckardi is found in 8.R, Australia, Tastnania (Sharp, 1882) aud $.W. Aus- tralia (Regimbart, 1908), although the latter reference inight in reality be to I, erassus Sharp. Two other specios, H. crassus.and H. collaris Sharp, have bee deserihed from N.W. Australia, but are very rare in collections. C. godeffroyi occurs in the wetter areas of N, Australia; C, fipunetatus occurs through most of Australia apart from the more southern areas, having outside Australia a wide distribution threugh S.E. Asia, India, Africa and occasionally S$. Europe, HA seutellaris is common in southern Australia including Tasmania; 1, afratus ts more tropical in distribution, oceurring in the coastal regions of Queensland and northern Australia, The only other species of the genus IH, hwokeri (Wh. } oveurs, together with the introduced H. seutellaris, in Neve Zealand.
{In identifying the larvae of Cybister and Humoeodytes it is helptul ta know the instars of the specimens involved, A good clue to this is the relative lengths of the third and fourth joints of the labial palpi: in the 3rd instar the fourth joint is the smaller, in the 2nd instar it is either a little longer or roughly equal te the third joint, and in the 1st instar the fourth is the greater, Furthermure, Ist iustar larvae can be separated from alder instars hy the lack of a row of setae hehind the occular arca and also by the lack of ventral spines on the posterive adborminal segments present in older instars, although often few a 2nd instar larvae.
In my key to the larvae of Australian Dytiscids (Watts, 1963) Hyderodes is not included." It will run to Wydaticus Leach from which it can be distinguished by the Jack of a ligula and the presence of swinnning hairs ou the cerci.
Cybister tripunctatus (Oliv, )
Onl instar Larvae
Chitinous areas testaceous, spotted with black, tips of antennae darker, Terga with H-shaped darker markings one on cither side of the middle. Dorsal mem- brimous areas with small blotches of dark grey. Underside pale grey, in some specimens dotted with dark grey, especially on more posterior segments. Pale medial stripes down dorsal surface of ubdomen present in some specimcus. This colour pattern is not well developed in all specimens.
Elead nearly as wide as long with a well-marked neck region, dorsal sutures straight, meeting just in front of centre. Front of clypeus trilobed: the two luteral lobes wide with outer edges slightly convex especially near the sides,
Line indicates <1 mm, (1) Head of 2nd instar Homoerodytes scutellaris. (2) Nitto, IT. alrattis, {3) Ditto, Wyderedes shuckardi. (4) Clypeus, 1st instar Cybister godeffrogi, (5) Ditto, Ist orm uf 2nd instar, (6) Ditto, 2nd form, (7) Ditto, 3vd instar, (8) Clypeus, Ist instur ©. tripunetatus. (9) Ditto, 2ud instar, (10) Ditto, 3rd iustar, (11) Clypeus, 2nd instar 4. atrafus. (12) Tip of last abdominal sevment 2d iuslar, A, sentellarts (ventral), (13) Ditta, C. ¢apunetatus, (14) Dorsal view last abdominal segment, Hyderodey shuckerdi (swinunine haits emitted), (15) Tarsal claw of tore tee of Grd instar, UW. shuckardi, (16) Labium,. See instur, H. shuckerdi. (17) Antenna, Grd instar, H, shuckdrdi. (18) 4, shuekardl, ynasilta. (19) Mandible, 3rd instar, C, triyunetatus. (20) Ditto, H. scutellaris)
PLATE 1
148 C. H. S. WATTS
inner edges conyex and for the most part touching the sides of the middle lobe which is in the form of a narrow triangle, truncate at the top, which projects slightly in front of the lateral lobes. The front edges of these and the top of the middle labe are fringed with short setae, those of the middle lobe nearly twice the length of the others, There are a few stouter setae along the front of the inner edges of the lateral lobes where they do not tuuch the middle lobe.
Mandibles rather stout, outer and inner édges evenly curved, top quarter dark and devoid of setae. Just below this mandible girdled with dense long setae which vover a good half of apical quarter. There is a rather thick row of small setae along the inner cdge of the middle two quarters of the mandible. Rest of mandible bare.
Antennae, maxillae and labial palpi as in Figs. 47, 23, 35.
Labrum strongly bilobed, front much wider than back and with a small but prominent ligula,
Prothorax 2-3 times the length of the mesothorax which is a little longer than the metathorax,
Abdominal segments 7 and 8 with swimming hairs, Segment 8 narrowing towards apex, its ventral surface with scattered long setae umd numerous short spines loosely grouped around the base. Segment 7 parallel-sided and about half the length of the Sth, its ventral surface with many very short spines and a few long setue. Circi reduced to small lobes, each with four long setae and pluced close to the tip of the segment.
Legs with two rows of long swimming hairs un posterior face; claws simple, very nearly equal in Jength, the inner one a fraction shorter.
Length 51-57 mm, head capsule 5-3-5-6.1nm L., 4-°3-4-6 mm W.
2nd Instar Larvae
Colour as in 3rd instar, but dorsal colour pattern less distinct and in some non-existent.
Front of head wider than back with well marked neck region: clypeus as in 3rd instar but with wedge-shaped notches between middle and lateral lobes with acute angles of about 20 degrees. Middle and lateral lobes only touch for a short distance at the bottom of the notches, or, as in a few specimens are completely separate in which case the bottoms of the notches curve slightly outwards, Front of middle lobe only slightly in front of foremost parts of lateral lobes. The few stout sctae on the inner edges of the lateral lohes are placed further back than in the 3rd instar,
Mandibles, labrum and ligula as in 3rd instar.
Antennae, maxillae and labial palpi as in figures, There is a variation in the relative lengths of some joints between different specimens but these differences are not great.
Prothorax 2-6 times as long as the mesothorax which is slightly longer than the metathorux.
Abdominal segments and Jegs as in 3rd instar. Length, 31-34 mm, head capsule, 3-3-3-4 mm L., 2-5-2-6 mm W,
LARVAE OF AUSTRALIAN DYTISCIDAE (COLEOPTERA) 149
Ist Inslar Larvae Very pale with little or no colour pattern,
Head much narrower at back than front. Lobes of clypeus project further forward than in older instars, notches between lobes slightly wider than in 2nd instar, lateral and middle Inbes do not touch. Setae along the outer edge of lateral lobes stouter and sparser than in older instars. Front of middle lobe only a little in front of foremost parts of the lateral lobes,
Top quarter of mandible curved inwards more sharply than rest. Anteunae, maxillae and labial palpi as in Figs. 45, 21, 33. Labrum and ligula as in older instars.
Prothorax twice the Jength of the mesothorax, which is about the same length as the metathorax.
Abdominal segment 7 narrow. segment 8 narrow and parallel-sided for most of its length. Both segments lack the ventral spines of older instars.
Legs relatively longer than in older instars and with swimming hairs not as well developed, claws equal.
Length, 19-22 mm, head capsule, 2-0-2-3 mm L., 1-5-1:6 mm W.
Larvae collected from a temporary billabong, Home Hill, Q.. April, 1963; a grassy temporary pool, Malanda, Q., April, 1963; a swamp, Townsville, Q., April, 1963; a temporary pool, Darwin, N.T., May, 1963,
Cybister eodeffroyi Weh,
3rd instar Larvae
Chitinous parts testaceous, tup quarter of mandibles black, membranous areas paler, conspicuous pale stripe down centre of dorsal surface behind head bordered with dark stripes on pro meso and metanotum and terga, dark lines on terga double in some cases. Body covered to varying degrees with smull rings of darker colour, Underside paler. Antero-lateral angles uf head mar- ginaly black in one specimen.
Head a little longer than wide with well marked neck region, dorsal sutures straight, meeting just forward of centre.
Mandibles as in C. tripuneiatus but with top quarler curving inwards to a slightly greater degree than the rest of the mandible. Front of clypeus trilobed, two lateral lobes with short, slightly convex outer edges and longer, very slightly concave inner edges. Middle lobe narrowly triangular and separated from lateral lobes by wide V-shaped notches rounded at the bottoms. Posterior edges of all three lobes in line. Outer edges of lateral lobes and truncate top of middle lobe with thick stout setae, those of the middle lobe about twice the Jenyth of the others. There are a few selae ov the inner edges of the lateral lobes,
Antennae, maxillac and labial palpi as in Figs. 50, 32, 26.
Labrum strongly bilobed, front much wider than back and with a small but prominent ligula,
Prothorax about twice the length of the mesothorax which is about the same length as the metathorax. Anterior half of prothorax parallel-sided, pos- terior half widening towards back.
1H) C. 1. §. WATTS
Abdominal segments 7 and 8 with swimming frairs, Segment § narrow, parallel-sided for most of its length but narrowing at tip, its ventral surface with scattered long setae and short spines which are restricted to the basal portion, Segment 7 widest at anterior end and about two-thirds the Jength of the 8th, its ventral surface with seattered stout spines and long setae, Circi squarish, very small, cach with four long setae and placed close to the tip of the last seument.
Legs relatively short. with swimming hairs; claws simple and of a very nearly equal length—the posterior claws of front tarsi a little shorter than anterior ones.
Length, 72-85 mm, head capsule 7-8 mm L.., 6-1-7-0 mm W.
The second of my twe specimens has the lateral lobes of the clypeus more rounded and the base of the middle lobe wider than the one described above, giving a shallower and more rounded outline to the notches. The setae on the anterior edges of the lateral lobes continue down the inner edges gradually becoming sparser towards the hase of the notch.
2nd Instar Larvae.
Colour as in 3rd instar, but with pattern less distinct.
Head as in 3rd instar, mandibles with the tip more noticeably narrower than the rest. Clypeus with lateral Jobes triangular, their bases about twice the width of the base ef the middle lobe, each lobe with a truncate tip which bears a dense tuft of setae. Setae on middle lobe twice the length of those on the others. Outer edges of lateral lobes with a relatively sparse row of setae, their inner edges with a few setae. Notches between lobes rounded at bottom.
Antennae, maxillac and Jabial palpi as in Figs. 49, 31, 2a. Labrum and ligitla as in 3rd instar,
Prothorax shaped as in 3rd instar, about twice the length of the mesothorax which is a little longer than the metathorax.
Segment 7 of the abdomen a little over half the length of segment 5. Ventral surfaces of these segments with numerous long setae but few, if any, spines,
Legs as in 3rd instar.
Length, 42 mm L., head capsule, 5-0 mm L., 3+7 mm W. (from one speci- men only).
Again the clypeus of my two specimens differ, the second form has the elypcus similar to the second form of the 3rd instar. Ist Instur Larvae
Head more elongate, Mandibles with top quarter more strongly curved inwards and much narrower than rest and with inner edge of central portion
Line indicates -l mm. (21) Maxilla, lst instar Cybister tripunctatus. (22) Ditto, 2nd instar (23) Ditto, 3rd instar. (24) Labial palpus, Ist instar C, godeffroyi, (25) Ditto, 2nd instar. {26) Ditto, 3rd instar. (27) Maxilla, Ist instar 27. seutellerix. (28) Ditta, 2nd instar. (29) Ditto, 3rd instar. (30) Maxilla, Ist instar GC. godeffroii. (31) Ditto, 2nd instar, (52) Ditto, 3rd instar. (33) Labial palpus, Ist instar C. tripunctatus, (34) Ditto, 2nd instar, (35) Dittu, 3rd instar. (36) Labial palpus, 2nd instar HN. atratus. (37) Antenna, Ist instar /T. scutellaris, (38) Ditto, 2nd instar. (39) Ditto, 3rd instar. (40) Labial palpnts, Ist instar HW. seutelinris, (41) Ditto, 2nd instar, (42) Ditte, ard instar. (43) Antenna, 2nd instar H, dtratus, (44) Ditto, maxilla. (45) Antenna, 1st instar C. tripunctatus, (46) Ditto, 2nd instar. (47) Ditto, 3rd instar, (48) Antenna, Ist instar C. godeffroyi. (49) Ditto, 2nd instar, (50) Ditto, 3rd instar.
LARVAE OF AUSTRALIAN DYTISCIDAE (COLEOPTERA) 151
a
SS
Pate 2
152 C.H.S, WATTS
a little sinuate. Clypeus with all lobes trianguJar, lateral lobes wider than central lobe and with their inner edges much longer than their outer. Fronts of all lobes truncate and bearing thick tufts of setae, those on the central Johe about twice the length of the others. Outer edges of lateral lobes with a sparse row of setae, immer edges with a few small fine setae.
Antennae, maxillae and labial palpi as in Figs, 48, 30, 24,
Labrum and ligula as in older instars.
Prothorax shaped us in older instars, twice the Jength of the mesothorax which is a little longer than the metathorax.
Abdominal segment 8 about twice the length of segment 7, both lacking ventral spines, Cerci as in older instars.
Legs relatively longer than in older instars and with sparser swimming, hairs. Length, 29 mm, head capsule 2-5-2-6 mm L., 2-3-2-4 mm W.
Larvae (two 3rd, two 2nd and several Ist imstars) collected from swamps at Home Hill and Townsville, Q., April, 1963.
Larvae of this species are best separated from those of C, tripunctatus by their larger size and the different shape of the clypeus after having first deter- mined the instars by means of characters mentioned in the introduction.
Homovodytes Reg.
The dentate lateral lobes of the clypeus ettectively separate Hormocodytes from the Anstralian Cyhister, Tlowever, Bertrand (1922) has illustrated a supposedly Cybister larva frorn Madagascar that has the Jateral lobes slightly dentate, but not to the same extent as in Momweadytes. The cerci are not as reduced, although those of H. atratus approach those of Cybister and they are placed much farther forward than in Cybister. The neck is short and is sunk into the prothorax, whereas in Cybister it is longer and is not covered by the prothorax. The mandibles lack the apical girdle of setac found in Cybister. (In a previous paper (Watts, 1963) before I had seen specimens of Cybister I gave as a distinguishing character the Iength of the ligula which in fact does not differ much between the gencra.)
Redescription of H. scutellaris (Hope). 3rd Tnstar Larcac
Body vrev-brown, head and thorax reddish-brown, black stripes on cither side of body, especially noticeable on the thorax.
Head roundish, as long as wide with a short neck region which is: covered by prothorax. Dorsal sutures straight and meeting in centre of head. Clypeus trilobed, lateral lobes strongly dentate. Number of teeth variable, from 13 to 18 and often asymmetrically arranged. Lateral lobes well separate from the natrow triangular-shaped middle lobe. Tips of teeth and top of middle lobe with long setae, Mandibles slender and evenly curved with very short setae along inner edge except for basal and apical quarters.
Antennae, maxillae and lahial palpi as in Figs. 39, 29, 42.
Labium bilobed, front much wider than back, with a small ligula.
LARVAE OF AUSTRALIAN DYTISCIDAE (COLEOPTERA) 153
Prothorax 2-6 times the length of the mesothorax, which is. tbout the same length as the metathorax. Anterior half of prothorax parallel-sided, posterior half widening towards back.
Abdominal segments 7 and $8 with swimming hairs, segment 7 with sides roughly parallel, its ventral surface with numerous small spines and some long setac. Segment 8 tapering towards apex and a little less than twice length of segment 7, its ventral surface with scattered long setae and a large number of short spines together with some long fine setae near its base. (The ventral spines are very small and are often missing; however, the integument near their point of attachment is darkly pigmented in a roughly oval shape which serves to indicate the position of the spines and also the longer setae.) Cerci very smal], narrowly conical in shape with four setae near their tips and placed a little nearer anus than tip of segment,
Legs with two rows of swimming hairs on posterior face; claws simple, approximately equal in length.
Length 45-55 mm, head capsule 5-0-5-7 mm L., 6-0-6-3 mm W,
2nd Instar Larvae
Colour as. in 3rd instar but dorsal pattern much less marked, Head and clypeus as in 3rd instar except that the clypeus has fewer teeth. Mandibles as in 3rd instar, but with apical quarter much narrower than the rest.
Antennae, maxillae and labial palpi as in Figs. 38, 28, 41,
Labium and ligula as in 3rd instar.
Prothorax shaped as in 3rd instar, 3:2 times the length of the mesothorax which is a little longer than the metathurwx.
Abdominal segments 7 and 8 as in 3rd instar except that the ventral spines are a little longer.
Legs as in Grd instar. Length, 30-34 mm, head capsule 4-1-4-2 mm J.., 3-6-3-7 mm W.
lst Instar Lartae
Pale, almost without markings,
Head more triangular in shupe than in older instars. Row of prominent setae behind the ocular area present in older insturs absent, Mandibles and clypeus as in 2nd instar.
Antennae, maxillac and labial palpi as in Figs, 37, 27, 40.
Prothorax shaped as in older instars, about twice as long as the meso- thorax which is about the same length as the metathorax.
Abdominal segments 7 and § as in older iustars except that they Jack ventral spines and have the cerci placed relatively nearer the anus.
Legs, labrum and ligula as in alder instars.
Lenyth, 23-24 mm, head capsule 2°3-2:6 mm L., 2-3-2:4 mm W.
Larvae collected from a weedy creck, Canberra, January, 1961; a weedy pool, Melbourne, December, 1961 Lake Boga, Vic., January, 1961; and a swamp, Mannum, $.A,, September, 10).
154 C. H.-S. WATTS H, atretus ( Fab.)
Sra bistar Larea
Testacevus; terga and dorsal surface of head and thorax covered with darl«r dats and small blotches. Rest of dorsal surface with an extensive dark lattice- work giving it a dark brown appearance, Sides of thorax and abdomen Jighter in colour, Ventral surface pale grey.
Head nearly rectangular being only a little narrower at base, neck short and sunk into prothorax. Anterior dorsal sutures slightly curved and meetinir straight medial suture a litte in front of centre of head. Clypeus trilobed, lateral lobes dentate, each tooth with a tuft of setae at its tip. (The number of teeth in H, scutellaris is very variable and the same is probably trne of this species, my one specimen of this instar having four on the right lobe and six on the left:) Middle lobe narrowly Wiangnlar in shape with lateral lobes touch- ing it along its basal half. Row of large setae behind ocular area, Mandibles stout, top quarter more strongly curved inwards than the rest, central portion ot mner edge straight. The mandibles of the specimen are abraded of most setae.
Anteunae and maxillary palpi missing. Maxillary stipes long and without gulea. Labium moderately bilobed with a small cone-shaped ligula. Labial palpi with last joints missing, relative lengths of others 1 > 2 > 3.
Protliorax 4 little less than three times the length of the mesathorax which is a little longer than the metathorax. Anterior half of prothorax narrow and vylin- drical, posterior half widening towards middle.
Abdominal segments 7 and 8 with swimming hairs. Segment 7 narrower at back than front and with its ventral surface sparsely covered with small spines und longer setae (see note under H. scutellaris). Segment § about twice ihe length of segment 7, tapering towards apex, its ventral surface with scattered long setae, especially along the sides, and mimerous small spines near the base. Cerci reduced to small, widely triangular knobs with a few long setae and placed half-way between anus and end of segment.
Legs with two rows of swimming, hairs on posterior facc; claws simple, approximately equal in length. Length, 35 mm, head capsule 3-8 mm L., 2.5 mm W.
3nd Instar Larva
Paler than 3rd instar, with dark latticework absent in my one specimen.
Head as in 3rd instar with neck region within prothorax, clypeus with inner edges of lateral lobes touching edges of middle lobe for a little less than half its length. Specimen has seven teeth on left lobe, six on right lobe, with both lobes having two very small teeth, with a few setac, al their lateral edges. Mandibles as in 3rd instar with all but their apical quarter with fine setae along the inner edge.
Antennae, maxillae and Iabial palpi as in Figs. 43, 44, 36.
Labrum and ligula as in 3rd instar,
Prothorax shaped as in 3rd instar, about twice the length of the meso- thorax which is a little longer than metathorax,
Abdominal segment 7 a little more than half the length of segment 8 and more or less purallel-sided; otherwise these two segments as in 3rd instar.
LARVAE OF AUSTRALIAN DYTISCIDAE (COLEOPTERA) 155 Legs as in 3rd instar.
Length 29 mm, head capsule 2-4 mm L,, 1-7 mm W.
st instar larva as yet unknown.
Two specimens collected from a temporary billabong at Home Will, Q., April, 1963.
Larvae of this species can be separated from thase of H. scutellaris by their more reduced cerei, their narrow elongated head and the fact that the lateral lobes of the clypens touch the middle lobe. There is a possibility that I have assigned these two spocimens ta the wrong instars: they may prove lo be the 1st and 2nd instars,
Hyderodes Nope
This genus is most closely related to Dytiscus L. of the Northern [lemisphere, the two forming a well-marked tribe, the larvae characterised by their entire clypcus, cerci and abdominal segments 7 and 8 with swimming hairs, and the lack of a ligula. The larvae of Hyderades differ from those of Dytiscus most notice- ably in the following characters: Hyderodes has temporal spines (except in the Ist instar), spines ou the ventral surface of the head, two rows of short spines along the bottom edge of claws and has no row of long setae on the inner edge of the cerci. (In many species af Dytisens the number of setae on the inner edge of the cerci are reduced to only two apical ones in Ist instar larvae. )
H. shuckardi Hope 3rd Instar Laruae
Testaceous, chitinous ureas with numerous small black dots, integument greyish without spots.
Head as wide as long, anterior dorsul sutures curved and meeting straight medial suture in front of middle of head. Front of clypeus complete, with a thick row of short blunt setae along front edge, <A greatly pigmented area on dorsal surface, twice the size of an ocellus, just inwards from ocular urea. Tem- poral spines present, stout spines on underside of head. Mandibles slender and curved but with middle portion of inner edge rather straight. Sparse row of setae along this straight portion sct a little back from edge on dorsal surface and a thick row of yery stout setae along inner edge of mandible except for basal quarter, These setae are often abraded to varying degrees.
Antennac, maxillae and labial palpi as in Figs. 17, 18, 16. Tabrum squat, expanded slightly laterally.
Prothorax a little over twice the length of the mesuthorax which is slightly longer than the metathiorax.
Abdorninal segments 7 and 8 with swimming hairs, seginent 8 narrower than 7 but only a little longer. Fine setae along sides of all segments, short spines and long fine setae on ventral surface of abdominal sewments 4, 5, 6, 7 and 8, spines more numerous and larger on Jast two. Cerei stout, about length of second last abdominal segment, fringed with long setae on outer edges and with three long setae ou dorsal surface close to the base and two long setae on vera] surfeue c'use ts the tip. Last abdominal segment slightly produced dorsally behind the eerci.
156 C. 1. 5. WATTS
Legs with swimming hairs, claws unequal, posterior one a little shorter, both with two rows of spines on ventral surface.
Length 30-36 mm, head capsule 5-0-5-5 mm. L., 4:4-5-0 mm W.
3nd Instar Larvae
As in the 3rd instar except that the prothorax is a little less than twice the length of the mesothorax and the spines on the ventral surface of the abdomen are absent but for a few on the last two segments.
Length 22-26 mm, head capsule 3-7-4:0 mm L., 3:1-3-2 mm W,
Ast Instar Larvae
Head quite strongly triangular with neck only slightly marked off and lacking temporal spives. Clypeus as in older instars, mandibles with setae only on apical quarter.
Relative Jengths of segments of antennae as follows: 1 > 3 > 2 > 4; of maxil- lary palpi 2> 3 = 4 > 1, of labial palpi 1 > 2 which has a roughened ventral surface.
Prothorax shaped as in 3rd instar, about twice the length of the mesothorax which is about the length of the metathorax.
Claws on legs not or only slightly unequal.
Abdominal segment § about 1-3 times the length of segment 7. Cerci a little shorter than last abdominal segment. Ventral surfaces of abdominal segments without spines but with long setae that tend to form transverse bands, last seyment with only two setae placed near its apex,
Length 14-16 mm, head capsule 2-2-2-5 mm L., 1-7-2-1 mm W.
Larvae collected from a weedy pvol, Williamstown, S.A., September, 1962.
REFERENCES Brertrann, H., 1928: Les larves des Dytiscicles, Hygrobiides, Haliplides. Eneycl, ent. (A), 10, VI, 366 pp.
Bernrranp, H,, 1932: Sur deux Jarves incdites de Dytisvides (Coleoptera), Soc. Ent. France, Livre du Centenaire, pp, 229-236.
Biacksuxn, Rev. T., 1888; Trans, Linn. Soc, N.S.W., (2) 3, pp. 812-813,
Recrupant, E., 1908: In Michaelsen, Fn. Siidwest-Aust, I, 8, p. 313.
Swarr, D., 1882: On Aquatic Carnivorous Coleoptera or Dytiscidae. Sci. ‘Trans. Royal Dublin Svc., V, 2, series 2,
Watrs, C, H. $., 1963: The Larvae of Australian Dytiscidae (Coleoptera). Trans. Royal Soc, S. Aust., vol, 87, pp, 23-40,
Xampev, V., 1904: Mocurs et Métamorphoses des Insects. Ann, Soc. Linn, Jvon, LT,
TWO TRICHOSTRONGYLE NEMATODES FROM A MARMOSET
BY PATRICA M. MAWSON
Summary
A number of worms were taken from the small intestine of Callithrix jucchus, recently imported (from the Antwerp Zoo) for the Adelaide Zoological Gardens. They were collected and fixed in the Institute of Medical and Veterinary Science (Adelaide) and given to me through the courtesy of Alan W. Banks of that Institute. Mr. Banks noted that in life "the largest worms were red and more or less straight, the smaller ones coiled". The species have been identified us Molineus elegans Travassos (the larger) and Longistriata dubia Travassos (the coiled), both new records for the marmoset. Travassos noted ( 1937, p. 77) that these two species occurred together in the common type host, Saimiri sciurea.
TWO TRICHOSTRONGYLE NEMATODES FROM A MARMOSET
By Parricra M. MAwson®
[Read 13 August 1964]
SUMMARY
A number of worms were taken from. the small intestine of Callihrix jacchus, recently imported (from the Antwerp Zoo) for the Adelaide Zoological Gardens. They were collected and fixed in the Institute of Medical and Veterin- ary Science (Adelaide) and given to me through the courtesy of Alan W. Banks of that Institute. Mr, Banks neted that m life “the largest worms were red and more or less struight, the smaller ones coiled”, The species have been identified as Molineus elegans Travassos (the larger) and Longistriata dubia Travassos
(the coiled), both new records for the marmoset. ‘Travassos noted (1937, p, 77) that these two species occurred together in the common type host, Saimiri selured.
Afolineus elegans Travassos Vip. 1.
Host and Locality. —Callithrix jacchus, Adclaide Zoological Gardens.
The measurements and appearance of the specimens from the marmoset agree generally with the description af the types, although the position of the cervical groove and the excretory pore, and of the cervical papillae, are more posterior compared to that of the nerve ring and to the length of the ocsophagus, The arrangement of these resembles more that in M. torulosus (Molin), Ie is, however, distinguished from M, lorulosus by the barbed inner branches of the
spicules, the longer externo-dorsal ray, the presence of a patch of fine hooks on the inner surface of the lateral lobes of the bursa, and the shorter ovejectors,
Measurements are given in Table 1.
TABLE 1.
Measurements of Molienus eleqans and Longistriata dubiq {rom # marmoset
Molineus elegans Longistriata dubia. j ay Qo \ 3 2 Length (mm) 4-0-5°5 9 4-4-6- 2:9-2-8 — 2-9-3+5 Oesophagus (1) | 355-380 370-420 300-340 300-400 Anterior end—nerve ring: (2) 180-210 170-210 180 160-80 —cerv, pag. (y2) 220-240 240.271 250 250-280 —exer. pore (,) 210-260 210-250 250 250-280 Length eephy. inflation (2) 50-60 5-70 59-60 fi0-fi Spicules (pe) 110-130 —- 180-190 _ Gubernaculium (,) 60-70 3 220 — Vulva—pasterior end. holy (jx) -- 0-9-1-2 — 170-250 Tail (sans spike) (1) = 80-90 a 60-LOU Tail spike () — 10-18 = _- ges (y) 45-50 x 28-30 | — 70-80 40
* University of Adelaice,
Trans, Roy, Soc. S. Aust. (1964), Vol. 88.
158 PATRICIA MAWSON Longistriata ( Brevispiculoides) dubia (Travassos ) Fig. 2-5, Host and Locality.—Callithrix jacchus, Adelaide Zoological Cardens.
Longistriata dubia closely resembles L. argentina Freitas, Lent and Almeida. The latter has been recorded once, from a rodent, Holochilus balnearum (F, L, A 1937, p. 198), the former five times, three records from primates (Travassos, 1921, p. 367, from Saimiri sciurea; 1937, p. 329, from Alouta caraya; Cameron, 1923, p. 71, from Saimiri sciurea) and twice from a lagomorph, Romerolagus diazi (Bravo Hollis, 1950, p. 114; Aguillar, 1958, p. 45). A proper comparison of the descriptions given by these atithors is impossible, as the positions of nerve ring, excretory pore and cervical papillae are not given in all cases, Moreover, J have unfortunately been unable to consult Aguillar’s paper, The spicule tips
50
1900
Fig. 1. Molineus elegans, oesophageal region, Figs. 2-5, Longistriata dubia: 2, oesophageal region: 3, L. dubia, tail of female; 4, L. dubia, posterior end of male; 5, L. dubia, bursa opered out. 1, 2, and 3 to same scale; 3 and 4 to same scale.
NEMATODES FROM A MARMOSET 159
ave described by Travassos as enlarged and enclosed in a membrane, but are shown by other authors as simple. L. dubia of Brayo Hollis is shown with the excretury pore in what seems to be a groove around the body, In the specimens now identified as L. dubia no such groove is present. The spicules each end in a tiny hook which in Jateral view gives a swollen appearance to the tips. In some male specimens a very lightly chitinised gubernaculum and telamon, absent in L, dubia, are visible, as figured for L, argentina.
The tail of the female ends in a sharp point, whereas those figured in all records quoted above arc rather rounded; the suwh-cuticular tissue, however, shows subterminal knobs as figured by Trayassos, ‘lhe eggs are larger in relation to the bedy width than in other descriptions, but it has becn noticed that in Longistriata spp. the posterior end of the female enlarges with age.
It is considered that the specimens from the marmoset belong to L. duhia. Whether L. argentina should be considered a synonym of L. dubia, and, if not, whether the specimens identificd by Brave Hollis and by Aguillar belong to L. dubia or to L. argentina, can only be ascertained by re-examination of the material in question.
Meusurements of the specimens from the marmosct are given in Table 1.
REFERENCES
Acuintar, M. B. G. M., 1958, Estudié sobre algunos nermmatodos de nwmiferos. Thesis, Univ. Nac. Autom, Mexico, 89 pp.
Bravo Horr, M., 1950, Estudié de nematodos parasitos de Tos leporidos del distrito Federal. An Inst. Biol. Mexico, 21 (1), pp. 103-118. CGanceron, T. W. M., 1923, Stuclies on two new genera and some little known species of the nematode family ‘Itichostrungylidac Leiper. J. Helminth, 1, pp. 71-96. Trervas, J. F.; Terema or, Lent, H., and Aumema, J. Lins pp, 1937. Pequena contribucao ao estuda da fauna helminthologica da Argentina. Mer. Inst. Osw. Cruz., 32, pp. 195-210.
‘Travassos, L., 1921. Contribugao uo conhecimento da fauna helminthologica brasiliera. XIU. Ensaio monographico da familia 'Trichostrongvlidae Leiper, 1912. Mein. Inst, Osw, Cniz, 13, pp. 1-52,
Trayassos, L., 1937. Revisao da familia Trichostrongylidae Leipcr, 1912. Monographias Tust, Osw. Cruz, 1, 512 pp.
Travassos, L,. 1921, Nematodeos novos 1. Brazil-Med., an. 35, vol. 2 (24), pp. 367-368.
THE PROCESS OF FERTILIZATION IN THE SPINY LOBSTER JASIJS LALANDEI (EL MILNE-EDWARDS)
BY D. R. FIELDER
Summary
The mechanism of copulation in Jams lalandei (H. Milne-Edwards) is discussed by comparing the reproductive organs with those of Panulirus cygnus (George). The structure of the fifth pereiopods and thoracic sterna of the female 1. lalandei indicate;; that the deposition of external spermatophores is unlikely. The male genital apertures of 1. lalandei are also not well adapted for depositing external spermatophores as they are in P. cygnus. The introduction of internal therefore the alternative.
An hypothesis is put forward, describing a potential intromittent organ in male J. lalandei to support the assumption of internal fertilization.
THE PROCESS OF FERTILIZATION IN THE SPINY LOBSTER JASUS LALANDEI (IL. Milne-Edwards)
By D. BR. Frecprer® (Communicated by 1, M. Thomas)
[Read 13 August 1964] SUMMARY
The mechanism of copulation in Jusus lalandei (H. Milne-Edwards) is dis- cussed) by comparing the reproductive organs with those of Panulirus cygnns (George), The structure of the fifth pereiopods and thoracic sterna of the female {. lalandei indicates that the ceposition of external spermatophores is unlikely, The male genital apertures of J. lalande? are also not well adapted tor depositing extérnal spermatophores uy they ace in P. cygznus. The introduction of internal sperinalophores is: therefore the alternative.
An hypothesis is put forward, describing a patential intromittenl orvan in male J. lalandet to support the assumption of internal fertilization.
INTRODUCTION
The mechanisin of fertilization has been deseribed for several specics of Panulirus; Panulirus interruptus (Randall), Allen (1916), Lindberg (1955); Panulirus pencillatus (Oliver), Matthews (1951); Panulirus cygnus (George); Sheard (1949), George (1957), Panulirus argus (Latreille), Walton Smith (1959). In cach case fertilization occurs in the same manner. The male deposits a puity-like spermatophore on the sternum of the female, posterior to the genital apertures, some time before the ega@s are released, The spermatophore, initially soft and light in colour, hardens and turns black. LDygs are said to be fertilized externally by sperm released frum the spermatophore by the chela of the fifth legs of the female. [loweyer, the method of copulation has not been verified, nor is tt known with certainty at what stage of monlt copulation occurs,
Yon Bonde (1936) described the act of mating for Jasus lalandei (A. Milne- Edwards) from observations made on captive animals. He found that the male turns a newly moulted female on her back so that their sterna are closely apposed, His conclusion that fertilization is internal is based on the following statement, that “the spermatophores are extruded and appear to make their way through the female genital apertures and so into the oviducts where fertilization takes place at their upper ends”, Since no mention is made of actually finding sperma- tophores in the oviduets or failing to find them externally it must be taken thal the above statement is an assumption,
Initial observation of external genitalia during this present investigation indicated that internal fertilization was difficult mechanically due to. their rela- live positions and difference in size between the sexes. Copulation was nol observed during observation of captive animals over threc years, precluding direct description, The prublem was therefore approached indirectly by com- paring the external genitalia of P. eyentus from which the process of fertilization is known, with those of J. Jalandei. From this comparison it was hoped that an hypothesis for the method of fertilization, based on more than assumption, ciuld be erected.
* Zoology Department, University of Adeluidy: present address: Zoology Department. University College of Tawnsyille.
Trims. Rov. Soc. S, Aust. (1964), Vol. 88.
162 D. R. FIELDER THE FEMALE
(a) The Fifth Walking Leg:—The fifth walking legs of P. cygnus and J, lalandei are compared in Fig. 1, In P. cygnus a short, stout arm projects later- ally from the base of the dactylopodite, which is capable of closing agwinst a stout extension of the propodite. The dactylopodite therefore forms a strong chela capable of pinching as well as scratching. This chela is used tu break the spermatophore and then gouge it open to release sperm. In J. lalandei the dacty- Jopodite has no lateral arm and is similar to those of the other walking legs. A spine projects from the distal end of the propodite, which is apposed to the dactylopodite forming u chela. The spine of the propodite is much smaller than the dactylopadite and is attached by a thick membrane of chitin. The chela is therefore not very strong as the spine of the propodite does not form a solid base to the dactylopedite. Such a chela is not suited for pinching or breaking and is probably used to comb and clean the ovigerous setae of the pleopods.
1 2
Fig, 1, The fifth chelate pereiopods of (1) P. cygnus aml (2) J. lalandei,
(b) The Last Two Thoracic Sterna:—The last two thoracic sterna of P. cygnus have a smooth hairless area, presumably for the reception of sperma- tophores. This area is covered by tufts of short hairs in J. lalandei indicating that deposition of an external spermatophore is unlikely,
(c) The Genital Apertures:—Both specics have similar genital apertures. The rim of the aperture is raised and circular in shape. The actual opening is situated on the inner side and extends as a crescent-like slit around half of the circumference. The remaining area inside the rim is Aled with a chitinous membrine, which can be inverted to form a circular opening. This membrane is quite soft and easily inverted in J, lalandei, but is inverted with difficulty in P. cyenus. The diameter of apertures in mature animals is 2 to 3.mm in J. lalandei and 3 to 4 mm in P. cygnus.
TERTILIZATION (N TUR SPINY LOBSTER 163
Tig Mane
The Genital Apertures (Fig. 2):—The genital aperture of P. cygnus has the form of an oval saucer, The actnal epening to the vas deferens is slit-like and situated on the inner side of the sancer. The remaining area inside the saucer is filled with a chitinous membrane in the form of a loosely coiled tube ending ina spine. The spine is free and the tube is capable of erection. Normally, the tube is eviled so that the spine effectively closes the aperture. The tube is musenlar and is probably capable of autonomous movement. Its probable function is to direct the placement of the spermatophore. Movement of the fitth legs moves the aperture in an are, accounting in part for the bilateral symmetry of the spermatophore. Apertures of mature animals may be more than 13 mm in diameter.
The genital aperture of J. lelandei ts much smaller than that af P. eyynus, heing as small as 3 mm in diameter at first maturity. The shape is similar to the female aperture, the actual opening extending in an are around the inner rim. The chitinous membrane filling the remaining area is folded and shaped to form a tongue-like flap, which normally closes the opening, It is unlikely that such an aperture could extrude a speanatophore similar to that of P. eyenus.
Tt ean be seen from comparison, of external genitalia that the chelate fifth legs of female J, lalandet are poorly adapted to break open external spermato- phores, In fact, it is unlikely that external spermatophores could be attached suecessfully to the sterna of female J, lalandei. The soft nature of the female itperture in J, lalandei also indieates the possibility nf introducing a sperma- tophore internally.
The large male genital apertures in P. cyguns would allow large quantities of spermatophoric material to be eatruded. Their construction also allows the spermatophore to be directed gver a relatively large area reducing its thickness. A thin spermatophore would be yvouged more efficiently than a thick one, with better release of sperm. It is doubtful whether the smaller size of the male genital aperture in J, /alandei would allow the large amount of material neces- sary to form an external spermatuphore to be extruded.
Most aspects of the external anatomy of J, lalandei indicate poor adaptatiou for external fertilization, If fertilization is internal, the absence of a long intro- mittent organ and the small size of the apertures introduces the problem of hew males can locute the female aperture for efficient transfer of spermatophores. In an attempt to answer this question, a detailed examination of the male genital aperture was made.
Wt has been stated that the tengue-like flap of the male genital aperture normally closes the aperture, llowever, this fap is capable of erection and may project more than Smut in ktrge mules. This observation introduced the possibility that the flap of male genital apertures could be used to locate female apertures, The validity of this sugyestion appeared to lie in the mechanism of erection, The fact that most flaps were observed in the distended condition during breeding seasons indicated they were connected fimctionally with copu- lation.
The structure of the male genital aperture was therefore studied from transverse sections. Several male genital apertures were excised with some underlying muscle and a short length of vas deferens, and fixed in Gilson’s fluid. The acetic acid of this Axative decaleificd the skeleton. which was softened
164 D. R. FIELDER
further with 8 per cent phenol in 75 per cent methyl alcohol. After embedding in paraffin wax, m.p, 58°C., serial transverse sections 15y. thick were cut. Sections were stained with Delafield’s haematoxylin (Harris modification) and eosin,
The flap had no muscle-attachment, eliminating the possibility of erection through contraction of muscles. The underlying tissues contained large blood spaces, suggesting the flap was distended by an increase in blood-pressure. It has been suggested by Von Bonde (1936), that mating occurs a few weeks following moulting by the male. Since increase in size at moult is caused primarily by an increase in tissue-fluid it is possible that erection of the flap is a consequence of moulting. Von Bonde also stated that the female moulted a few hours prior to mating. At this stage the skeleton is very soft and the
Fig. 2. The male genital apertures of P. cygnus and J, lalandei. A, Genital atria in situ. B, Genital Haps closed. C. Genital flaps open.
TERTILIZATION IN ‘THE SPINY LOBSTER 165
ehitinous membrane of the female aperture would be inverted easily, This would therefore be the best time for the male to locate the female apertures and maintain its position by insertion of the genital flaps.
Examinatiin of the oviduct failed to reveal a dilatation or sac that could be used as 4 seminal vesicle, Without such a vesicle it was difficult to sce how fertilization could oeeur in the oviduct. Even ullowing for stretching of the aviduet it would be much smaller than the corresponding vas deferens and it is doubttul whether it could hokd the same amount of spermatophoric material, Tt was also difficult to see how sufficient of the spermatophore was retained to fectilize all egus after ovulation had begun,
It has been stated previously (Tielder, 1964) that the oviduct is lined with high columnar epithelium, which is folited to form villi. In many cases adjacent villi formed sae-like channels. Apart from secreting a lubricating Huid or von- tibuting to the egg-shell, it is difficult ta see the significance of villi in the ovi- duct, One other possible function of villi would be to retain sperm, which would fertilize the eggs as they passed down the oviduct. This could occur only if some of the matrix of the spertnitephore was removed and sperm concentrated hetween the villi of the oviduct. A final comparison was made between the structure of the sperm-mass ad vas deferens of J. lalandei and P. pencillatus, The purpose of this comparison was to determine whether the spermatophore ot J, ldlandei was more likely to be deposited externally or mternally. The vas deferens of each species has been described earlier, J. lalandei (Fielder, 1964) and P, pencillatus (Matthews, 1951). The glands of the proximal vas deferens at P, pencillatus secrete a crystalline material, which surrounds the sperm-mass. This walled sperm-mass continues into the large distal portion of the vas deferens. Here it becomes convoluted and embedded in a matrix secreted by a large glan- dular “typhlosole”. Sections through the distal vas deferens show sperm concen- trated into # strand contained within the granular spermatophoric wall, the whole embedded ina non-cellular matrix.
The proximal vas deferens of J. lalandei does nut secrete a granular swall ivound the sperm-mass, but appears to initiate secretion of a Huid matrix, A distinet strand pf sperm is therefore not formed. The resultant spermatophore appearing im the distal yas deferens consists of clumps of sperm embedded in the fluid matrix, A very thin crystalline wall appears tu surround the matrix,
Matthews (1951) described the spermatophoric mass of P. pencillatus as being putty-like on extrusion. At a similar stage the aneimatophorie mass af J. lalandei is a sticky, jelly-like mass, which remains discreet in sea-water. It is reasonably fluid and could possibly be introduced into the oviduct. Absence ol a erystalline wall around the sperm-mass would allew release of sperm on disin- tegration of the mattix. Such disintegration of the matrix in the oviduct would allow sperm to be stored between the yilli in the aviduct until needed,
lt appeers on morphological grounds then, that Von Bonde’s assumption was correct and that fertilization in J. /alandei is internal. Observations of captive animals also indicated that moultiny uf the female is a prerequisite far mating. Four females moulted between Angust and October. Although males Were present, mating was never observed, In each case, however. the female died within two weeks of moulting without appreciable hardening of the exe- skeleton. Post-mortem examination showed that the ovaries were ripe, No sperm were detected in the oviduct or in the ovary. No external spermatophore had been deposited, It must therefore be assumed that mating had not occurred,
166 D. RB. FIELDER
The fact that the four animals died without spawning may indicate that mating is a necessary stimulus for spawning and failure to spawn may prove fatal. Lindberg (1955) states that: “It is not known whether eggs will be extruded in the absence of a sperm case, or without mating activity, but it is perhaps significant that only fertilized eggs attach to the swimmerets. The presence, in females not bearing sperm cases, of ripe ovaries late in the breeding season may indicate, in fact, that egg extrusion does not occur in the absence of mating.”
DISCUSSION
In the absence of critical observation of mating and extrusion of eggs, three factors appear necessary for successful spawning. These are (1) moulting pre- cedes mating, (2) spermatophores are introduced in the oviducts where fer- tilization occurs, (3) mating is probably a prerequisite of spawning.
It is unlikely that both genital apertures of the male and female would often coincide durmg mating. It is also unlikely that egys are extruded from one genital aperture only. If fertilization does occur in the oviduct, sperm must be present in both oviducts if fertilization is to be complete. Further work is required to determine whether a male is able to control extrusion of spermato- phores or whether some sperm is lost by release from both apertures when one does not coincide with a female aperture.
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
I am most grateful to Mr. I. M. Thomas, Zoology Department, the Univer- sity of Adelaide for helpful criticism during the preparation of this paper and to Mr. R. P. Kenny, Zoology Department, University College of Townsville, for reading the manuscript,
Dr. R, W. George, Western Australian Museum, supplied specimens of Panuliris cygnus for comparison,
REFERENCES
Auten, B, M., 1916, Notes on the spiny lobster (Panuliris interruptus) of the Californian Coast. University of Culitornia Publ. Zool, 16 (12), pp, 139-152.
Firuver, D. R,, 1964. The spiny lobster Jasus delandet (IL Milne Edwards) in South Aus- tralia. TI, Reproduction, Aust. J. Mat. Freshw. Res, 15 (2), Geonce, R. W., 1957. Continnous cravfishing tests Pelsart Group, Houtman Abrollios, Western Australia, 1953. Aust. J. Mar. Fresh, Res. 8 (4), pp, 476-490. Linnsenc, RG, 1955, Grawth, population dynamies and field behaviour in the spiny lobster, Paruliris interruptus (Randall), Univ. Calif. Publ, Zool., 59, pp. 157-248.
MatrHews, D. C., 1951. The origin, development, and nature of the spermatophoric amass of the spiny lobster, Panuliris pencillatus (Oliver), Pac. Sci, 5 (4), pp. 359-371,
Surarn, K., 1949. Marine eruyfishes of Western Australia, Austral-Council Sei., Indust. Hes., Bull, No, 247, pp. 1-45.
Surru, E.G, Warton, 1959. The spiny lobster industry of the Caribbean. Curib. Fish. Comm., 1959, pp, 1-19.
Von Bonve, C., 1936. The reproduction, embrydlogy and ametamorphosis of the Cape craw- fish. Department of Commerce and Tndistries, Union Se. Africa. Invest. Ref. No, 6, pp. 1-25.
THE IDEINTITY AND ORIGIN OF VARIETIES OF OXALIS PES-CAPRAE L. NATURALIZED IN AUSTRALIA
BY D. R. FIELDER
Summary
A brief account of the distribution of the tristylic species Oxalis pes-caprae L. as a weed is given. Variation within the species is discussed. The widespread weedy variety is described as a short- styled pentaploid (5% = 35) clone, other varieties being tetraploid (4% = 28). An account of the history of the short-styled pentaploid variety and the tetraploid varieties in Australia is presented.
THE IDENTITY AND ORIGIN OF VARIETIES OF OXALIS PES-CAPRAE L. NATURALIZED IN AUSTRALIA
By P. W. Micwag.! [Read 13 August 1964]
SUMMARY
A brief account of the distrilrition of the tristylic species Oxalis pes-caprae L. as a weed is given. Variation within the species ig discussed. The wide- spread weedy varivty is duseribed as a shart-styled pentaploid (5 = 35) clone, other varieties being tetraploid (42 = 28). An account of the history of the snort styled pentaploid variety and the tetraploid varicties in Australia is pre- seTieEee:
T. INTRODUCTION
Oxalis pes-caproe L., syn, O. cernta Thunb.2 is a serious bulbous weed over thousands of acres in the agricultural areas of South Australia. It is a strong competitor in crops and pastures and a well-known poisonous plant, oxalic acid poisoning in sheep feeding on soursub (Q. pes-caprae) being first recorded by Bull (1929). It is abundant also in home gardens, vineyards and orchards.
Although it oceurs in all Australian States, paddock-size infestations are uncommon, except in South Australia. The most important infestations, outside South Australia, are in the vineyard and orchard areas of Western Australia and in part of the cereal belt of Victoria.
O. pes-caprae occurs as a weed in many other parts of the world, most notably throughout the western coastal regions of the Mediterranean and in the Cape Province of South Africa. Its overall Mediterranean distribution is men- tioned by Rikli (1946) and particular references to it as a weed are given by Hildebrand (1884) for Sicily, Morris (1895) for the Canary Islands, Ducellier (1914) and Chevalier (1940) for Algeria, Knoche (1922) for the Balearic Islands, Borg (1927) for Malta and neighbonring islands. and by Chabrolin (1934) for Tunisia. Hildebrand (1884) first drew attention to its potentiality as a weed.
It seems certain that O. pes-caprae is a native of South Africa (Salter, 1944). Thunberg (1781) noted that it was abundant at the Cape, both in and outside gardens. Later published records in South Afriea are uncommon, however, and do not give a satisfactory picture of its significance as a weed, Its major status as a weed in the Cape Province of South Africa was noted by Hughes.*
1C.S.1.R8.0,, Division of Plant Industry, Canberra, A,C,T.
*Ruppa (19LL) recognized thal, on grounds of priority, Oxalix pes-caprae L. was the valid name of the species, but he preferred to retain the name ©. cernua Thunh., which had become so widely aecepted, Salter (1939) re-established the original name O. pes-caprae L.
3 All references in the text to current observations on OQ. pes-caprae in South Africa are tue to Dr, R. D. Hughes, Department of Zoology, Australian National University, who visited South Africa in 1961.
Trans, Roy. Soc. S, Aust. (1964), Vol. 88.
168 P. W. MICHAEL II], VARIATION WITHIN THE SPECIES
_ Salter (1944) has described O. pes-caprae as a variable species in South Africa, Similarly in Australia, different combinations of a number of characters of both flowers and leaflets make for considerable variation. The more important of these characters are:
(i) Sepals — presence or absence of purple markings on upper and/or lower portion; presence or absence of orange or purple apical calli. (ii) Petals — varying size; varying shades of yellow; reddish or whitish tinge on underside; presence or absence of red mark on distal edge, (iii) Leaflets — acute or obtuse angle at base; presence or absence of purple markings as flecks, basal crescent and/or line (Fig. 1); reddish or pale green apical mark; reddish or green pctiolules,
2 C2 SSB ae Le
25mm |—_____—_
Fig. 1. Variation in leaflets of Oxalis pes-caprac. 1. No
purple or red markinys, obluse basal angle; 2. red apical
mark, aente basal angle; 3. purple basal crescent and
line; 4. purple flecks (pentaploid varicty, Albany, W.A, ):
5, purple basal line (tetraploid variety, Albany, W-A.);
G. purple flecks and basal fine (upparent hybrid between (4) and (3), Albany, W.A.).
Double-flowered varieties have long been known in South Africa (Marloth, 1908) and in the Mediterranean regions ( Viviani, 1824, Ball, 1878; Morris, 1895; Rappa, 1911; Borg, 1927; Chevalier, 1940), but are rare in Australia.
The flowers of O. pes-capraé are tristylic. They are described as short, mid- and. long-styled according to the position of the stigma, whether it is below, between or above the two: levels of anthers, respectively (Fig. 2), Fruitful crossing is possible only between plants of different style length (Hildebrand, 1887; Sulter, 1944).
Infestations in South Austrulia und eastern Australia are primarily of a single apparently stable variety, other varieties being uncommon. In Western Australia clonal infestations of a number of varieties including that widespread in South and eastern Australia are quite common. In South Africa variation within the species is more striking although isolated colonies of one variety are reported (Salter, 1944). The principal Australian variety is quite uncommon in South Africa but appears similar to the common Mediterranean form as de-
OXALIS PES-CAPRAE IN AUSTRALIA 169
scribed by Viviani (1824), Willkomm and Lange (1880), Hildebrand (1884), Nenslow (1891), Rappa (1911) and Borg (1927).
The widespread Australian and Mediterranean weed is a short-styled variety with large bright sulphur-yellow flowers and orange apical calli on its sepals. Its leatlets are Hecked with purple, offen with a poorly defined basal purplish crescent. An excellent reproduction of this variety is presented by Loddiges (1826b). It has been shown to be pentaploid (5y=35) by Vignoli (1937) for Mediterranean matcrial, by Oram (1956) for Sonth Australian material, and by Franklin (pers, comm., 1962) for material collected in Western Australia by the author and in the immediate neighbourhood of Cape Town by Hughes. As far as is known, the pentaploid variety exists in only the short-styled form.
Other varieties, however, have been shown to be tetraploid (4y,=28) b Marks (1956) for South African matcrial supplied by Sulter and by Oram (1956) and others at the Genetics Department, University of AdeJaide, for South Aus- tralian material. These tetraploid varieties freely produce seed provided that different style-length forms ure present.
In Australia, natural hybridization hetween the pentaploid clone and tetra- ploid varieties of different style length is uncommon. At Albany, Western Aus- tralia, in a mixed population of the pentaploid variety and a tctraploid varietv with highly coloured sepals and small reddishtinged flowers, « few plants with obviously intermediate characters were found, Leaflets of both the supposed parent varieties and intermediates are shown in Fig. |, Phenotypic intermediates have also been observed at Roseworthy Agricultural College, South Australia,
In Australia, leaflets Becked with purple are quite uncommon in varicties other than the pentaploid clone. This flecked character, which is retained in drying is of great value in the identification of this clone, both in the field and in herbarium specimens. But, where mixtures of varieties occur, identification of short-styled plants with Hecked leaflets must be made with caution until cyto- logica] confirmation is possible or comparative pollen measurements can be made.
Fig. 2. The three stylelength forms of flowers of Ovalis pes-caprae. | short-stvled; 2. mid-stylud; 3. lon-styled.
7 P. W. MICITIAEL
The mean size of pollen grains taken from anthers bore on the longer fila- ments of the pentaploid variety is appreciably greater than that of grains taken from anthers borne on the longer filaments of short- and mid-styled forms of the tetraploid varieties. A comparison between pollen size of South Afriean and Aus- tralian pentaploid materia) on the ene Iatud and tetraploid material on the other is presented in Fig. 3.
Il. HISTORY
(1) The Pertaploid Variety
One of the varliest references to O. pes-caprae in Australia (under the uame of O. cernva) is in “Catalogue of Plants Cultivated in, and for Sale at the Hackney Nursery, Adelaide, 1845” in “The Adelaide Observer” on the 3rd May. 1845, The Hackney Nursery was established about 1641 by John Bailey, whi hud beew previously employed by Loddiges, nurserymen, at Hackney, London. lt is most probable that the plants sold by Bailey were the forerunners of the weed now widespread in South Australia. O. pes-coprac, under the name of Q. cernua, was listed in the catalogue of the Adelaide Botanic Garden in 1859 (Franeis, 1859). Schomburgk (1879) first recorded it as a weed in gardens and in wheat crops, Clarke (ee ina short aceount of the history of the plant in South Australia, concluded that it probably escaped from cultivation in the early eighteen sixties.
It is probable also that early miroductions of this clone to Western Australia came at least partly through the medium of Loddiges. It is known that Jarues Drummond, who arrived in Western Australia in 1829, corresponded with and cullectedd Western Australian plants for them. On his old property, “Iawthoru- den”, near Toodyay settled in 1839, the pentaploid variety af O. pes-caprae can still be seen growing around old fruit-trees and ovnamentals and has spread downstream to Toodyay where it is abundant. Helms (1597) recorded O. pes- caprae under the name of O, cérine, as a weed in Western Australia, the earliest specimen in the State Herbarium, Western Australia, being a variety which appears to be the pentaploid clone collected by him in 1895,
Infestations in eastern Australia almost certainly originated from horticultural material, O. pes-caprae, under the name of O, cernua, was included in the catulogue of plants grown by Sir William Macarthur at Camden, New South Wales, in 1843 (Anon., 1843), Macarthur’s list of Oxalis species beurs a string resemblance to Loddiges’ collection as featured in “The Botanical Cabinet” (Loddiges, 1818-1833). or as listed in their catalogues (for example, Loddiges. 1826a). It was also included in the catalogues of plants grown in the Sydney Botauie. Garden in 1857 (Anon., 1857), in the Royal Society's Gardens in Hobart in 1865 (Abbott, 1865) and in the Queensland Botanic Gardens in 1875 (FTI, 1873), Kawart (1007) recorded it as widely spread in Victoria. It must have escaped from cultivation many years earlier, the earliest specimen in the National Herbarium of Victorja being one which appears to be the pentaploid clone, a garden escape, collected in 1885. Although the first Australian record of the naturalization of Oxalis pes-caprae (O- cernua) given by Spicer (1878) is for Tasmania, the weed is now quite insignificant in that State.
Woolls (1880) recorded ©. pes-caprac, under the name of O. cernua, as being naturalized around Sydacy. The pentaploid clone is now common encagh in coastal towns of southeny New South Wales and in towns of the South-West Slupes and the Riverina. It has rarely become a weed problem outside gardens and cemeteries,
OXALIS PES-CAPRAE IN AUSTRALIA 171
Naturalization of the weed did not take place until much later in Queens- land. It was not recorded by Bailey (1909) and, indeed, it is not common in Queensland even now, Its present distribution is given by Everist (1959).
(ii) The Tetraploid Varieties
The earliest Australian specimen (in the National Herbarium of New South Wales) of one of these varieties was collected in the Domain, Sydney, about 1902. A mid-styled variety from Western Australia is pictured in Carne and Gardner (1927),
80/-- 70 TETRAPLOID. - .____._.- e
S.AFRICAN PENTAPLOID x AUSTRALIAN PENTAPLOID o
PERCENTAGE FRFQUENCY
1 eb 37 42 47 52 57 62 67 720 77 82 DIAMETER OF POLLEN GRAINS y
Fig. 3. Frequency distribution of size of pollen graing of tetraploid and. pentaploid varieties of Ovalis pes- caprae.
The history of these varictics, which are most prevalent in Western Australia, is probably one of independent direct importation, both intentional, for orna- mental purposes, and accidental, with vines, from South Africa. Clones of dif- ferent varieties occur in neighbouring vineyards in the Swan Valley, near Perth, and, for example, in the old settlements of Bunbury, New Norcia and Albany. In Albany, the pentaploid clone is abundant also. Infestations at York in the Avon Valley are of a variety quite distinct from the pentaploid clone present in the neighbouring town of Northam.
Although, in general, these varieties occur clonally in Western Australia— that is, only one style-length form is present—there are many areas in which small populations of mixed varieties occur. Similar mixed populations occur in
172 P. W. MICHAEL
South Australia and New South Wales. In such situations, where different stylelength forms are present, seed is freely produced.
A mid-styled variety with highly coloured sepals and reddish-backed petals has been found in small patches, here and there, throughout a large part of Victoria. This distribution suggests either that it was sold as an ornamental, or that it was 4 common contaminant of nursery stock, Indeed, the latter method of spread of this and other species of Oxalis is quite prevalent today,
IV, ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
The author is indebted to the Archives Department of the Public Libraries of South Australia and Western Australia, especially for information on John Bailey and James Drummond, to the Mitchell Library, New South Wales, for a reproduction of Sir William Macarthur’s 1843 catalogue, to Dr. BR. D. Hughes, lately of the Division of Entomology, C.S.LR.0., for information concerning and collection of Oxalis pes-caprae in South Africa, and to Dr. R. Oram and Mr, I. Franklin and others lately of the Genetics Department, University of Adelaide, for cytological details.
REFERENCES Assotr, F, (Jnn.), 1865, Catalogue of Plants under Cultivation in the Royal Saciety’s Gardens, Queen’s Park, Hobart Town. Govt, Printer, Hobart, ANON,, 1s Catalogue of Plants Cultivated at Camden, New South Wales. D. LL. Welch, ydney. Anon,, 1857. Catalogue of Plants in the Government Botanic Garden, Sydney, New South Wales, Goyt. Printer, Sydney.
Bamey, F. M,, 1909. Comprehensive Catalogue of Queensland Plunts both Indigenous and Naturalised. Gavt. Printer, Brisbane.
Batt, J., 1878. Spicilegium Florae Maroceanae, J. Linn. Soc. Bot., 16, p. 281, Bora, ].. 1927, Descriptive Flora of the Maltese Tslands (Malta).
Buix, L. B., 1929. Poisoning of Sheep by Soursohs (Oxalis eernua)—Chronic Oxalic Acid Poisoning, Aust. Vet. J., 5, p. 60.
Canne, W. M., and Ganpner, C. A., 1927. Soursob. J. Dept. Agric. W. Aust., 4, p. 300. Cranrouin, Cu., 1934, Les Mauvaises Herbes, Ann. Sery. Bot. Agron. Tunis, 11, p. 5.
Curvyarier, A., 1940. Revision de QOuelqnes Oxalis Utiles et Nuisibles. Nev. Bot, Appl., 20, p. 657.
Ccrankce, G, H., 1984. Important Weeds af South Australia—Nn. 9—Soursub. J. Dept. Agric. S. Aust., 38, p, 481,
Ducriumr, 7.,, 1914, Note sur la Vegétition de l'Oxalis cernua Thunb. en Algérie. Rev, Gen, Bot,, 25, p, 217.
Evenrst, §. L., 1959. Soursob Deélared a Noxious Weed. Qld, Agric. J., 85, p. 610. Ewarr, A, J-, 1907. Unreeorded Introduced Plants. Viet. Nat., 24, p. 15.
Francis, G. W.,. 1859. Catalogue of Plants under Cultivation in the Government Botanic Gardens, Adelaide. Govt. Printer, Adelaide.
Heios, R., 1897. The West Australian Settlers Guide and Farmer's Handbook, p. 537,
Hrnxscow, G., 1891. On the Northern Distribution of Oxalis cernud Thanh. Proc. Linn. Soc. Lond, Session (1890-91), p. 31.
Hitprenann, F., 1884. Die Lehensverhiltnisse der Oxalisarten. (Jena.)
Hitpepranp, F,, 1887, Experimente Gber dic geschlechtliche Fortpfanzungsweise der Oxali- sarten, Bot. Ztg., 45, pp. 1, 11 and 33.
Hii, W., nities Catalogue of Plants of the Queensland Botanic Gardens. Govt. Printer, Brisbane.
OXALIS PES-CAPRAE IN AUSTRALIA 173
Knocne, H,, 1922. Flora Balearica 'T II (Montpellier). Lovorces, C., 1818-1833. The Botanical Cabinet. Vol. 1-20.
Lovpicrs, C., via Catalogue of Plants in the Collection of Conrad Loddiges and Sons. 13th Ed.
Lopuices, C., 1826b. The Botanical Cabinet. Vol, 12, pl. 1154.
Manxxs, G, E,, 1956. Chromosome Numbers in the Genus Oxalis. New Phytol, 55, p. 120. Marvotu, R., 1908. Das Kapland (Jena).
Morzis, Dr., 1895. The Plants and Gardens of the Canary Islands. J.R. Hort. Soc., 19, p. 60.
Oram, R. N., 1956. The Oxalis pes-caprae (Soursob) Population in South Australia. Aust. Pl, Breed, Genet. Newsl., 8, p. 30.
Rapra, F,, 1911. Osservazioni sul?Oxalis cernua Thunb. Boll. Orto. Bot. Palermo., 10, p. 143. Rukus, M., 1946. Das Pflanzenkleid der Mittelmeerliinder. Bd. TT. (Bern.)
Satter, T. M., 1939. Some Notes on the Correct Identity of Oxalis pes-caprae. Linn. J,S. Afr. Bot., 5, p. 47.
Satrer, T. M., 1944. The Genus Oxalis in South Africa—a Taxonomic Revision, J.S. Afr. Bot, Supp. Vol. 1.
ScHompurck, R,, 1879, Ou the Naturalised Weeds and Other Plants in South Australia. Govt. Printer, Adelaide.
Spicer, W, W., 1878, Alien Plants. Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasmania (1877), p. 62. Tuunsenrc, C, P., 1781. Disscrtatio Botanica de Oxalide (Upsala).
Vicnoxs, L., 1937. Fenomeni riproduttivi di Oxalis cernua Thunb. Lav. R. Ist. Bot. Palermo., 8, p. 5. (Bot. Centralblatt, 31, p, 180 (1938).)
Viviant, D., 1824, Florae Libycae Specimen (Genoa). WiitikomM, M., and Laner, K., 1880. Prodramus Florae Hispanicac. Vol. II. (Stuttgart. )
Wootts, W., 1880. Plants Naturalised in the County of Cumberland, p. 57, in Plauts In- digenous in the Neighbourhood of Sydney. Govt. Printer, Sydney.
RECORDS OF NORTHERN TERRITORY PLANTS
BY G. M. CHIPPENDALE
Summary
New or interesting records are given of plant species in the Northern Territory, including some naturalised species and some newly introduced weeds. Modifications to a previous Check List of Central Australian Plants are also included.
RECORDS OF NORTHERN TERRITORY PLANTS By G, M, CeuprenpALe* [Read 13 August 1964|
SUMMARY
New or interesting records are given of plant species in the Northern Territory, including some naturalised species and some newly introduced weeds. Mod tos tiga to # previous Cheek List of Central Australian Plauts are also included.
INTRODUCTION The present paper is a successor, covering a wider area, to previous papers (Chippendale, 1960, 1961, 1963) which referred only to Central Australia, Col- lections of plants have extended with greater emphasis on the northern areas of the Northern Territory, and new records are being found. It is, as yet, premature to compile a Check List for the whole of the Northern Territory, but it seéms better to discuss all records for the Territory at one time.
ASPINTACEAE
Polystichwin proliferum (R.Br.) Presl. Reedy Rock Hole, George Gill Range, D. W. Madden, May, 1962 (NT10572).
A new record for Central Australia. Tindale (1961) mentions this specics as occurring “mainly at high altitudes ... in rain forests or wet sclerophyll forests”. This present record emphasises the refugial nature of the George Gill Range, and is further evidence of the wetter conditions in Pleistocene time,
MAaRSILEACEAE
Marsilea crenata Presl. Fogs Dam area, 40 miles south-east Darwin, CG. Chippendale, 18.5.1959 (NT6191), Landerandera Waterhole, Argadargada, D. Nelson, 20,6.1962 (NT9073).
Second and third collections in the Northern Territory, and a new record for Central Australia. GRAMINEAE
Aristida ramosa R.Br, is deleted from the Check List for Central Australia (Chippendale, 1959) as the record was based on a specimen which has now been redetermined as A. strigosa (Henr.) S, T. Blake. 14 miles south-west Jay Creek Settlement, R, E, Winkworth, 27.2,1954 (ITerb. Aust. REW30).
Dichanthium annulatum (Forsk.) Stapf. is deleted from the Check List for Central Australia, as the record was based on a specimen which has been redetermined as Bothriochloa intermedia (R.Br.) A. Camus (Dashwood Creek, Narwietooma, C, A, Gardncr 11621, 12.3.1953).
Echinochloa colonum. (1..) Link, James River crossing on Barkly Highway, R, A. Perry, 2.5.1948 (Herb. Aust. RAP709).
Anew record for Central Australia, This replaces the record of E. turneriana Domin which was based on thé wrongly identified specimen quoted above,
Inneapogon. glaber N. T. Burbidge. 80 miles west The Granites, A. J. Mahood, 8.4.1962 (NTS772).
* Animal Industry Branch, Department of Territories, Alice Springs, N.T,
Trans, Roy; ‘Soc. S, Aust. (1964), Vol. 88.
i76 G. M. CHIPPENDALE
A new record for Central Australia.
Enneapogon pubescens (Domin) N. T. Burbidge is deleted from the Check List for Central Australia, as the record was based on a specimen which has been redetermined as ’, oblongis N. T. Burbidge, Palm Valley, M, Lazarides, 15.5.1955 (Herb. Aust. ML5293).
Eragrostis australasica (Steud.) C. E. Uubbard, and E. coneinna ( R.Br.) Steud. are deleted from the Check List, as the records were hased on a mention by Black (1943), but no specimens have been found to support the reference,
Tseilema windersii C. E. Hubbard is deleted from the Check List, as the specimen on which the record was based has heen redetermined as /. anem- hranaceum (Lindl) Domin, 35 miles west-southavest of Tohermorey Station, M. Lazarides, 9.5.1955 (Herb. Aust. ML5249).
Pseudoraphis spinescens (R.Br.) J. Vickery, 1:9 miles east Wycliffe Creek crossing, Stuart Ilighway, D. Nelson, 30,4.1963 (NT10295),
A new record for Central Australia.
Schizachyrium obliqueberbe (Hack.) A. Camus, 5 miles south of Ti Tree, R, A. Perry, §.4.1962 { NT8639),
A new record tor Central Australia.
Xerachloa laniflora Benth, 80 miles west of The Granites, A. J. Mahood, 74.1962 (NT8699).
A new record for Central Australia.
LoRANTHACEAR
Amyema miraculosa (Miq.) Tiegh. 13 miles south-west of Angas Downs, C. Chippendale, 14.9.1956 (NT2927), 22 miles south of George Gill Range, G. Chippendale, 27.6.1959. (NT6323), South-east corner of Lake Amadeus, G, Chippendatie, 29.6.1959 (NT6373).
A new record for Central Australia.
CHENOPODIACEAE
Arthrocnemum halocnemoides Nees var. pergranulatum J. M. Black, South- east corner of Lake Amadeus, G. Chippendale, 29.6.1959 (NT6376),
A new record for Central Australia.
Bassia bicornis (Lindl,) F. Muell. var. herrida (Domin) C, T, White. Tobermorey, G, Chippendale, 10.9,1954 (NT234).
A new record for Central Australia.
Bassin. decurrens J. M. Black. Alice Springs, R. Swinbourne, 27.5,1962 (NT9031), 29 miles cast-south-east of Alice Springs, JD. Nelson, 7.61963 (NTLO4§8).
A new record for Central Australia.
Bassia limbata |. M. Black. Heavitree Gap, Alice Springs, R. Swinbourne, 7,9,1962 (NT9286).
A new record for Central Australia.
Bassia obliquicuspis R. Wk. Anderson. Yambah Station, RK, Swinbourne, 23.11.1961 (NT9405),
New record for Central Australia.
Bassia uniflora (B.Br.) F. Muell. Delete from Check List, as all records aré B. diacantha (Nees) F. Muell.
Chenopodium pumilio R.Br. 36 miles north of Alice Springs, D. Nelson, 30.3.1962 (NTS630).
A new record for Central Australia.
RECORDS OF THE NORTH AUSTRALIAN PLANTS 177
Kochia sedifolia Y. Muell. Carmichael Cray area, George Gill Range, D. W. Madden, May, 1962 (NT10369). 4 miles east of McGrath Flat Dam, P. Walter, 12.6.1963 (NT10476).
This species was observed and recorded by Tate (1896), but no specimen had been found in herbaria at the time of the Cheek List. These recent reeords confirm the occurrence of the species which can now be added to the list for Central Australia. Tt is noteworthy that Madden's specimen was from the same locality as Tate’s observed record.
AMARANTHACEAE
Ptilotus aervoides (FE. Muell.) F. Muell, 32 miles north of Alice Springs, G. Chippendale, 5.9.1960 (NT7370).
A new record for Central Australia.
Ptilotus aristatus Benl. 54 miles north-west of Alice Springs, G. Chippen- dale, 3,5.1962 CSTR).
This species was described by Benl (1961) from a specimen at Charlotte Waters, and the above specimen is the sccond record of this species for Central Australia, 1
Ptilotus decipiens (Benth.) C. A. Gardn. (syn, P. hoodii F, Muell.). 25 miles south-west of Napperby Station, M, Lazarides, 16.9.1956 (Herb, Aust. ML&5993) is a recent record of this species, previonsly known in Central Aus- tralia only by specimens of Giles at Mt. Olga, and Tate at Mt. Gillen,
P. decipiens replaces P, hoodii in the Check List.
AIZOACEAR, Trianthema rhynchooalyptra F. Muell, Delete from Check List, as record was redetermined as Bergia perennis (F. Mucll.) F. Muell. ex Benth, NYMPHAMACEAE Nymphaea giganiea Wook. var, vielacea (Lehm.) Conard. 1:9 miles east of Wyeliffe Creck crossing, Stuart Highway, D. Nelson, 30.4,1963 (NT10291). Both blue and white forms were collected. A new record for Central Anstralia, CaPPARTDACEAR
Capparis loranthifolia Lind]. 18 miles west of Delmore Downs Station, G, Chippendale, 18.12.1956 (N1T3220). 18 miles south-east of Murray Downs Sta- tion, R. Winkworth, 30,7.1954 (Herb, Aust. REW531),
A new record for Central Australia.
LEGUMINOSAE
Aeschynamene americana L. Beatrice Hills, 40 miles south-east of Darwin. G, Chippendale, 23.3,1961 ( NT7960).
A native of tropical America, but apparently naturalised in estuarine clay grassland.
Indigofera lrita Lif, 2 miles west of Avon Downs, GC, Chippendale, 20.6.1960 (NT7261).
A new record for Central Australia,
Vigna lanceolata Benth. var. latifolia C. T. White, 12 miles north-north- east of McDonald Downs Station, R, Perry, 12.3,1953 (IIerb. Aust. RAP3416), Aileron Lagoon, G. Chippendale, 14.12.1954 (NT736). Yuendemu, M. Meggitt. January, 1955 (NT3245), Ooraminna, G, Chippendale, 4.7.1955 (NT3324),
This variety replaces the record of V. Janecolata in the Check List,
178 G. M. CHIPPENDALE
Zormia albiflora Mohlenbrack. 1 mile south of Elkedra Station, G. Chippen- dale, 22.10.1956 (NT3104 Isotype). 13-8 miles north-west of Mt. Doreen Station, G, Chippendale, 1.5.1958 (NT4198), 40 miles north of Wauchope, M. Lazarides, 26.58.1956 (Herb. Aust. ML5845).
This replaces Z, diphylla Pers. in the Check List.
TSUPHONBIACEAE
Euphorbia hoophthona C. A. Gardn, 6 miles south-west of Woodgreen Station, D. Nelson, 20.10.1961 (NT8495). 70 miles north of Alice Springs, R- Swinbourne, 1.8.1962 (NT9221). 13 miles cast of W vodgreen Station, D. Nelson, 12.09.1962 (NT9416), 14 miles west of Ammaroo Station, D. Nelson, 25.7,1963 (NT10568). 36 miles north of Alice Springs, D, Nelson, 22.6.1962 (NT909I). 15 miles north-north-east of Barrow Creek, M. Lazarides, 24.85.1956 (Herb, Aust. ML55232).
A new record for Central Australia.
Micrococca mercurialis (L.) Benth, Darwin (as garden weed), H. S. McKee, 12.2.1961 (Herb. Aust. McKee 8403).
First record of this introduced species in the Northern Territory, possibly first record for Australia.
Phyllanthus maderaspatanus L. var. angustifolius Benth. 60 miles west of The Granites, A. J], Mahood, 30.3.1962. (NT8715),
A new record for Central Australia,
MALVACEAE
Hibiscus brachysiphonius F. Muell. 12 miles north of Alice Springs, D. Nelson, §.3.1962. (NT9107). 33 miles north of Alice Springs, G. Chippendale, 28.9,1962 (NT9397, NT9384).
Mentioned by Black (1952) and Cleland (unpublished list) as occurring in Central Australia, but no specimens could be traced. This species can now be added to the Check List,
Malachra fasciata Jacq. Fogg Dam, 40 miles south-east of Darwin, G. Chippendale, 18,5,1959 (NT618Z). 4 miles east of Kovlpinyah Station, J. Heaton, 29.6.1961 ( NT8038 ).
A native of Venezucla, but apparently naturalised in some Pandanus swamps near Darwin,
SLERCULIACEAE Pentapetes phoenicea L. Humpty Doo, J, Roka, 20.5.1953. A native of tropical Asia, recorded as a weed in rice ¢rops.
MyRTACEAER
Eucalyptus cyanoclada Blakely. 51-3 miles north-east of Bectaloo Station, G. Chippendale, 10.3.1959 (NT5489). Warlock Ponds, L- Beens, 7,12.1962 (NT9S36). ’ Two additional records of a rarely collected species.
Eucalyptus nesophila Blakely. 9 miles south-east of Raffles Bay, G, Chip- pendale, 18.7,1961 (NTS8185).
First mainland record, as Blake (1953) states the species was known only from Melville and Bathurst Islands.
Eucalyptus websteriana Maiden. Standley Chasm, J, Frith, 18.9.1955 (Ierh. Anst. [F4160), Standley Chasm, N. Forde, 17.30.1957 (Forde. 939). Mt. Sonder, R. W. Burbury, 26.7.1963 (NT10571).
RECORDS OF THE NORTII AUSTRALIAN PLANTS 179
Blakely (1955) mentions a specimen on Mt. Sunder as E. orbifolia, but following recent collections, this record is now changed and this present species is a new record for Central Australia.
ONAGRACEAE
Jussieua linifolia Vahl. 40 miles south-east of Darwin, G. Chippendale, 23.3.1961 (NT7929). ;
Probably the second record of this tropical weed in Australia, being re- corded from North Queensland, and apparently naturalised on the estuarine plains near Darwin.
PRIMULACEAR
Sumolus valerandi L. Finke River bed, Glen Helen, G, Chippendale, 4.21955 (NT784). 30 miles south of Glen Helen, D, Fietz, 1.8.1959 (NT6419), Simpsons Gap, H. 8. McKec, February, 1961 (Herb. Aust, McKee 8648)
This replaces S. repens Pers. var. nov. in the Check List.
CONVOLVULACEAE Bounamia linearis (R.Br.) Hall, £. 40 miles north-west The Granites, A. J. Mahood, 29,3,1962 (NT8735). A new record for Central Australian. Bonamia media R.Br. 31-6 miles north-west Mt, Patricia, GC, Chippendale, 5.5,1958. (NT4295). A new record for Central Australia.
BORAGINACEAE __ Heliotropium conocarpum F, Muell, ex Benth, 15-1 miles north-east Wave Hill Station, G. Chippendale, 16.4,1959 (NT5779). Only collection since Mueller’s type specimen from Sturt Creek,
SOLANACEAE Solanum pugiunculiferym C, T. White, Elsey Station, G. A, Letts, 27.10.1961 (NT8507 ). First defmite record in the Northern Territory, although White (1942) mentions 4 collection at Settlement Creek which flows from the Northern Terri- tory intu Queensland,
SCROPHUT.ARIACEAE Peplidium muelleri Benth. 13 miles north-east Utopia Station, D. Nelson, 20.6.1962 (NT9080).
First definite record for species in Central Australia, althongh mentioned by Black (1957), but apparenUy unsupported by specimens.
RvBIACEAR Kaoxia stricta Gaertn. 39 miles south of Darwin, G. Chippendale, 18.3.1961 (NT7764). Smiles south-west Grove Hill, G. Chippendale, 17.3.1961 (NT7675). Darwin district, H, 8. McKee, 11.2.1961 (Herb, Aust. McKee 8380). Mentioned by Ewart and Davies (1917) as “Recorded from North Australia” but now definitely collected.
>
COMPOSITAE
Centipeda cunninghamii (DC,) A.Br. et Aschers, 30 miles north-west Wil- lowra Station, G. Chippendale, 30.7.1958 (NT4746). 15 miles north-west Aileron, R, Swinbourne, 2.8.1962 (N'T9233).
New record for Central Australia.
180 G. M. CHIPPENDALE
Chthonocephalus pseudevax Steetz.
(NTS506).
New record for Central Australia.
Ayers Rack, J. B. Cleland, 28.6.1961
INTRODUCED WEEDS
The following species have been recorded in Alice Springs within the last few years, either in gardens, in cultivation areas, near railway lines, or in areas where hay imported from interstate has been used for feeding cattle. None of these species has become established away from the mentioned areas.
Adonis aestivalis L. (NT9338) Amaranthus viridis 1, (NT1O617) Anagallis femina Mill, (NT9331)
Capsella bursa-pastaris (L.) Moench.
(NT9294, N'TY333) Carrichtera annua {L.) Praut! (NT9300, NT9332 } Cenchrus echinatus L, (NT3277) Cerastium af. glomeratum Thuill. (NT9321 ) | Chenopodium murale L. (NT10575 ) Cryptostemma calendula (1.) Druce (NT9287, NT9299, NT9323)
Apium leptophyllum ( Pers.) F. Muell.
(NT10577)
Erazrostis cilianensis (All) Lutati (N T8692 )
Evodium botrys (Cav.) Bertol. (NT1O596 )
Erodium cicutartum (L,) L’Her, (NT9327 )
Glaucium corniculatum (L.) Curtis (NTS8509, NT8523)
Hordeum leporinum Link ( NT3044, NT9411, NT10607 )
Hypochaeris glabra L, (NT10625)
Laetuca seariola L, (NTT457. NT10619)
Lithospermum arvense VL, ( NT9329)
Lolium rigidum Gaud. (NT9334)
Lycium. ferocissimum Miers (NT8372, NT8373)
Medicazo denticulata Willd. (NT9418 )
Medicago hispida Gaertn. (NT9322)
Medicago reticulata Benth. (NT9320)
Medicago fruncatula CGuertn. (NT9297 )
Oxalis corymbosa DC. (NT1LO03578)
Oxalis pes-cuprue L. (NT10586)
Papacer hybridaum L. (NT9289, NT9290, NT9534, NT9295, NT9296, NT9333, NT9337 )
Polycarpon tetraphyllum (L.) Nathorst (NT6529)
Rhynehelytrum repens (Willd,) Hub- bard (NTLO576)
Sisymbriunt irio L. (NT9288, NT9293 )
Sisymbriwm orientale L, (NT9291. NT9324 )
Urtica urens. L. (NT9298 )
Vicia calearata Desf. (NT3312, NT9330)
REFERENCES
Best, C,. 1961: Sonderdruck aus den Mitteilungen der Botanischen Stiatssammlung Munchen.
Band iv (July, 1961), pp. 75-82.
BuAcs, J. M., 1943: FL. 8. Aust., Part 1, 2nd edition.
Brack, J. M., 1952: FL S. Aust., Part 3, 2nd edition,
Buack, J. M,, 1957; FL S, Aust., Part 4, 2nd edition.
Buaxe, 5, ‘T., 1953: Aust. J, Bot, 1, No. 2, p. 258.
Buakeiy, W. B., 1955; A Key to the Eucalypts, 2nd edition, p. 287. Crpprnnace, G. M., 1959: ‘Trans, Roy. Soc. 5. Aust, $2, pp, 321-338,
CuipreNDAre, GC. M., 1960; Trans. Rey. Soc. $. Aust., $3, pp. 199-203,
Cnieeenpane, G. M., 1961: Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Aust., 84, pp. 99-105.
Curepexpary, G, M,, 1963: Trans. Ray, Soc. 8. Aust., 86, pp. 7-9.
Ewart, A. J., and Davies, O, B., 1917; FI. of the Northern Territury.
Tarr, R., 1896; Report of the Horn Expedition to Central Australia—Botany 3, pp. 117-204.
Tixpaue, Many D., 1961; Cantribntions from the N.$.W. National Herbariuin. Flora Series Nos, 205-211, pp. 49-51, |
Wurre, C, T., 1949: Proc. Roy. Soe. @., liii, p. 225.
CONTENTS
D. E. Symon: Contributions to the Flora of South Australia - = -
Heven M. Brooxes: The Coccoidea (Homoptera) Naturalized in South Australia; a Second Annotated List - " 2 . = $ .
R. A. Reyment: Albian Ammonites from Fossil ei) CeCtGe Bnet Australia - - - - ~ - -
R. A. Reyment: Coiling and Form in South Australian Labercertidae (Albian Cretaceous) - - - - - - - = = =
S. J. EpMonps: Australian Acanthocephala No. 11 - - - - -
A. Maczous: Three Nematode Species (Strongylaidea: Trichoneminae ) from Queensland Wallabies - = ta Nate teed
G. Beni: New Taxa of Ptilotus (Amaranthaceae) - - - -~ - E. H. Isic: Cyrilwhitea, a New Genus in Chenopodiaceae - -~ - E. H. Istnc: The Species of Bassia All. (Chenopodiaceae) in Australia -
M. J. Tyter: Two New Spetins of seta BYOes. of ate Piylid ents Nyctimystes -
C. D. Boomsma: Description of a New Mallee Species of Eucalypt from Central Australia - - - : - = : wt
H. Worrnenr: Permian-Jurassic History of the Western Great Artesian Basin
C. R. Dancarno: Report on the Lower een ae it aS SF oe Flinders Ranges, South Australia = -
C. H. §. Warrs: The Larvae of Australian Cybister spp. Curt., Homoeo- dytes spp. Reg. si Haesoies ShucRaTe oP ae (Coleoptera- Dytiscidae ) - =
Patricia M. Mawson: Two Strongyle Nematodes from a Marmoset - -
D. R. Frevper: The Process of Fertilization in nthe “Rerey Ties Faies lalandei (H. Milne-Edwards) - - 2
P. W. Micuaex: The Identity and Origin “ Paes of seni Sau s L. Naturalized in Australia = -
G. M. Crrprenpate: Records of Northern Territory Plants - - - List of Lectures and Exhibits, 1963-64 - ~ = “ ‘ 2 é Revenue Account 8 - - - - : - z 2 E . z Library Account, Balance Sheet, Endowment Fund - - Sf “ Awards of the Sir Joseph Verco Medal - - - - - - - Changes in the List of Fellows since 30th June, 1963 2 = 2 = New Genera, Species and Varieties Described in this Volume - - -